Artículos de revistas sobre el tema "25 Park Place (New York, N.Y.)"

Pale (Vincetoxicum rossicum) and black swallow-wort (V. nigrum) are perennial, twining vines that are increasingly invasive in natural and managed ecosystems in the northeastern United States and southeastern Canada. Both species, introduced from Europe in the 1800s, are listed as noxious weeds or banned invasive species by the USDA-Natural Resource Conservation Service. Observations by C. Southby, a local naturalist, over several years at a meadow populated by pale swallow-wort in Powder Mill Park, Monroe County, NY, revealed a gradual disappearance of pale swallow-wort with restoration of native grasses and some dicotyledonous plant species, in a 6.7-m-diameter area. Diseased swallow-wort plants had extensive yellowing and wilting of foliage, likely due to splitting of the basal stem, with white mycelium throughout the stem and crown; small, reddish brown sclerotia were evident, but roots were not affected. Stem tissue sections from 20 symptomatic plants were vacuum infiltrated with 2% NaOCl for 20 min, then plated onto malt yeast agar and potato dextrose agar amended with 60 mg/liter of penicillin and 80 mg/liter of streptomycin, resulting in development of fast-growing, white mycelium which then formed numerous, irregularly shaped (2 to 4 mm diameter), reddish brown sclerotia at the plate edges. Two individual cultures were identified as S. rolfsii (1) based on size, shape, and color of the sclerotia and presence of characteristic clamp connections in the mycelium. The isolate was suspected to be S. rolfsii var. delphinii due to the reported inability of S. rolfsii to persist in regions with extremely low winter temperatures (4), but molecular data showed otherwise. Sequences of the 18S gene (GenBank JN543690), internal transcribed spacer region (JN543691), and 28S gene (JN543692) of the ribosomal DNA identified the isolate, VrNY, as S. rolfsii (2,3). Pathogenicity tests were conducted with individual 2-month-old seedlings of V. rossicum and V. nigrum grown in steam-sterilized Metromix 360 in SC10 polypropylene conetainers in a growth chamber with a diurnal cycle of 25/20°C, a photoperiod of 14-h light/10-h dark, and fertilized at 3 week intervals. Two independent replications of 12 plants of each species were each inoculated at the stem base with a 4-mm-diameter mycelial agar plug from the growing edge of a colonized plate. The agar plug was held in place with 5 g of sterile sand. Control plants (12 of each species per replication) were treated with sterile agar plugs. Plants for each treatment were placed within a clear plastic bag to maintain 90% relative humidity for 72 h, and then removed from the bags. Disease symptoms developed over 21 days, with >90% of inoculated plants showing symptoms within 2 weeks. Control plants were symptomless. Incidence of mortality was 66 and 60% for V. rossicum and V. nigrum, respectively, by 3 weeks. The fungus reisolated from diseased stem and crown tissue produced characteristic mycelium with irregular sclerotia, consistent with those of S. rolfsii. Since spread of this fungus is based on movement of soilborne sclerotia, this isolate may offer potential as a bio-herbicide for control of swallow-wort in natural ecosystems if the isolate can be demonstrated to have a host range restricted to this invasive weed. References: (1) B. A. Edmunds and M. L. Gleason. Plant Dis. 87:313, 2003. (2) C. E. Harlton et al. Phytopathology 85:1269, 1995. (3) I. Okabe and N. Matsumoto. Mycol. Res. 107:164, 2003. (4) Z. Xu et al. Plant Dis. 92:719, 2008.

Ketamine, a synthetic drug commonly consumed by high risk youth, produces a range of experiences, including sedation, dissociation, and hallucinations. While ketamine is more typically sniffed, we describe a small sample of young ketamine injectors (n=25) in New York City and highlight risks associated with this emerging type of injection drug use. Our findings indicate that the injection practices, injection groups, and use norms surrounding ketamine often differ from other injection drug use: intramuscular injections were more common than intravenous injections; injection groups were often large; multiple injections within a single episode were common; bottles rather than cookers were shared; and the drug was often obtained for free. Our findings suggest that the drug injection practices exercised by ketamine injectors place them at risk for bloodborne pathogens, such as HIV, HBV, and HCV. We conclude that ketamine injectors represent an emerging, though often hidden, population of injection drug users, particularly among high risk, street-involved youth.

The aim of this study was to describe the international academic mobility experienced by the Fishing Engineering students in other countries. The data was collected through an electronic semi-structured questionnaire hosted on an electronic platform by Google. A total of nine students answered the questionnaire, in which they chose countries such as France, Spain, Ireland, Canada, the United States and Australia to study abroad in. The student’s satisfaction with the Science without Borders Program (SwB) was extremely positive, where all the interviewees stated that they had learned the language from the hosting country. In relation to the negative aspects, 67% of the interviewees pointed out that they struggled to understand the language in the beginning of the academic mobility, and 78% of the students said that they missed their families during the student mobility period. In conclusion, the academic mobility performed by students from the Fishing Engineering course was rated as excellent, and as a unique and an enriching opportunity, both in professional and personal aspects.ResumoO trabalho teve como objetivo discutir sobre a mobilidade acadêmica vivenciada por estudantes de Engenharia de Pesca em outros países. A coleta de dados foi feita através de um questionário eletrônico semiestruturado, hospedado em uma plataforma eletrônica de formulários da Google. Um total de nove discentes respondeu ao questionário, realizando a mobilidade na França, Espanha, Irlanda, Canadá, Estados Unidos e Austrália. A satisfação dos estudantes com o Programa Ciência sem Fronteiras (CsF) foi positiva, todos os entrevistados afirmaram terem aprendido o idioma do país que escolheram. Em relação aos aspectos negativos, 67% dos entrevistados apontaram que tiveram dificuldades no entendimento do idioma do país no início da mobilidade acadêmica e 78% sentiram saudade da família no período da mobilidade. Concluindo, a mobilidade acadêmica realizada por discentes do Curso de Engenharia de Pesca foi classificada como excelente, sendo uma experiência única e enriquecedora tanto pelo lado profissional, quanto pessoal.Palavras-chave: Educação, Aprendizado, Internacionalização, Programa Ciência sem Fronteiras.Keywords: Education, Learning, Internationalization.ReferencesALTBACH, P. G. Comparative Higher Education: Knowledge, the University, and Development. Hong Kong: University of Hong Kong, p. 240, 1998.ANDRADE, B. P. S. O “Ciência sem Fronteiras” pelo olhar da comunidade acadêmica: O caso da Unifal-mg e da Unifei. 2018. 185f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Divulgação Científica e Cultural). Universidade Estadual de Campinas, Instituto de Estudos de Linguagem, Campinas, SP, 2018. AVEIRO, T. M. M. O programa Ciência sem Fronteiras como ferramenta de acesso à mobilidade internacional. Tear: Revista de Educação Ciência e Tecnologia, Canoas, v.3, n.2, 2014.BEINE, M.; NOEL, R.; RAGOT, L. Determinants of the international mobility of students. Economics of Education Review, mar. 2014. BETT, D. B. Jovens universitários e intercâmbio acadêmico. 2012. 34f. Monografia (Especialização em Psicologia terminalidade em Terapia Cognitiva e Comportamental). Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul, Instituto de Psicologia, Porto Alegre, 2012.BRASIL. Decreto n.° 7.642, de 13 de dezembro de 2011, Institui o Programa Ciência sem Fronteiras. Diário Oficial da República Federativa do Brasil, Brasília, DF, n. 239, p. 7, seção1, 14 dez. 2011a.BRASIL. Ministério da Ciência, Tecnologia e Inovação. Ministério da Educação. Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvimento Científico e Tecnológico Coordenação de Aperfeiçoamento de Pessoal de Nível Superior. Programa Ciência sem Fronteiras: um programa especial de mobilidade internacional em ciência, tecnologia e inovação. Documento Conjunto CAPES-CNPq. Julho, 2011b. 67p. Disponível em: http://www.capes.gov.br/images/stories/download/ Ciencia-sem Fronteiras_DocumentoCompleto_julho2011.pdfBRASIL. Ministério Da Ciência Tecnologia e Inovação. Estratégia Nacional de Ciência, Tecnologia e Inovação 2012 – 2015: Balanço das Atividades Estruturantes de 2011. Brasília, DF, 2012. Disponível em: https://livroaberto.ibict.br/218981.pdf . Acesso em: 25 abr. 2018.BRASIL. Programa Ciência sem Fronteiras. Dados Chamadas Graduação Sanduíche 2011-2014. Brasília, 2014. Disponível em: http://www.cienciasemfronteiras.gov.br/web/csf/dados-chamadas-graduacao-sanduiche. Acesso em: 21 abr. 2018.BRASIL. Programa Ciência sem Fronteiras. Painel de Controle do Programa 2016. Disponível em: http://www.cienciasemfronteiras.gov.br/web/csf/painel-de-controle . Acesso em: 18 jul. 2018.BRUNO, R. C. et al. Mobilidade internacional para educação superior: perfil sociodemográfico e educacional de imigrantes. Almanaque Multidisciplinar de Pesquisa, Universidade Unigranrio, ano III, v.1, n.1, 2016.COMISSÃO DE CIÊNCIA E TECNOLOGIA, COMUNICAÇÃO E INFORMÁTICA. Senado Federal. Relatório. Brasília. 2015. Disponível em: http://legis.senado.leg.br/sdleg-getter/documento/download/9f8bccb3-c880-408c-9667-96582f07fa84 Acesso em: 20 maio 2018.CORREIA-LIMA, M. C.; RIEGEL, V. Mobilidade acadêmica made in South: refletindo sobre as motivações de estudantes brasileiros e colombianos. Magis Revista Internacional de Investigación en Educación, v.8, n.16, p.109-132, 2015. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.11144/Javeriana.m8-16.mamsCRUZ, V. X. A. PROGRAMA CIÊNCIA SEM FRONTEIRAS: Uma avaliação da política pública de internacionalização do ensino superior sob a perspectiva do Paradigma Multidimensional. Dissertação (Mestrado em Administração Pública). 2016. 209f. Universidade Federal de Goiás, Faculdade de Ciências e Tecnologia – FCT, Goiânia, GO, 2016.CUTTI, L. et al. Programa Ciência sem Fronteiras: relato de experiências. Revista Eletrônica de Educação, v.11, n.3, p.1020-1033, set./dez., 2017. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.14244/198271991897 DALMOLIN, I. S. et al. Intercâmbio acadêmico cultural internacional: uma experiência de crescimento pessoal e científico. Rev Bras Enferm, Brasília, v. 66, n.33. p. 442-447, 2013.FERREIRA, I.G.; CARREIRA, L. B.; BOTELHO, N. M. Mobilidade internacional na graduação em medicina: relato de experiência. ABCS Health Sci., v. 42, n.2, p.115-119, 2017. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.7322/abcshs.v42i2.1013INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION – IIE. Open Doors Report 2015: Fast Facts New York, 2015. Disponível em: https://www.iie.org/Research-and-Insights/Open-Doors/Fact-Sheets-and-Infographics/Fast-Facts. Acesso em: 15 nov. de 2017.INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION – IIE. International student totals by place of origin, 2012/13 – 2015/16. Open Doors Report on International Educational Exchange, 2016. Disponível em: https://www.iie.org/Research-and-Insights/Open-Doors/Data/International-Students/Places-of-Origin. Acesso em: 15 nov. de 2017.INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION – IIE. Open Doors Report 2017: Fast Facts Disponível em: https://www.iie.org/Research-and-Insights/Open-Doors/Fact-Sheets-and-Infographics/Fast-Facts. Acesso em: 01 ago. 2018.INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION – ITA. 2016 Top Markets Report Education: Brazil Country Case Study. Disponível em: https://www.trade.gov/topmarkets/pdf/Education_Brazil.pdf. Acesso em: 15 nov. de 2017.KNIGHT, J. Internationalization remodeled: definition, approaches, and rationales. Journal of Studies in International Education, v. 1, p. 5-31, 2004.LIMA, M. C.; RIEGEL, V. A influência da mobilidade acadêmica sobre a formação dos jovens. UniRitter, Negócios e Talentos, v.2 , n.11, 2013.MAJID, S. et al. Motivations for studying abroad and adjustment challenges faced by international students in Singapore. Acad. J. Educ. Res., v.5, n.8, p. 223-235, 2017. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.15413/ajer.2017.0712MANÇOS, G. R.; COELHO, F. S. Internacionalização da Ciência Brasileira: subsídios para avaliação do programa Ciência sem Fronteiras. Revista Brasileira de Políticas Públicas e Internacionais, p.73, 2017.MARANHÃO, C. M. S.; DUTRA, C. I.; MARANHÃO, R. K. Internacionalização do ensino superior: um estudo sobre barreiras e possibilidades. Administração: Ensino e Pesquisa, Rio de Janeiro, v. 18, n. 1, p. 09–38, jan-abr 2017. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.13058/raep.2017.v18n1.458MARQUES, F. Experiência encerrada. Revista Pesquisa Fapesp, ed. 256, 27-29, jun. 2017. Disponível em http://revistapesquisa.fapesp.br/2017/06/19/experiencia-encerrada . Acesso em: 21 nov. 2017.MARTINS, V.; MONTAGUE, A.; SILVA, P. B. Cooperação internacional para mobilidade estudantil: o caso da Umesp e da Zuyd. Revista de Educação do Cogeime, ano 26, n. 50, jan/jun 2017.MOROSINI, M. C.; AMARAL, G. M. Avaliação da mobilidade acadêmica universitária: A perspectiva dos alunos intercambistas. In: SIMPÓSIO AVALIAÇÃO DA EDUCAÇÃO SUPERIOR, 2015, Porto Alegre. Anais... Porto Alegre, 17 e 18 set. 2015. OLIVEIRA, A. L.; FREITAS, M. E. Motivações para mobilidade acadêmica internacional: a visão de alunos e professores universitários. Educação em Revista, Belo Horizonte, v.32, n.03, p. 217-246, jul/set 2016. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/0102-4698148237PEREIRA, V. Relatos de uma viagem: uma análise feita pelos bolsistas sobre o programa Ciência Sem Fronteiras. Revista Perspectivas do Desenvolvimento: um enfoque multidimensional, v. 03, no 4, jul. 2015.PROLO, I.; VIEIRA, R. C. O programa Ciência sem Fronteiras e as Universidades Brasileiras: Uma política pública a celebrar? In: Seminários em Administração (SEMEAD), XX, 2017, LOCAL. Anais..., nov. 2017. ISSN 2177-3866.SÁ, C. M. The Rise and Fall of Brazil’s Science Without Borders. International Higher Education, n.85, p.17-18, 2016. STALLIVIERI, L. As dinâmicas de uma nova linguagem intercultural na mobilidade acadêmica internacional. 2009. 235f. Tese (Doutorado em Línguas Modernas). Universidade Del Salvador, Buenos Aires, Argentina, 2009.SANTOS, S. R. et al. Turismo e intercâmbio: contribuições para a formação discente nos cursos de graduação das instituições de ensino superior de São Luís, Maranhão. Cultur, ano 08, n. 2, jul. 2014.SEHNEM, P. R.; LUNA, J. M. F. Os egressos do Programa Ciência sem Fronteiras pela percepção dos seus professores. Revista Eletrônica de Educação, v. 12, n. 1, p. 104-119, jan./abr., 2018. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.14244/198271991919UNITED NATIONS ORGANIZATION FOR EDUCATION, SCIENCE AND CULTURE (UNESCO). Recueil des donneés mondiales sur l'éducation: statistiques comparées sur l'éducation dans le monde. Montreal: Unesco, 2009. Dispo­nível em: http://www.uis.unesco.org/Library/Documents/ged09-fr.pdf Acesso em: 01 abri 2019.e3633105

RESUMENUna de las manifestaciones más significativas de cada sociedad es el diseño de su ritual funerario, puesto que refleja las bases religiosas e ideológicas en las que se sustenta su organización. Aunque muchos de los procesos implicados en los funerales son efímeros, los cementerios y las sepulturas contienen información material que es estudiada por la arqueología con métodos cada vez más sofisticados, entre los que destacan los análisis isotópicos y genéticos. No menos importantes son los nuevos planteamientos teóricos. Si en la arqueología de la muerte tradicional los enterramientos eran ordenados por riqueza, sexo y cronología, en la actualidad se añaden otras perspectivas de estudio, como el papel asignado al género o la manipulación ideológica del ceremonial fúnebre. Finalmente, las nuevas ideologías del presente plantean retos y cortapisas que estimulan, pero también dificultan, el trabajo arqueológico. Palabras clave: arqueología funeraria, muerte, ideología, ritual, género, excavación de cementerios ABSTRACTOne of the most significant manifestations of every society is the design of its funeral ritual since it reflects the religious and ideological frames on which its organization is based. Although many of the processes involved in funerals are ephemeral, cemeteries and graves contain material information that is studied by archeology with increasingly sophisticated methods, including isotopic and genetic analyses. No less important are the new theoretical approaches. Within the traditional “Archeology of Death”, burials were ordered by wealth, sex, and chronology. Nowadays, other study perspectives are added, such as the role assigned to gender or the ideological manipulation of the funerals. Finally, the new ideologies of the present pose challenges and obstacles that stimulate, but also hinder, archaeological work. Keywords: funerary archaeology, death, ideology, ritual, gender, excavation of cemeteries REFERENCIASAlmansa Sánchez, J. (2013): Arqueología Pública en España Madrid, JAS Arqueología.Arnold, B. (2012): “The Vix Redux: a retrospective on European Iron Age gender and mortuary studies”, en L. Prados Torreira, C. López Ruiz, y J. Parra Camacho (coords), La Arqueología funeraria desde una perspectiva de género. Madrid, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid. Colección Estudios 145, pp. 215-233.Arnold, B. y Wicker, N. L. (eds.) (2001): Gender and the Archaeology of Death, N. York-Oxford, Altamira Press.Arnold, D. (2016): “Burning Issues: Cremation and Incineration in Modern India”, NTM Zeitschrift für Geschichte der Wissenschaften, Technik und Medizin, 24, pp. 393–419.Bartel, B. (1982): “A Historical Review of Ethnological and Archaeological Analysis of Mortuary Practices”, Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 1, pp. 32-58.Agustí, B., Palomo, A., Palmada, G., et alii (2009): El Cementiri Vell de Banyoles. Girona, Ajuntament de Banyoles.Belarte, M.C., Noguera, J., Bertral, A. et alii (2022): “El ritual funerario en las necrópolis ibéricas a partir de nuevas aproximaciones metodológicas: Les Esquarterades (Ulldecona, Tarragona)”, Trabajos de Prehistoria, 79 (1), pp. 141-158.Bertolino, F., Alaimo, F. y Vassallo, S. (2017): Battles of Himera (480 and 409 B. C.): Analysis of Biological finds and historical interpretation. Experiences of restoration in the ruins of Himera 2008-2010. Conservation Science in Cultural Heritage 15 (2), pp. 27-40. Binford, L.R. (1972): An Archaeological Perspective, N. York-London, Seminar Press. Bodel, J. (2018): “Roman tomb gardens”, en W. F. Jashemski, K. L. Gleason, K. J. Hartswick, and A. Malek (eds.), Gardens of the Roman Empire, Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 199-242.Chapa Brunet, T. (2006): “Arqueología de la Muerte: aspectos metodológicos”, en D. Vaquerizo, J.A. Garriguet y A. León (eds): Espacios y usos funerarios en la ciudad histórica. Anales de Arqueología Cordobesa 17 (1), pp. 25-46.Chapman, R. (2003): “Death, society and archaeology: the social dimensions of mortuary practices” Mortality 8 (3), pp. 305-312.Clegg, M. (2020): Human Remains. Curation, Reburial and Repatriation. Cambridge Texts in Human Bioarchaeology and Osteoarchaeology. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Conkey M. W. y Spector J. D. (1984): “Archaeology and the Study of Gender” en M. Schiffer (dir.), Advances in Archaeological Method and Theory 7, N. York-London, Academic Press, pp. 1-38.Cuello del Pozo, P. (2018): “Análisis preliminar de los isótopos estables de estroncio (87 SR/ 86 SR) biodisponibles en la isla de Lanzarote: propuesta para la creación de una base de datos de referencia para su aplicación en la arqueología canaria”, Anuario de Estudios Atlánticos 65, pp. 1-17.Depierre, G. and Duday, H. (2003) : “‘La Dame de Vix’ hier et aujoud’hui”, in C. Rolley (ed.), The tombe princière de Vix, Société des Amis du Musée du Châtillonais, Paris, Picard, pp. 29-39.Díez Fernández, S. (2019): “Origen y migración: el papel de los isótopos de estroncio”,MoleQla: revista de Ciencias de la Universidad Pablo de Olavide 33, s.p.Salazar-García, D.C., Vives-Ferrándiz, J. Fuller B.T. y Richards, M.P. (2010): “Alimentación estimada de la población del Castellet de Bernabé (siglos v-iii a. C.) mediante el uso de ratios de isótopos estables de C y N”, Saguntum (PLAV) extra 9, pp. 313-322.Duday, H. (2009): The Archaeology of the Dead. Lectures in Archaeothanatology.Oxford, Oxbow Books.Endere, M.L. (2000): “Patrimonios en disputa: acervos nacionales, investigación arqueológica y reclamos étnicos sobre restos humanos”, Trabajos de Prehistoria 57 (1), pp. 5-18.Esteban López, C. (2014): “Orientación de las tumbas y astronomía en la necrópolis de la Angorrilla”, en M. Casado Ariza, A. Fernández Flores, E. Prados Pérez y A. Rodríguez Azogue (eds), La necrópolis de época tartésica de la Angorrilla. Alcalá del Río, Sevilla. Sevilla, Universidad de Sevilla, pp. 321-327.Galán, J. M. (2017): “El jardín de Sinuhé”, National Geographic, ed. España (vol. agosto), pp. 56-65.Gilchrist, R. (2009): “The Archaeology of Sex and Gender”, en B. Cunliffe, C. Gosden and R. Joyce (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Archaeology, Oxford, OxfordUniversity Press, pp. 1029-1047.Hendy, J. (2021): “Ancient protein analysis in archaeology”, Science Advances 7 (3), s.p.Henriksen, M. B. (2019): “Experimental cremations. Can they help us to understand prehistoric cremation graves?”, en A. Cieśliński y B. Kontny (eds), Interacting Barbarians. Contacts, Exchange and Migrations in the First Millennium AD. Neue Studien zur Sachsenforschung 9. Varsovia, Universidad de Varsovia, pp. 289-296.Hoskin, M. (2009): “Orientation of dolmens of Western Europe”, Complutum 20 (2), pp. 165-175.Hubert, J. y Fforde, C. (2002): “Introduction: the reburial issue in the twenty-first century”, en C. Fforde, J. Hubert y P. Turnbull (eds): The Dead and their Possessions, Repatriation in Principle, Policy and Practice, London, Routledge, pp. 19-34.Jiménez, J.L. y Mata, C. (2001): “Creencias religiosas versus gestión del Patrimonio Arqueológico: El caso del cementerio judío de Valencia”, Trabajos de Prehistoria 58 (2), pp. 27-40.Joffroy, R. (1979): Vix et ses Trésors, Paris, Librairie Jules Tallandier. Knüsel, C.J. (2002): “More Circe than Cassandra. The Princess of Vix in ritualized social context”, European Journal of Archaeology 5 (2), pp. 275-308.Knüsel, C.J. y Robb, J. (2016): “Funerary taphonomy: An overviewof goals and methods”Journal of Archaeological Science: Reports, 10 (2), pp 655-673.Kristiansen, K. (2022): Archaeology and the Genetic Revolution in European Prehistory, Cambridge Elements, The Archaeology of Europe. European Association of Archaeologists, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Lightfoot E. y O’Connell T.C. (2016): “On the Use of Biomineral Oxygen Isotope Data to Identify Human Migrants in the Archaeological Record: Intra-Sample Variation, Statistical Methods and Geographical Considerations” PLoS ONE 11(4), s.p.Lomba Maurandi, J. J. y Haber Uriarte, M., (2016): “El registro funerario calcolítico en el extremo suroriental de la Península Ibérica: los valles del Guadalentín y Segura”, en Del neolític a l’edat del bronze en el Mediterrani occidental. Estudis en Homenatge a Bernat Martí Oliver. Trabajos Varios del SIP 119, València, pp. 349-364.Milcent, P. Y. (2003) : “Statut et fonctions d´un personnage féminin hors norme”, en C. Rolley (dir): La tombe princière de Vix, Paris, ed. Picard, pp. 312-366.Moshenska, G., (2009): “The reburial issue in Britain” Antiquity 83, pp. 815-820.— (2017), Key Concepts in Public Archaeology, Londres, UCL Press. Oestigaard, T. (2013): “Cremations in Culture and Cosmology”, en S. Tarlow and L. Nilsson-Stutz (eds.), Handbook on the Archaeology of Death and Burials. Oxford, Oxford University Press, pp. 497-509.Olivier, L. (1999): “The Hochdorf ‘princely’ grave and the question of the nature of archaological funerary assemblages”, en T. Murray (ed), Time and Archaeology. One World Archaeology 37. Londres-N.York, Routledge, pp. 109-138.— (2011): “Images de l´aristocratie guerrière dans les pratiques funéraires de la fin du Bronze final au premier âge du fer dans l´Europe nord-alpine. Quelques perspectives inspirées de l´anthropologie des représentations collectives de la mort”, en L. Baray, M. Honegger y M-H. Dias-Meirinho (dirs), L´Armement et l´image du guerrier dans les sociétés anciennes. De l´objet à la tombe. Centre de Recherche et d´Étude du Patrimoine de Sens. Dijon, Éditions Universitaires de Dijon, pp. 289-314.Parker Pearson, M. (2005): The Archaeology of Death and Burial (4ª ed) Austin, Texas AM University Press.— (2017): “Dead and (un)buried: Reconstructing attitudes to death in long-term perspective”, en J. Bradbury y C. Scarre (ed): Engaging with the Dead: Exploring Changing Human Beliefs about Death, Mortality and the Human Body. Oxford, Oxbow Books, pp. 129-137.Pellegrini, M., Pouncett, J., Jay, M., Parker Pearson, M., Richards, M. (2016): “Tooth enamel oxygen “isoscapes” show a high degree of human mobility in prehistoric Britain”. Scientific Reports 6 (1), pp. 1-9.Pereira, J., Chapa, T., Madrigal, A., Uriarte, A., Mayoral, V. (2004): La necrópolis ibérica de Galera (Granada). La colección del Museo Arqueológico Nacional, Madrid, Ministerio de Cultura.Péré-Noguès, S. (2011): “Le genre au prisme de l’archéologie: quelques réflexions autour de la ‘dame de Vix’”, Les Cahiers de Framespa 7, s.p. Prados Torreira, L., López Ruiz, C. y Parra Camacho, J. (coords) (2012): La Arqueología funeraria desde una perspectiva de género, Madrid, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid.Quesada, F. (1993): “Riqueza y jerarquización social en las necrópolis ibéricas: los ajuares” en J. Mangas y J. Alvar (eds): Homenaje a Jose M.ª Blázquez, vol. II, Serie Arys. Madrid, Ediciones Clásicas, pp. 447-466.Reinember, K.L., Reitsema, L.J., Kyle, B., Vassallo S., Kamenov G., Krigbaum J. (2021): “Isotopic evidence for geographic heterogeneity in Ancient Greek military forces”, PLoS ONE 16(5), s.p. Reitsema, L. J., et alii. (2022): “The diverse genetic origins of a Classical period Greek army”, PNAS 119 (41), s.p.Richier, A. F. (2019): “L’archéologie de la mort face aux temps récents: pratiques et questionnements éthiques à partir d’une étude de cas”, Canadian Journal of Bioethics. Revue canadienne de bioéthique 2(3), pp. 146-148.Robb, J. (2012): “Creating Death: An Archaeology of Dying”, en L. Nilsson-Stutz y S. Tarlow (eds), The Oxford Handbook of the Archaeology of Death and Burial. Oxford, Oxford University Press, pp. 441-456.Rodríguez-Corral, J. y Ferrer Albelda, E. (2018): “Teoría e Interpretación en la Arqueología de la Muerte”, Spal 27.2, pp. 89-123.Ruiz Taboada, A. (2014): “La gestión de los cementerios históricos: La muerte como disputa”, Complutum 25 (1), pp. 203-215.Salazar-García, D. C., Vives-Ferrándiz, J., Fuller, B. T. y Richards, M.P. (2010): “Alimentación estimada de la población del Castellet de Bernabé (siglos v-iii a. C.) mediante el uso de ratios de isótopos estables de C y N”. Saguntum (PLAV) Extra 9, pp. 313-322.Saxe, A.A. (1970): Social Dimensions of Mortuary Practices, Ph.D. Thesis. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan. Sayer, D. (2010): Ethics and Burial Archaeology, Duckworth Debates in Archaeology, London, Gerald Duckworth Co Ltd. Snodgrass, A. (2015): “Putting Death in Its Place: The Idea of the Cemetery”, en C. Renfrew, M. J. Boyd, I. Morley (eds), Death Rituals, Social Order and the Archaeology of Immortality in the Ancient World. ‘Death Shall Have No Dominion’, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, pp. 187-199.Sofaer, J., Stig Sørensen, M.L. (2013): “Death and Gender”, en L. Nilsson-Stutz y S. Tarlow (eds), The Oxford Handbook of the Archaeology of Death and Burial. Oxford, Oxford University Press, pp. 527-541.Spindler, K. (1983): Die frühen Kelten, Reclaim, Stuttgart, Philipp Reclam.Talavera González, J. A., Díaz de la Cruz, S. T., Valadez Sanabria, M. P. (2017): “La Arqueología en contextos forenses”, Arqueología 52 (Abril), pp. 154-175.Van Gennep, A. (1986): Los ritos de paso, Madrid, Taurus. Verger, S. (2006): “La grande tombe de Hochdorf, mise en scène funéraire d’un cursus honorum tribal hors pair”, Siris 7, pp. 5-44.— (2009) : “La Dame de Vix: une défunte à personalité multiple”, en J. Guilaine (ed), Sépultures et sociétés. Du Néolithique à l ´Histoire. Collection des Hespérides, Paris, Ed. Errance, pp. 285-309.Vicent García, J.M. (1995): “Problemas teóricos de la Arqueología de la Muerte. Una introducción”, en R. Fábregas Valcarce, F., Pérez Losada, C. y Fernández Ibáñez, (eds), Arqueoloxía da Morte na Península Ibérica desde os Orixes ata o Medievo, Concello de Xinzo de Limia, pp. 13-31. Voss, B. L. (2000): “Feminisms, Queer Theories, and the Archaeological Study of Past Sexualities”, World Archaeology 32 (2), 180-192.Weismantel, M. (2013): “Towards a Transgender Archaeology: A Queer Rampage Through Prehistory”, en S. Stryker y A. Z. Aizura (eds), The Transgender Studies Reader 2. N. York, Routledge, pp. 319-334.West J. B., Bowen, G.J., Dawson, T.E. y Tu, K. (eds) (2010): Isoscapes: Understanding Movement, Pattern, and Process on Earth Through Isotope Mapping, N. York, Springer.

In this paper, it is discuss the points raised from a pilot study for qualitative research planning. The argumentation present here is the result of a pilot study that focused the games of mathematical language on teacher training for rural schools. The data production took place in the Federal University of Reconcâvo Baiano, campus of Feira de Santana, state of Bahia, Brazil. The pilot study did not only provide insights for the research, but for any qualitative inquiry. Based on that, it is suggest that pilot study raises questions for reviewing a qualitative research planning in at least six dimensions: ethical, methodological, theoretical, analytical, operational and representational.ResumoNeste artigo, são discutidas as potencialidades do estudo piloto para o desenvolvimento da pesquisa qualitativa. A argumentação ora apresentada é fruto de um estudo piloto que focalizou os jogos de linguagem matemáticos na formação de professores do campo. A produção de dados ocorreu no curso de Licenciatura em Educação do Campo com Habilitações em Ciências da Natureza e Matemática em uma universidade pública no interior da Bahia, Brasil. O estudo piloto dessa pesquisa não gerou insights apenas para o delineamento da referida pesquisa, mas para qualquer investigação qualitativa. Baseado nisso, argumenta-se que o estudo piloto levanta questões para o refinamento do planejamento da pesquisa, pelo menos, em seis dimensões: ética, metodológica, teórica, analítica, operacional e representacional.Keywords: Pilot study, Qualitative research, Research Planning.Palavras-chave: Estudo piloto, Pesquisa qualitativa, Planejamento da pesquisa.ReferencesARAIN, Mubashir et al. What is a pilot or feasibility study? A review of current practice and editorial policy. BMC Medical Research Methodology. UK, jul. 2010. Disponível em: <https://bmcmedresmethodol.biomedcentral.com/track/pdf/10.1186/1471-2288-10-67>. Acesso em: 21 set. 2017.ARNOLD, Donald et al. The design and interpretation of pilot trials in clinical research in critical care. Crit Care Med. USA, vol. 37, n. 1, jan. 2009. Disponível em: <http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.622.1427&rep=rep1&type=pdf>. Acesso em 22 set. 2017.BELLO, Samuel Edmundo Lopez; RÉGNIER, Jean-Claude. Linguagem, realidade e subjetividade: elementos para uma Educação Matemática contemporânea. In: JELINEK, Karin Ritter; BELLO, Samuel Edmundo Lopez; SANTOS, Suelen Assunção (Orgs.). Educação Matemática: linguagens, práticas e sujeitos. Porto Alegre: Editora Canto - Cultura e Arte, p. 25-41, 2017. Disponível em: <http://canto.art.br/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Educacao-Matematica-linguagens-praticas-e-sujeitos-versao-digital-espelhada.pdf>. Acesso em: 6 abr. 2019BIRMAN, Joel. Jogando com a Verdade. Uma Leitura de Foucault. PHYSIS: Revista Saúde Coletiva, Rio de Janeiro, v. 12, n.2, p.301-324, 2002. Disponível em: < http://www.scielo.br/pdf/physis/v12n2/a07v12n2.pdf>. Acesso em: 5 abr. 2019.BRASIL. Ministério da Educação. Projeto Pedagógico do Curso de Licenciatura em Educação do Campo com Habilitações em Ciências da Natureza e Matemática. Feira de Santana: Coordenadoria de Ensino e Integração Acadêmica. CETENS/UFRB, 2013.CREPALDE, Rodrigo Santos; KLEPKA, Verônica; PINTO, Tânia Halley Oliveira. Interculturalidade e conhecimento tradicional sobre a Lua na formação de professores no/do campo. Revista Brasileira de Educação do Campo, Tocantinópolis, v. 2, n. 3, p. 836-860, jul./dez., 2017. Disponível em: <https://doi.org/10.20873/uft.2525-4863.2017v2n3p836>. Acesso em: 5 maio 2017.CRESWELL, John. W. Investigação Qualitativa e Projeto de Pesquisa: escolhendo entre cinco abordagens. 3 ed. Porto Alegre: Penso, 2014. 341 p.DANNA, Cristiane Lisandra. O teste piloto: uma possibilidade metodológica e dialógica na pesquisa qualitativa em educação. In: I COLÓQUIO NACIONAL E VII ENCONTRO DO NÚCLEO DE ESTUDOS LINGUÍSTICOS (NEL) da FURB, 16, 2012, Blumenau. Anais eletrônicos. Blumenau: FURB, 2012. Disponível em: <https://www.tecnoevento.com.br/nel/anais/artigos/art16.pdf>. Acesso em: 21 set. 2017.DE VAUS, David. Surveys in Social Research - 3rd edn. London: UCL Press, 1993. 379 p. FLICK, Uwe. Introdução à Pesquisa Qualitativa. 3. ed. Porto Alegre: Bookman, 2009. 405 p.FONGER, Nicola. Lessons learned as a novice researcher: A pilot study in Mathematics Education. The Hilltop Review, Michigan, apr. 2011. Disponível em: <https://scholarworks.wmich.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1040&context=hilltopreview>. Acesso em: 6 fev. 2018.FOUCAULT, Michel. O cuidado com a verdade. In: FOUCAULT, Michel. Ditos e Escritos V. Ética, Sexualidade e Política. Rio de Janeiro: Forense Universitária, 2004c, p. 240-251.FOUCAULT, Michel. A Ordem do Discurso. Trad. Laura Fraga de Almeida Sampaio. 24 ed. São Paulo: Loyola, 2014. 74 p.GAIA, C.; PIRES, L. Saberes matemáticos e história de vida na zona rural de Marabá-PA. Revista Brasileira de Educação do Campo, Tocantinópolis, v. 1, n. 1, p. 128-146, jan./jun.,2016. Disponível em: < https://doi.org/10.20873/uft.2525-4863.2016v1n1p128>. Acesso em: 5 mai 2017.GLOCK, Hans-Johann. Dicionário de Wittgenstein. Rio de Janeiro: Zahar, 1998. 398 p.GRIX, Jonathan. The Foundations of Research. New York: Palgrave Study Skills, 2004. 200 p.GROS, Frédéric; DAVIDSON, Arnold. Foucault, Wittgenstein: de possibles rencontres. Paris: Éditions Kimé, 2011.ISMAIL, Nashwa; KINCHIN, Gary. EDWARDS, Julie-Ann. Pilot study, does it really matter? Learning lessons from conducting a pilot study for a qualitative PhD Thesis. International Journal of Social Science Research. USA, mar. 2018. Disponível em: <http://www.macrothink.org/journal/index.php/ijssr/article/view/11720/9594>. Acesso em: 8 fev. 2018.JANGHORBAN, Roksana; ROUDSARI, Robab Latifnejad; TAGHIPOUR, Ali. Pilot study in qualitative research: the roles and values. Journal of Hayat, Tehran, mar. 2014. Disponível em: <http://hayat.tums.ac.ir/browse.php?a_id=666&sid=1&slc_lang=en>. Acesso em: 6 fev. 2018.KIM, Yujin. The pilot study in qualitative inquiry: identifying issues and learning lessons for culturally competent research. Qualitative Social Work, USA, may 2011. Disponível em: <https://doi.org/10.1177/1473325010362001>. Acesso em: 6 fev. 2018.KNIJNIK, Gelsa. Differentially positioned language games: ethnomathematics from a philosophical perspective. Educational Studies in Mathematics, Switzerland, v. 80, p. 87-100, may 2012. Disponível em: <https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10649-012-9396-8>. Acesso em: 10 mar 2018.KNIJNIK, Gelsa. Etnomatemáticas en movimiento: Perspectiva Etnomatemática, sus formulaciones teóricas y ejemplificaciones. Revista Latinoamericana de Etnomatemática, Colombia, v. 7, n. 2, p. 139-151, jun./sep. 2014. Disponível em: <http://www.revista.etnomatematica.org/index.php/RevLatEm/article/view/127>. Acesso em: 5 abr. 2019.KNIJNIK, Gelsa. A ordem do discurso da matemática escolar e jogos de linguagem de outras formas de vida. Perspectivas da Educação Matemática, Campo Grande, v. 10, n. 22, p. 45-64, 2017. Disponível em: <http://seer.ufms.br/index.php/pedmat/article/view/3877/3104>. Acesso em: 10 mar 2018.MACKEY, Alison; GASS, Susan. Second language research: methodology and design. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2005. 405 p.RICHARDSON, Roberto Jerry. Pesquisa social: métodos e técnicas. 3. ed. São Paulo: Atlas, 2012. 394 p.SILVEIRA, Maria Rosâni Abreu. Matemática, discurso e linguagens: contribuições para a Educação Matemática. São Paulo: Editora Livraria da Física, 2015. (Coleção Contextos da Ciência). TEIJLINGEN, Edwin Van; HUNDLEY, Vanora. The importance of pilot studies. Social Research Update. England, jan./mar. 2001. Disponível em: <http://sru.soc.surrey.ac.uk/SRU35.html>. Acesso em: 5 fev. 2018.THABANE, Lehana et al. A tutorial on pilot studies: the what, why and how. BMC Medical Research Methodology. London, jan. 2010. Disponível em: <https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2824145/>. Acesso em: 7 fev. 2018.UNIVERSIDADE FEDERAL DO RECÔNCAVO DA BAHIA. Projeto Pedagógico do Curso de Licenciatura em Educação do Campo com Habilitações em Ciências da Natureza e Matemática. Feira de Santana, 2013.VEIGA-NETO, Alfredo. Foucault & a Educação. 2 ed. Belo Horizonte: Autêntica, 2007. (Coleção Pensadores & Educação).VEIGA-NETO, Alfredo. Teoria e método em Michel Foucault: (im)possibilidades. Cadernos de Educação. Pelotas, n. 34, p. 83 - 94, set./dez., 2009. Disponível em: <https://periodicos.ufpel.edu.br/ojs2/index.php/caduc/article/view/1635/1518>. Acesso em: 6 abr. 2019.VERGÈS, P. Ensemble de Programmes Permettant L’annalyse des Évocations – EVOC 2000. Manuel, version, 5. 2002.WANDERER, Fernanda. Educação Matemática, jogos de linguagem e regulação. São Paulo: Livraria da Física, 2014. (Coleção Contextos da Ciência).WANDERER, Fernanda. Educação Matemática, processos de regulação e o Programa Escola Ativa. Revista de Educação Pública. Cuiabá, v. 26, n. 61, p. 201-221, jan./abr., 2017. Disponível em: <http://periodicoscientificos.ufmt.br/ojs/index.php/educacaopublica/article/view/2397/pdf>. Acesso em: 6 abr. 2019WITTGENSTEIN, Ludwig. Investigações Filosóficas. Trad. Marcos G. Nontagnoli. 6. ed. São Paulo: Vozes, 2009. 350 p.WRAY, Jane; ARCHIBONG, Uduak; WALTON, Sean. Why undertake a pilot in a qualitative PhD study? Lessons learned to promote success. Nurse Researcher. Ontário, jan. 2017. Disponível em: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/312593847_Why_undertake_a_pilot_in_a_qualitative_PhD_study_Lessons_learned_to_promote_success>. Acesso em: 8 fev. 2018.

ABSTRAK Industri fashion muslim di Indonesia saat ini sedang mengalami transformasi besar yang didorong oleh beberapa tren. Seiring dengan adanya transformasi teknologi saat ini, media sosial sebagai tempat berekspresi diri mendorong munculnya fast fashion yang mengacu pada praktik industri di mana pelaku industri fashion menawarkan berbagai macam produk baru dengan konsep pergantian mode yang cepat dan paling disukai pasar. Penelitian ini bertujuan untuk mengetahui bagaimana pengaruh store attribute terhadap customer experience, dan brand loyalty pada toko Hijup. Pengumpulan data dilakukan dengan kuesioner yang melibatkan 150 responden yang pernah mengunjungi dan berbelanja di toko Hijup dalam 12 bulan terakhir. Metode Path Analysis dilakukan untuk mengetahui bagaimana store attributes mempengaruhi customer experience dan brand loyalty dalam industri ritel fashion. Hasil penelitian menunjukkan bahwa store attribute memiliki pengaruh positif signifikan terhadap customer experience di dalam toko Hijup. Kemudian, ditemukan juga pengaruh positif signifikan antara customer experience terhadap brand loyalty. Adanya penelitian ini diharapkan dapat membantu toko Hijup sebagai pelaku retail khususnya di industri fashion muslim untuk meningkatkan store attribute mereka sehingga para peretail dapat menciptakan loyalitas bagi konsumen mereka. Kata kunci: Store Attribute, Customer Experience, Brand Loyalty, Toko Hijup. ABSTRACT The Muslim fashion industry in Indonesia is currently undergoing a major transformation shared by several trends. Along with the current technological transformation, social media as a place for self-expression encourages the emergence of fast fashion which refers to industrial practices where fashion industry players offer a variety of new products with the concept of rapid change and are most favored by the market. This study aims to determine how the influence of store attributes on customer experience, and brand loyalty at Hijup stores. Data were collected using questionnaires involving 150 respondents who had visited and purchased at Hijup stores in the last 12 months. The path Analysis method was conducted to find out how store attributes affect customer experience and brand loyalty in the fashion retail industry. The results showed that store attributes had a significant positive effect on customer experience in Hijup stores. Then, it was also found that there was a significant positive effect between customer experience on brand loyalty. This research is expected to help Hijup stores as retail players, especially in the Muslim fashion industry to increase their store attributes so that retailers can create loyalty for their consumers. Keywords: Store Attribute, Customer Experience, Brand Loyalty, Hijup Store. DAFTAR PUSTAKA Bıçakcıoğlu, N., Ilayda, İ., & Bayraktaroğlu, G. (2016). Antecedents and outcomes of brand love: the mediating role of brand loyalty. Journal of Marketing Communications, 24(8), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13527266.2016.1244108 Bilgihan, A. (2016). Gen Y customer loyalty in online shopping: An integrated model of trust, user experience and branding. Computers in Human Behavior, 61, 103–113. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2016.03.014 BRP & Windstream E. (2018). Retail’s digital crossroads: The race to meet shopper expectations. Retrieved from https://www.windstreamenterprise.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/windstream-retail-pov.pdf Choi, T. (2013). Fast fashion systems: Theories and applications. Florida USA: CRC Press. Finn, A. (2004). A reassessment of the dimensionality of retail performance: a multivariate generalizability theory perspective. Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, 11(4), 235-245. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0969-6989(03)00050-X Gentile, C., Spiller, N., & Noci, G. (2007). How to sustain the customer experience: an overview of experience components that co-create value with the customer. European Management Journal, 25(5), 395-410. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emj.2007.08.005 Ghosh, P., Tripathi, V., & Kumar, A. (2010). Customer expectations of store attributes: A study of organized retail outlets in India. Journal of Retail & Leisure Property, 9(1), 75-87. Giddens. (2002). Customer loyalty: Menumbuhkan dan mempertahankan kesetiaan pelanggan. Jakarta: Erlangga. Hartman, K. B., & Spiro, R. L. (2005). Recapturing store image in customer-based store equity: a construct conceptualization. Journal of Business Research, 58(8), 1112-1120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2004.01.008 Jackson, C. (2006). Driving brand loyalty on the web. DMI Review, 17(1), 62-67. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1948-7169.2006.tb00031.x Khan, I., Hollebeek, L. D., Fatma, M., Islam, J. U., & Arkonsuo, L. R. (2020). Customer experience and commitment in retailing: Does customer age matter? Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, 57. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jretconser.2020.102219 Lemon, K. N., & Verhoef, P. V. (2016). Understanding customer experience throughout the customer journey. Journal of Marketing, 80(6), 69–96. https://doi.org/10.1509%2Fjm.15.0420 Lindquist, J. D. (1974). Meaning of image. Journal of Retailing, 50(4), 29-38. Mohd-Ramly, S., & Omar, N. A. (2017). Exploring the influence of store attributes on customer experience and customer engagement. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, 45(11), 1138–1158. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJRDM-04-2016-0049. Jain, R., Aagja, J., & Bagdare, S. (2017). Customer experience–a review and research agenda. Journal of Service Theory and Practice, 27(3), 642–662. https://doi.org/10.1108/JSTP-03-2015-0064. Nikhashemi, S. R., Tarofder, A. K., Gaur, S. S., & Haque, A. (2016). The Effect of customers’ perceived value of retail store on relationship between store attribute and customer brand loyalty: Some insights from Malaysia. Procedia Economics and Finance, 37, 432–438. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2212-5671(16)30148-4 Machtiger, Kate. (2020). What will the retail experience of the future look like?. Harvard Business Review. Retrieved from https://hbr.org/2020/06/what-will-the-retail-experience-of-the-future-look-like Shaw, C., & Ivens, J. (2007). Building great customer experience. New York: Palgrave, Macmillan The Jakarta Post. (2020). Indonesia's e-commerce sales to surpass India's. Retrieved from https://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2020/09/08/indonesias-e-commerce-sales-to-surpass-indias.html Verhoef, P. C., Lemon, K. N., Parasuraman, A., Roggeven, A., Tsiros, M., & Schlesinger, L. A. (2009). Customer experience creation: Determinants, dynamics and management strategies. Journal of Retailing, 85(1), 31–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jretai.2008.11.001. Wang, C. H., & Ha, S. (2011). Store attributes influencing relationship marketing: A study of department stores. Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management: An International Journal, 15(3), 326–344. doi:10.1108/13612021111151923 Williams, L., Buoye, A., Keiningham, T. L., Aksoy, L. (2020). The practitioners’ path to customer loyalty: Memorable experiences or frictionless experiences? Journal of Retailing Consumer Service, 57. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jretconser.2020.102215

ABSTRAK Industri fashion muslim di Indonesia saat ini sedang mengalami transformasi besar yang didorong oleh beberapa tren. Seiring dengan adanya transformasi teknologi saat ini, media sosial sebagai tempat berekspresi diri mendorong munculnya fast fashion yang mengacu pada praktik industri di mana pelaku industri fashion menawarkan berbagai macam produk baru dengan konsep pergantian mode yang cepat dan paling disukai pasar. Penelitian ini bertujuan untuk mengetahui bagaimana pengaruh store attribute terhadap customer experience, dan brand loyalty pada toko Hijup. Pengumpulan data dilakukan dengan kuesioner yang melibatkan 150 responden yang pernah mengunjungi dan berbelanja di toko Hijup dalam 12 bulan terakhir. Metode Path Analysis dilakukan untuk mengetahui bagaimana store attributes mempengaruhi customer experience dan brand loyalty dalam industri ritel fashion. Hasil penelitian menunjukkan bahwa store attribute memiliki pengaruh positif signifikan terhadap customer experience di dalam toko Hijup. Kemudian, ditemukan juga pengaruh positif signifikan antara customer experience terhadap brand loyalty. Adanya penelitian ini diharapkan dapat membantu toko Hijup sebagai pelaku retail khususnya di industri fashion muslim untuk meningkatkan store attribute mereka sehingga para peretail dapat menciptakan loyalitas bagi konsumen mereka. Kata kunci: Store Attribute, Customer Experience, Brand Loyalty, Toko Hijup. ABSTRACT The Muslim fashion industry in Indonesia is currently undergoing a major transformation shared by several trends. Along with the current technological transformation, social media as a place for self-expression encourages the emergence of fast fashion which refers to industrial practices where fashion industry players offer a variety of new products with the concept of rapid change and are most favored by the market. This study aims to determine how the influence of store attributes on customer experience, and brand loyalty at Hijup stores. Data were collected using questionnaires involving 150 respondents who had visited and purchased at Hijup stores in the last 12 months. The path Analysis method was conducted to find out how store attributes affect customer experience and brand loyalty in the fashion retail industry. The results showed that store attributes had a significant positive effect on customer experience in Hijup stores. Then, it was also found that there was a significant positive effect between customer experience on brand loyalty. This research is expected to help Hijup stores as retail players, especially in the Muslim fashion industry to increase their store attributes so that retailers can create loyalty for their consumers. Keywords: Store Attribute, Customer Experience, Brand Loyalty, Hijup Store. DAFTAR PUSTAKA Bıçakcıoğlu, N., Ilayda, İ., & Bayraktaroğlu, G. (2016). Antecedents and outcomes of brand love: the mediating role of brand loyalty. Journal of Marketing Communications, 24(8), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13527266.2016.1244108 Bilgihan, A. (2016). Gen Y customer loyalty in online shopping: An integrated model of trust, user experience and branding. Computers in Human Behavior, 61, 103–113. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2016.03.014 BRP & Windstream E. (2018). Retail’s digital crossroads: The race to meet shopper expectations. Retrieved from https://www.windstreamenterprise.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/windstream-retail-pov.pdf Choi, T. (2013). Fast fashion systems: Theories and applications. Florida USA: CRC Press. Finn, A. (2004). A reassessment of the dimensionality of retail performance: a multivariate generalizability theory perspective. Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, 11(4), 235-245. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0969-6989(03)00050-X Gentile, C., Spiller, N., & Noci, G. (2007). How to sustain the customer experience: an overview of experience components that co-create value with the customer. European Management Journal, 25(5), 395-410. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emj.2007.08.005 Ghosh, P., Tripathi, V., & Kumar, A. (2010). Customer expectations of store attributes: A study of organized retail outlets in India. Journal of Retail & Leisure Property, 9(1), 75-87. Giddens. (2002). Customer loyalty: Menumbuhkan dan mempertahankan kesetiaan pelanggan. Jakarta: Erlangga. Hartman, K. B., & Spiro, R. L. (2005). Recapturing store image in customer-based store equity: a construct conceptualization. Journal of Business Research, 58(8), 1112-1120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2004.01.008 Jackson, C. (2006). Driving brand loyalty on the web. DMI Review, 17(1), 62-67. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1948-7169.2006.tb00031.x Khan, I., Hollebeek, L. D., Fatma, M., Islam, J. U., & Arkonsuo, L. R. (2020). Customer experience and commitment in retailing: Does customer age matter? Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, 57. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jretconser.2020.102219 Lemon, K. N., & Verhoef, P. V. (2016). Understanding customer experience throughout the customer journey. Journal of Marketing, 80(6), 69–96. https://doi.org/10.1509%2Fjm.15.0420 Lindquist, J. D. (1974). Meaning of image. Journal of Retailing, 50(4), 29-38. Mohd-Ramly, S., & Omar, N. A. (2017). Exploring the influence of store attributes on customer experience and customer engagement. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, 45(11), 1138–1158. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJRDM-04-2016-0049. Jain, R., Aagja, J., & Bagdare, S. (2017). Customer experience–a review and research agenda. Journal of Service Theory and Practice, 27(3), 642–662. https://doi.org/10.1108/JSTP-03-2015-0064. Nikhashemi, S. R., Tarofder, A. K., Gaur, S. S., & Haque, A. (2016). The Effect of customers’ perceived value of retail store on relationship between store attribute and customer brand loyalty: Some insights from Malaysia. Procedia Economics and Finance, 37, 432–438. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2212-5671(16)30148-4 Machtiger, Kate. (2020). What will the retail experience of the future look like?. Harvard Business Review. Retrieved from https://hbr.org/2020/06/what-will-the-retail-experience-of-the-future-look-like Shaw, C., & Ivens, J. (2007). Building great customer experience. New York: Palgrave, Macmillan The Jakarta Post. (2020). Indonesia's e-commerce sales to surpass India's. Retrieved from https://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2020/09/08/indonesias-e-commerce-sales-to-surpass-indias.html Verhoef, P. C., Lemon, K. N., Parasuraman, A., Roggeven, A., Tsiros, M., & Schlesinger, L. A. (2009). Customer experience creation: Determinants, dynamics and management strategies. Journal of Retailing, 85(1), 31–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jretai.2008.11.001. Wang, C. H., & Ha, S. (2011). Store attributes influencing relationship marketing: A study of department stores. Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management: An International Journal, 15(3), 326–344. doi:10.1108/13612021111151923 Williams, L., Buoye, A., Keiningham, T. L., Aksoy, L. (2020). The practitioners’ path to customer loyalty: Memorable experiences or frictionless experiences? Journal of Retailing Consumer Service, 57. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jretconser.2020.102215

e18519 Background: Increasing costs of oral chemotherapy have become a significant barrier to cancer care with the potential to cause treatment abandonment and noncompliance. The primary objective of this study is to evaluate the financial toxicity of oral chemotherapy in the Breast Medicine Service at Roswell Park Comprehensive Cancer Center (RPCCC). Methods: This was a retrospective chart review of patients at RPCCC who were diagnosed with breast cancer and prescribed oral chemotherapy between 8/1/21 - 7/31/22. The primary outcome evaluated was average out-of-pocket (OOP) cost of an oral chemotherapy prescription. Secondary outcomes studied included 1) the number of patients enrolled in manufacturer patient assistance programs (PAPs), copay cards, foundation grants, and/or New York State Elderly Pharmaceutical Insurance Coverage (EPIC) program, and 2) median days to treatment start date, approval of prior authorization (PA) and/or PAPs. For patients who filled at outside pharmacies, days to first insurance claim were collected and compared to days to first fill for patients who filled at Roswell Park Pharmacy. Results: A total of 116 patients with a median age of 64 and 122 oral chemotherapy prescriptions were included. Majority of the patients were white (n = 93; 80%) and enrolled in Medicare managed plans (n = 58; 50%). Palbociclib (n = 47; 39%) and capecitabine (n = 29; 24%) were most commonly prescribed. 49 patients filled at Roswell Park Pharmacy; average OOP cost was $48.00 (range: 0-2239.50) per prescription claim. Average OOP cost was $85.18 for patients with Medicare managed plans, $23.35 for patients with commercial insurance, and $3.66 for patients with government-funded insurance. Twenty patients (17%) enrolled in PAPs, foundation grants, copay cards, and/or EPIC program. OOP costs prior to any financial assistance was available for thirteen patients; median OOP cost was $2491.51 (403.62-18165.94). Median days to approval of PAPs and approval of PA was 10 (1-50) and 0 (0-14), respectively. When filling internally at Roswell Park Pharmacy, median days to treatment start date was 6 (0-61) compared to 9 (0-67) for those who filled at outside pharmacies. There was a significant difference (p = 0.0111) between the median days to first fill for patients who filled at Roswell Park Pharmacy (0 days [0-25]) and the median time to first insurance claim (2 days [0-20]) for patients filling at outside pharmacies. Conclusions: Despite utilization of financial assistance program, OOP costs remain high for cancer patients. Having a defined workflow to screen and identify patients at risk for financial toxicity and the ability to refer to appropriate resources to mitigate OOP costs promptly is vital to prevent delays in treatment. Utilizing an integrated health-system specialty pharmacy can be helpful to streamline patient access and avoid further treatment delays.

Introduction The rise in sedentary behaviour, coupled with the decline in overall mental health among Canadian children and youth in recent decades, demonstrates a clear need for applied research that focusses on developing and evaluating cross-disciplinary interventions. Outdoor spaces provide opportunities for physical activity and social connectedness, making them an ideal setting to address these critical health concerns among children and youth. Methods We conducted a rapid review of peer-reviewed (n = 3096) and grey literature (n = 7) to identify physical activity and/or social connectedness outdoor space interventions targeted at children and youth (19 years and under) in Australia and New Zealand, Canada, Europe and the United States. We determined if interventions were effective by analyzing their research design, confidence intervals and reported limitations, and then conducted a narrative synthesis of the effective interventions. Results We found 104 unique studies, of which 70 (67%) were determined to be effective. Overall, 55 interventions targeted physical activity outcomes, 10 targeted social connectedness outcomes and 5 targeted both. Play (n = 47) and contact with nature(n = 25) were dominant themes across interventions, with most taking place in a school or park. We report on the identifying features, limitations and implications of these interventions. Conclusion The incorporation of natural and play-focussed elements into outdoor spaces may be effective ways to improve physical activity and social connectedness. There is a considerable need for more Canadian-specific research. Novel methods, such as incorporating smartphone technology into the design and evaluation of these interventions, warrant consideration.

In recent years, STEAM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Art, and Mathematics) has received wide attention. STEAM complements early childhood learning needs in honing 2nd century skills. This study aims to introduce a loose section in early childhood learning to pre-service teachers and then to explore their perceptions of how to use loose parts in supporting STEAM. The study design uses qualitative phenomenological methods. FGDs (Focus Group Discussions) are used as data collection instruments. The findings point to two main themes that emerged from the discussion: a loose section that supports freedom of creation and problem solving. Freedom clearly supports science, mathematics and arts education while problem solving significantly supports engineering and technology education. Keywords: Early Childhood Educators, Loose-part, STEAM References: Allen, A. (2016). Don’t Fear STEM: You Already Teach It! Exchange, (231), 56–59. Ansberry, B. K., & Morgan, E. (2019). Seven Myths of STEM. 56(6), 64–67. Bagiati, A., & Evangelou, D. (2015). Engineering curriculum in the preschool classroom: the teacher’s experience. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 23(1), 112–128. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2014.991099 Becker, K., & Park, K. (2011). Effects of integrative approaches among science , technology , engineering , and mathematics ( STEM ) subjects on students ’ learning : A preliminary meta-analysis. 12(5), 23–38. Berk, L. E. (2009). Child Development (8th ed.). Boston: Pearson Education. Can, B., Yildiz-Demirtas, V., & Altun, E. (2017). The Effect of Project-based Science Education Programme on Scientific Process Skills and Conception of Kindergargen Students. 16(3), 395–413. Casey, T., Robertson, J., Abel, J., Cairns, M., Caldwell, L., Campbell, K., … Robertson, T. (2016). Loose Parts Play. Edinburgh. Cheung, R. H. P. (2017). Teacher-directed versus child-centred : the challenge of promoting creativity in Chinese preschool classrooms. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1366(January), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2016.1217253 Clements, D. H., & Sarama, J. (2016). Math, Science, and Technology in the Early Grades. The Future of Children, 26(2), 75–94. Cloward Drown, K. (2014). Dramatic lay affordances of natural and manufactured outdoor settings for preschoolaged children. Dejarnette, N. K. (2018). Early Childhood Steam: Reflections From a Year of Steam Initiatives Implemented in a High-Needs Primary School. Education, 139(2), 96–112. DiGironimo, N. (2011). What is technology? Investigating student conceptions about the nature of technology. International Journal of Science Education, 33(10), 1337–1352. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2010.495400 Dugger, W. E., & Naik, N. (2001). Clarifying Misconceptions between Technology Education and Educational Technology. The Technology Teacher, 61(1), 31–35. Eeuwijk, P. Van, & Zuzana, A. (2017). How to Conduct a Focus Group Discussion ( FGD ) Methodological Manual. Flannigan, C., & Dietze, B. (2018). Children, Outdoor Play, and Loose Parts. Journal of Childhood Studies, 42(4), 53–60. https://doi.org/10.18357/jcs.v42i4.18103 Fleer, M. (1998). The Preparation of Australian Teachers in Technology Education : Developing The Preparation of Australian Teachers in Technology Education : Developing Professionals Not Technicians. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education & Development, 1(2), 25–31. Freitas, H., Oliveira, M., Jenkins, M., & Popjoy, O. (1998). The focus group, a qualitative research method: Reviewing the theory, and providing guidelines to its planning. In ISRC, Merrick School of Business, University of Baltimore (MD, EUA)(Vol. 1). Gomes, J., & Fleer, M. (2019). The Development of a Scientific Motive : How Preschool Science and Home Play Reciprocally Contribute to Science Learning. Research in Science Education, 49(2), 613–634. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-017-9631-5 Goris, T., & Dyrenfurth, M. (n.d.). Students ’ Misconceptions in Science , Technology , and Engineering . Gull, C., Bogunovich, J., Goldstein, S. L., & Rosengarten, T. (2019). Definitions of Loose Parts in Early Childhood Outdoor Classrooms: A Scoping Review. The International Journal of Early Childhood Environmental Education, 6(3), 37. Hui, A. N. N., He, M. W. J., & Ye, S. S. (2015). Arts education and creativity enhancement in young children in Hong Kong. Educational Psychology, 35(3), 315–327. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2013.875518 Jarvis, T., & Rennie, L. J. (1996). Perceptions about Technology Held by Primary Teachers in England. Research in Science & Technological Education, 14(1), 43–54. https://doi.org/10.1080/0263514960140104 Jeffers, O. (2004). How to Catch a Star. New York: Philomel Books. Kiewra, C., & Veselack, E. (2016). Playing with nature: Supporting preschoolers’ creativity in natural outdoor classrooms. International Journal of Early Childhood Environmental Education, 4(1), 70–95. Kuh, L., Ponte, I., & Chau, C. (2013). The impact of a natural playscape installation on young children’s play behaviors. Children, Youth and Environments, 23(2), 49–77. Lachapelle, C. P., Cunningham, C. M., & Oh, Y. (2019). What is technology? Development and evaluation of a simple instrument for measuring children’s conceptions of technology. International Journal of Science Education, 41(2), 188–209. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2018.1545101 Liamputtong. (2010). Focus Group Methodology : Introduction and History. In Focus Group MethodoloGy (pp. 1–14). Liao, C. (2016). From Interdisciplinary to Transdisciplinary: An Arts-Integrated Approach to STEAM Education. 69(6), 44–49. https://doi.org/10.1080/00043125.2016.1224873 Lindeman, K. W., & Anderson, E. M. (2015). Using Blocks to Develop 21st Century Skills. Young Children, 70(1), 36–43. Maxwell, L., Mitchell, M., and Evans, G. (2008). Effects of play equipment and loose parts on preschool children’s outdoor play behavior: An observational study and design intervention. Children, Youth and Environments, 18(2), 36–63. McClure, E., Guernsey, L., Clements, D., Bales, S., Nichols, J., Kendall-Taylor, N., & Levine, M. (2017). How to Integrate STEM Into Early Childhood Education. Science and Children, 055(02), 8–11. https://doi.org/10.2505/4/sc17_055_02_8 McClure, M., Tarr, P., Thompson, C. M., & Eckhoff, A. (2017). Defining quality in visual art education for young children: Building on the position statement of the early childhood art educators. Arts Education Policy Review, 118(3), 154–163. https://doi.org/10.1080/10632913.2016.1245167 Mishra, L. (2016). Focus Group Discussion in Qualitative Research. TechnoLearn: An International Journal of Educational Technology, 6(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.5958/2249-5223.2016.00001.2 Monhardt, L., & Monhardt, R. (2006). Creating a context for the learning of science process skills through picture books. Early Childhood Education Journal, 34(1), 67–71. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-006-0108-9 Monsalvatge, L., Long, K., & DiBello, L. (2013). Turning our world of learning inside out! Dimensions of Early Childhood, 41(3), 23–30. Moomaw, S. (2012). STEM begins in the early years. School Science & Mathematics, 112(2), 57–58. Moomaw, S. (2016). Move Back the Clock, Educators: STEM Begins at Birth. School Science & Mathematics, 116(5), 237–238. Moomaw, S., & Davis, J. A. (2010). STEM Comes to Preschool. Young Cihildren, 12–18(September), 12–18. Munawar, M., Roshayanti, F., & Sugiyanti. (2019). Implementation of STEAM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Art, Mathematics)-Based Early Childhood Education Learning in Semarang City. Jurnal CERIA, 2(5), 276–285. National Research Council. (1996). National Science Education Standards. Washington, DC: National Academy of Sciences. Nicholson, S. (1972). The Theory of Loose Parts: An important principle for design methodology. Studies in Design Education Craft & Technology, 4(2), 5–12. O.Nyumba, T., Wilson, K., Derrick, C. J., & Mukherjee, N. (2018). The use of focus group discussion methodology: Insights from two decades of application in conservation. Methods in Ecology and Evolution, 9(1), 20–32. https://doi.org/10.1111/2041-210X.12860 Padilla-Diaz, M. (2015). Phenomenology in Educational Qualitative Research : Philosophy as Science or Philosophical Science ? International Journal of Educational Excellence, 1(2), 101–110. Padilla, M. J. (1990). The Science Process Skills. Research Matters - to the Science Teacher, 1(March), 1–3. Park, D. Y., Park, M. H., & Bates, A. B. (2018). Exploring Young Children’s Understanding About the Concept of Volume Through Engineering Design in a STEM Activity: A Case Study. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 16(2), 275–294. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-016-9776-0 Rahardjo, M. M. (2019). Implementasi Pendekatan Saintifik Sebagai Pembentuk Keterampilan Proses Sains Anak Usia Dini. Scholaria: Jurnal Pendidikan Dan Kebudayaan, 9(2), 148–159. https://doi.org/10.24246/j.js.2019.v9.i2.p148-159 Robison, T. (2016). Male Elementary General Music Teachers : A Phenomenological Study. Journal of Music Teacher Education, 26(2), 77–89. https://doi.org/10.1177/1057083715622019 Rocha Fernandes, G. W., Rodrigues, A. M., & Ferreira, C. A. (2018). Conceptions of the Nature of Science and Technology: a Study with Children and Youths in a Non-Formal Science and Technology Education Setting. Research in Science Education, 48(5), 1071–1106. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-016-9599-6 Sawyer, R. K. (2006). Educating for innovation. 1(2006), 41–48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2005.08.001 Sharapan, H. (2012). ERIC - From STEM to STEAM: How Early Childhood Educators Can Apply Fred Rogers’ Approach, Young Children, 2012-Jan. Young Children, 67(1), 36–40. Siantayani, Y. (2018). STEAM: Science-Technology-Engineering-Art-Mathematics. Semarang: SINAU Teachers Development Center. Sikder, S., & Fleer, M. (2015). Small Science : Infants and Toddlers Experiencing Science in Everyday Family Life. Research in Science Education, 45(3), 445–464. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-014-9431-0 Smith-gilman, S. (2018). The Arts, Loose Parts and Conversations. Journal of the Canadian Association for Curriculum Studies, 16(1), 90–103. Sohn, B. K., Thomas, S. P., Greenberg, K. H., & Pollio, H. R. (2017). Hearing the Voices of Students and Teachers : A Phenomenological Approach to Educational Research. Qualitative Research in Education, 6(2), 121–148. https://doi.org/10.17583/qre.2017.2374 Strong-wilson, T., & Ellis, J. (2002). Children and Place : Reggio Emilia’s Environment as Third Teacher. Theory into Practice, 46(1), 40–47. Sutton, M. J. (2011). In the hand and mind: The intersection of loose parts and imagination in evocative settings for young children. Children, Youth and Environments, 21(2), 408–424. Tippett, C. D., & Milford, T. M. (2017). Findings from a Pre-kindergarten Classroom: Making the Case for STEM in Early Childhood Education. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 15, 67–86. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-017-9812-8 Tippett, C., & Milford, T. (2017). STEM Resources and Materials for Engaging Learning Experiences. International Journal of Science & Mathematics Education, 15(March), 67–86. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-017-9812-8 Veselack, E., Miller, D., & Cain-Chang, L. (2015). Raindrops on noses and toes in the dirt: infants and toddlers in the outdoor classroom. Dimensions Educational Research Foundation. Yuksel-Arslan, P., Yildirim, S., & Robin, B. R. (2016). A phenomenological study : teachers ’ experiences of using digital storytelling in early childhood education. Educational Studies, 42(5), 427–445. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2016.1195717

A microgravity investigation on bedrock topography was conducted at Maluri park reference level in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. The study aim to mapping the near-surface structure and soil and land cover distribution for geography and geophysics surveys. Two types of cross-section modeling of the residual anomaly generated the MaluriBouguer Anomaly model for site-1 and site-2 at Maluri Park. The 2D microgravity models produced the contour map, displaying the characterization due to density contrast in rock types while mapping the subsurface geological structure at different depths. Moreover, a synthetic model was initiated with the assumption of lateral distance on the left and right sides taken at 50 m and a depth of 60 m. The results of modeling confirmed that the soil and rock type composition on both models site tests are topsoil (1.1 to 1.92 g/cm3), soil (1.8 g/cm3), clay (1.63 g/cm3), gravel (1.7 g/cm3), sand (2.0 g/cm3), shale (2.4 g/cm3), sandstone (2.76 g/cm3), and limestone (2.9 g/cm3). The 2D gravity modeling using two model site tests obtained a correspondence with the observed microgravity data. Keywords: Bouguer anomaly, limestone, microgravity, soil structure, topography. References Amaluddin, L. O., Rahmat, R., Surdin, S., Ramadhan, M. I., Hidayat, D. N., Purwana, I. G., & Fayanto, S. (2019). The Effectiveness of Outdoor Learning in Improving Spatial Intelligence. Journal for the Education of Gifted Young Scientists, 7(3), 667–680. https://doi.org/10.17478/jegys.613987 Arisona,A., Mohd N., Amin E.K., &Abdullahi, A.(2018).Assessment of microgravity anomalies of soil structure for geotechnical 2d models.Journal of Geoscience, Engineering, Environment, and Technology (JGEET)3(3), 151-154. Georgsson, L.S. (2009). Geophysical Methotds Used in Geothermal Exploration. Presented at Exploration for Geothermal Resources, 1-22 November 2009, 1-16. Grandjean, G. (2009). From Geophysical Parameters to Soil Characteristics.Florida: Report N°BRGM/FP7-DIGISOIL Project Deliverable 2.1, Final ReportDepartment of Civil and Coastal EngineeringUniversity of Florida. Hiltunen, D.R., Hudyma,N.,Tran,K.T.,&Sarno,A.I. (2012).Geophysical Testing of Rock and Its Relationthipsto Physical Properties.Florida:Final ReportDepartment ofCivil and Coastal EngineeringUniversity ofFlorida. Kirsch,R. (2006).GroundwaterGeophysics, ATool for Hydrogeology.New York: Springer. Kamal,H.,Taha,M.,&Al-Sanad,S. (2010). Geoenvironmental Engineering and Geotechnics, GeoShanghai 2010 International Conference. (accessed 02.03.17) Lilie, R.J. (1999).Whole Earth Geophysics: An Introductory Textbook for Geologists and Geophysicists. New Jersey:Prentice-HallInc. Pringle, J.K., Styles, P., Howell, C.P.,Branston, M.W., Furner, R., &Toon,S.M. (2012). Long-term time-lapse microgravity and geotechnical monitoring of relict salt mines, marston, cheshire, uk. Geophysic77(6), 165-171. Samsudin, H.T.(2003).A microgravity survey over deep limestone bedrock.Bulletin of Geological Society of Malaysia4(6), 201-208. Tan, S.M. (2005). Karsticfeatures of kualalumpur limestone. Bulletin of the Institution of EnginnerMalaysia 4(7), 6-11. Tajuddin, A.&Lat, C.N. (2004).Detecting subsurfacevoids using the microgravity method, a case study from kualalipis, pahang.Bulletin of Geological Society of Malaysia 3(48), 31-35. Tuckwell, G., Grossey, T., Owen, S., & Stearns, P. (2008). The use of microgravity to detect small distributed voids and low-density ground. Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology and Hydrogeology, 41(3), 371–380. https://doi.org/10.1144/1470-9236/07-224 Wanjohi, A.W. (2014). Geophysical Field Mapping. Presented at Exploration for Geothermal Resources, 2-23 November 2014, 1-9. Yusoff , Z.M., Raju,G. &Nahazanan, H.(2016).Static and dynamic behaviour of kualalumpur limestone. Malaysian Journal of Civil Engineering Special Issue Vol.28 (1), p.:18-25. Zabidi, H. & De Freitas, M.H. (2011).Re-evaluation of rock core logging for the prediction of preferred orientations of karst in the kualalumpur limestone formation. Engineering Geology, 117(3-4), p.: 159–169. Copyright (c) 2019 Geosfera Indonesia Journal and Department of Geography Education, University of Jember This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share A like 4.0 International License

BackgroundAnemia is a frequent comorbid condition in ankylosing spondylitis (AS) patients. Anemia of chronic disease (ACD), iron deficiency anemia (IDA) and their combination are most often found in patients. The differential diagnosis between ACD and IDA is important because they require different treatment and at the same time is complicated due to the presence of an inflammatory component.ObjectivesTo establish the role of hepcidin in the formation of anemic syndrome in AS patients and its significance in differentiating anemia of chronic disease, iron deficiency anemia and their combination.MethodsThe study included 76 patients diagnosed with AS according to the modified New York criteria (1984) and 26 controls. Among them, there were 47 patients without anemia and 29 patients with anemia (IDA, n=7; ACD with iron deficiency, n=6; ACD, n=15, folate deficiency anemia, n=1). The diagnostic list included a complete blood count, serum iron, total iron-binding capacity, transferrin saturation, serum ferritin, soluble transferrin receptors (sTfR), and hepcidin. In the literature, there are no clear criteria for gradation of hepcidin levels, therefore, for further analysis, a percentile comparison was performed and indicators corresponding to P25 (up to 25 ng/ml), P25 - P75 (25-35 ng/ml) and P75 (above 35 ng/ml) were selected control group. The statistical processing of the obtained results was carried out using the Microsoft Office Excel 2007 statistical software package.ResultsIn the group of AS patients, 41 patients (54%) had hepcidin levels >P75, 16 (21%) - <P25, and 19 (25%) within P25 - P75. Hepcidin levels in patients with anemia were 1.4 times higher (51.77 ± 4.62 ng/ml) than in people without anemia (36.08 ± 2.57 ng/ml). The level of hepcidin (35.84±7.50 ng/ml) in patients with IDA is practically comparable to the group of patients without anemia. The level of hepcidin (62.78±5.94 ng/ml) is 1.7 times higher in people with ACD than in people with IDA (p<0.05). Patients with ACD and iron deficiency in terms of hepcidin level occupy an intermediate place (48.53±9.50 ng/ml), which may indicate an important role in the pathogenesis of ACD and can be used as a diagnostic marker for the differential diagnosis of ACD and IDA. In the group of patients without anemia, we found no significant relationship between hepcidin and indicators of red blood and ferrokinetics. While in individuals with anemia we found the relationship of hepcidin with serum iron (r=0.26; p<0.05), soluble transferrin receptors (r=-0.15; p<0.05) and transferrin saturation coefficient (r=0.17; p<0.05).ConclusionFor AS patients, for the early differential diagnosis of the types of anemia (ACD, IDA, and ACD with iron deficiency), in addition to traditional methods, the complex of laboratory tests should include determination of the hepcidin level in blood serum. A high level of hepcidin indicates the presence of ACD.REFERENCES:NIL.Acknowledgements:NIL.Disclosure of InterestsNone Declared.

We report the mechanical control of plasmonic coupling between gold nanoparticles (GNPs) coated onto a large area wrinkled surface of an elastomeric template. Self-assembly and bottom-up procedures, were used to fabricate the sample and to increase the size of GNPs by exploiting the reduction of HAuCl4 with hydroxylamine. The elastic properties of template, the increase of nanostructure size joined with the particular grating configuration of the surface have been exploited to trigger and handle the coupling processes between the nanoparticles. Full Text: PDF ReferencesG. Mie, "Beiträge zur Optik trüber Medien, speziell kolloidaler Metallösungen", Ann. Phys. 25, 377 (1908) CrossRef U. Kreibig and M. Vollmer, Optical properties of metal cluster, Berlin 1995 CrossRef S. A. Maier, Plasmonics: Fundamentals and Applications, Springer, New York, 2007 CrossRef L. A. Lane, X. Qian, and S. Nie, "SERS Nanoparticles in Medicine: From Label-Free Detection to Spectroscopic Tagging", Chem. Rev. 115, 10489-10529 (2015) CrossRef N. Pazos-Perez, W. Ni, A. Schweikart, R. A. Alvarez-Puebla, A. Fery and L. M. Liz-Marzan, "Highly uniform SERS substrates formed by wrinkle-confined drying of gold colloids", Chem. Sci. 1, 174-178P (2010) CrossRef M. Aioub and M. A. El-Sayed, "A Real-Time Surface Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy Study of Plasmonic Photothermal Cell Death Using Targeted Gold Nanoparticles", J. Am. Chem. Soc. 138, 1258-1264 (2016) CrossRef G. Baffou, and R. Quidant, "Thermo-plasmonics: using metallic nanostructures as nano-sources of heat", Laser Photonics Rev. 7, No. 2, 171-187 (2013) CrossRef G. Palermo, U. Cataldi, L. De Sio, T. Beurgi, N. Tabiryan, and C. Umeton, "Optical control of plasmonic heating effects using reversible photo-alignment of nematic liquid crystals", Applied Physics 109, 191906 (2016) CrossRef J. R. Dunklin, G. T. Forcherio, K. R. Berry, Jr., and D. K. Roper, "Gold Nanoparticle Polydimethylsiloxane Thin Films Enhance Thermoplasmonic Dissipation by Internal Reflection", J. Phys. Chem. 118, 7523-7531 (2014) CrossRef Y. Jin, "Engineering Plasmonic Gold Nanostructures and Metamaterials for Biosensing and Nanomedicine", Adv. Mater. 24, 5153-5165 (2012) CrossRef J. H. Lee, Q. Wu, and W. Park, "Metal nanocluster metamaterial fabricated by the colloidal self-assembly", Optics Letters 34, Issue 4, 443-445 (2009) CrossRef R. Pratibha, K. Park, I. I. Smalyukh, and W. Park, "Tunable optical metamaterial based on liquid crystal-gold nanosphere composite", Optics Express 17, Issue 22, 19459-19469 (2009) CrossRef J. Dintinger, S. Mühlig, C. Rockstuhl, and T. Scharf, "A bottom-up approach to fabricate optical metamaterials by self-assembled metallic nanoparticles", Optical Materials Express 2, Issue 3, 269-278 (2012) CrossRef T. Maurer, J. Marae-Djouda, U. Cataldi, A. G., Guillaume Montay, Y. Madi, B. Panicaud, D. Macias, P.-M. Adam, G. Léveque, T. Buergi, and R. Caputo, "The beginnings of plasmomechanics: towards plasmonic strain sensors", Front. Mater. Sci. 9(2) (2015) CrossRef J. N. Anker W. P. Hall, O. Lyandres, N. C. Shah, J. Zhao and R. P. Van Duyne, "Biosensing with plasmonic nanosensors", Nature Materials 7, 442 - 453 (2008) CrossRef M. E. Stewart, C. R. Anderton, L. B. Thompson, J. Maria, S. K. Gray, J. A. Rogers,and R. G. Nuzzo, "Nanostructured Plasmonic Sensors", Chem. Rev. 108, 494-521 (2008) CrossRef P. K. Jain , M. A. El-Sayed, "Plasmonic coupling in noble metal nanostructures", Chemical Physics Letters 487, 153-164 (2010) CrossRef P. K. Jain, W. Huang and M. A. El-Sayed, "On the Universal Scaling Behavior of the Distance Decay of Plasmon Coupling in Metal Nanoparticle Pairs: A Plasmon Ruler Equation", Nano Letters 7, 2080-2088 (2007) CrossRef U. Cataldi, R. Caputo, Y. Kurylyak, G. Klein, M. Chekini, C. Umeton and T. Buergi, "Growing gold nanoparticles on a flexible substrate to enable simple mechanical control of their plasmonic coupling", Journal of Materials Chemistry C 2(37), 7927-7933 (2014). CrossRef S. K. Ghosh and T. Pal, "Interparticle Coupling Effect on the Surface Plasmon Resonance of Gold Nanoparticles: From Theory to Applications", Chem. Rev. 107, 4797 (2007) CrossRef M. K. Kinnan and G. Chumanov, "Plasmon Coupling in Two-Dimensional Arrays of Silver Nanoparticles: II. Effect of the Particle Size and Interparticle Distance", J. Phys. Chem. C 114, 7496 (2010) CrossRef X. L. Zhu, S. S. Xiao, L. Shi, X. H. Liu, J. Zi, O. Hansen and N. A. Mortensen, "A stretch-tunable plasmonic structure with a polarization-dependent response", Opt. Express, 20, 5237 (2012) CrossRef K. H. Su, Q. H. Wei, X. Zhang, J. J. Mock, D. R. Smith and S. Schultz, "Interparticle Coupling Effects on Plasmon Resonances of Nanogold Particles", Nano Lett. 3, 1087 (2003) CrossRef Y. L. Chiang, C. W. Chen, C. H. Wang, C. Y. Hsieh, Y. T. Chen, H. Y. Shih and Y. F. Chen, "Mechanically tunable surface plasmon resonance based on gold nanoparticles and elastic membrane polydimethylsiloxane composite", Appl. Phys. Lett. 96, 041904 (2010) CrossRef N. Bowden, W. T. S. Huck, K. E. Paul, and G. M. Whitesides, "The controlled formation of ordered, sinusoidal structures by plasma oxidation of an elastomeric polymer", Appl. Phys. Lett. 75(17) (1999) CrossRef R, A. Lawton, C. R. Price, A. F. Runge, Walter J. Doherty III, S. Scott Saavedra , "Air plasma treatment of submicron thick PDMS polymer films: effect of oxidation time and storage conditions", Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects 253, 213-215 (2005). CrossRef A Schweikart, N. Pazos-Perez, R. A. Alvarez-Puebla and A. Fery, "Controlling inter-nanoparticle coupling by wrinkle-assisted assembly", Soft Matter 7, 4093 (2011) CrossRef K. R. Brown, L. A. Lyon, A. P. Fox, B. D. Reiss and M. J. Natan, "Hydroxylamine Seeding of Colloidal Au Nanoparticles. 3. Controlled Formation of Conductive Au Films", Chem. Mater. 12, 314 (2000) CrossRef

The aim of this study was to evaluate the body composition, nutrient uptake in mammary gland and milk amino acid profile of lactating Etawah Crossbred goats fed by tempeh by product. Twelve lactating goats were randomly allocated into three groups which fed by ration containing concentrate (R1), concentrate plus 25% fresh tempeh waste (R2) and concentrate plus 25% fermented tempeh waste (R3). Tempeh waste was fermented by Aspergillus niger. Kinggrass was given 50% of the total ration for all groups. Urea space technique was used to measure body composition before and after the experiment was done. Milk production was calculated two times a day during two months after giving birth (postpartum). Total milk protein and amino acid, whey and casein were analyzed by kjeldahl method and amino acid analyzer respectively. Nutrient uptake in mammary gland was calculated base on Fick principles. Result showed that there was significantly different on body weight, but on body water, protein and fat had no significant difference between the treatments. The best milk production was found in fermented tempeh waste group. Concentration of glutamic acid was dominant than other essential amino acids in whole milk and casein but there were no significant difference between groups for those essential amino acid profile. It was concluded that fermented tempeh waste could substitute 50% of total concentrate and had the highest body weight, milk yield and nutrient uptake in the mammary gland of lactating Etawah Crossbred goats. Key words: body composition, fermentation, lactating PE goat, nutrient uptake, tempeh waste DAFTAR PUSTAKA Astuti DA & Sastradipradja D. 1998. Measurement of body composition using slaughter technique and urea-space in local sheep. Indonesian Journal of Veterinary Science. 3: 1-9 Astuti DA & Sastradipradja D. 1999. Evaluation of body composition using urea dilution and slaughter technique of growing Priangan sheep. Media Veteriner. 6 (3) : 5-9. Astuti DA, Sastradipradja D & Sutardi T. 2000. Nutrient balance and glucose metabolism of female growing, late pregnant and lactating ettawah crossbred goats. Asian-Australasian Journal of Animal Sciences. 13:8: 1068-1077 Astuti DA& Wina E. 2002. Protein balance and excreation of purine derivatives in urine of lactating etawah crossbred goats fed with tempe waste. Jurnal Peternakan dan Veteriner. 7(3) : 162-166 Astuti DA, Baba AS & Wibawan IWT. 2011. Rumen fermentation, blood metabolites, and performance of sheep fed tropical browse plants. Media Peternakan. 34 (3) : 201-206 Astuti DA & Sudarman A. 2015. Status fisiologi, profil darah dan komposisi tubuh domba yang diberi minyak lemuru tersaponifikasi dan disalut dengan herbal. Buletin Peternakan. 39 (2): 116-122. Badan Pengendalian Pengendalian Dampak Lingkungan Daerah. 2000. Laporan Pertanggungjawaban Pembangunan Instalasi Pengolahan Limbah Cair Industri Tahu Tempe PRIMKOPTI Ngoto Yogyakarta. Yogyakarta (ID) : Setwilda Propinsi DIY Bishop JM, Hill, DJ, & Hosking CS. 1990. Goat milk does not suppress the immune system. Journal of Pediatrics. 116: 862-867 Bruhn JC, FST & Davis CA. 1999. Dairy goat milk composition. https://drinc.ucdavis.edu/goat-dairy-foods/dairy-goat-milk-composition Cant JP, DePeters EJ & Baldwin RL, 1993. Mammary amino acid utilization in dairy cows fed fat and its relationship to milk protein depression. Journal of Dairy Science. 76 (3) :762-774 Chaiyabutr N, Komolvanich S, Preuksagorn S & Chanpongsang S. 2000. Comparative studies on the utilization of glucose in the mammary gland of crossbred holstein cattle feeding on different types of roughage during different stages of lactation. Asian-Australasian Journal of Animal Sciences. 13 (3): 334 – 347. Laconi EB, & Jayanegara A. 2015. Improving nutritional quality of cocoa pod (theobroma cacao) through chemical and biological treatments for ruminant feeding: in vitro and in vivo evaluation. Asian-Australasian Journal of Animal Sciences Open Access. http://dx.doi.org/10.5713/ajas.13.0798. Lehninger AL. 1982. Principles of Biochemistry. New York (US): Woth Publisher, Inc. NRC. 1990. Nutrient Requirement of Goat. Washington (US): National Academy of Science. Panaretto BA & Till A.R.. 1963. Body compositition in vivo. II. The composition of mature goats and its relationship to the antypyrene, tritiated water and acetyl-4-aminoantipyrene spaces. Australian Journal of Agricultural Research. 14 (6): 926 – 943 Park YW. 1991. Goat milk as a substitute for those who are lactose intolerant. Journal of Dairy Science 74:3326-3333 Riis PM. 1983. Dynamic Biochemistry of Animal Production. New York (US): Elsevier Science Rovanis. 1995. Letters in applied microbiology. Journal of Milk and Food Technology. 20 (3): 164-167 Steel RGD & Torrie JH, 1993. Principles and Procedures of Statistics. New York (US): McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc. Shapiro BA, Harrison RA & Walton JR, 1982. Clinical Application of Blood Gas. 3rd ed. London (UK): Book Medical Publishers, Inc. Waghorn GC & Baldwin, RL. 1984. Model of metabolic flux within mammary gland of the lactating cows. Journal of Dairy Science. 67: 531-544

“Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 212 NOTICIAS / NEWS (“transfer”, 2017) 1) CONGRESOS / CONFERENCES: 1. 8th Asian Translation Traditions Conference: Conflicting Ideologies and Cultural Mediation – Hearing, Interpreting, Translating Global Voices SOAS, University of London, UK (5-7 July 2017) www.translationstudies.net/joomla3/index.php 2. 8th International Conference of the Iberian Association of Translation and Interpreting (AIETI8), Universidad de Alcalá, Madrid, Spain (8-10 March 2017) www.aieti8.com/es/presentation 3. MultiMeDialecTranslation 7 – Dialect translation in multimedia University of Southern Denmark, Odense, Denmark (17-20 May 2017) https://mmdtgroup.org 4. Texts and Contexts: The Phenomenon of Boundaries Vilnius University, Lithuania (27-28 April 2017) www.khf.vu.lt/aktualijos/skelbimai/220-renginiai/1853-texts-andcontexts- the-phenomenon-of-boundaries 5. 21st FIT World Congress: Disruption and Diversification Australian Institute of Interpreters and Translators (AUSIT), Brisbane, Australia (3-5 August 2017) www.fit2017.org/call-for-papers 6. 6th International Conference on PSIT (PSIT6) - Beyond Limits in Public Service Interpreting and Translating: Community Interpreting & Translation University of Alcalá, Spain (6-8 March 2017) www.tisp2017.com “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 213 7. International Conference: What Grammar Should Be Taught to Translators-to-be? University of Mons, Belgium (9-10 March 2017) Contact: gudrun.vanderbauwhede@umons.ac.be; indra.noel@umons.ac.be; adrien.kefer@umons.ac.be 8. The Australia Institute of Interpreters and Translators (AUSIT) 2016 National Conference Monash University, Melbourne, Australia (18-19 November 2017) www.ausit.org/AUSIT/Events/National_Miniconference_2016_Call_ for_Papers.aspx 9. 1st Congrès Mondial de la Traductologie – La traductologie : une discipline autonome Société Française de Traductologie, Université de Paris Ouest- Nanterre-La Défense, France (10-14 April 2017) www.societe-francaise-traductologie.com/congr-s-mondial 10. Working Our Core: for a Strong(er) Translation and Interpreting Profession Institute of Translation & Interpreting, Mercure Holland House Hotel, Cardiff (19-20 May 2017) www.iti-conference.org.uk 11. International conference T&R5 – Écrire, traduire le voyage / Writing, translating travel Antwerp , Belgium (31 May - 1 June 2018) winibert.segers@kuleuven.be 12. Retranslation in Context III - An international conference on retranslation Ghent University, Belgium (7-8 February 2017) www.cliv.be/en/retranslationincontext3 “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 214 13. 11th International Conference on Translation and Interpreting: Justice and Minorized Languages under a Postmonolingual Order Universitat Jaume I, Castelló de la Plana, Spain (10-12 May 2017) http://blogs.uji.es/itic11 14. 31è Congrès international d’études francophones (CIÉF) : Session de Traductologie – La francophonie à l’épreuve de l’étranger du dedans Martinique, France (26 June – 2 July 2017) https://secure.cief.org/wp/?page_id=913 15. Complexity Thinking in Translation Studies: In Search of Methodologies KU Leuven, Belgium (1-2 June 2017) www.ufs.ac.za/humanities/unlistedpages/ complexity/complexity/home-page 16. 1st International Conference on Dis/Ability Communication (ICDC): Perspectives & Challenges in 21st Century Mumbai University, India (9-11 January 2017) www.icdc2016-universityofmumbai.org 17. Lost and Found in Transcultural and Interlinguistic Translation Université de Moncton, Canada (2-4 November 2017) gillian lane-mercier@mcgill.ca; michel.mallet@umoncton.ca; denise.merkle@umoncton.ca 18. Translation and Cultural Memory (Conference Panel) American Comparative Literature Association's 2017 Annual Meeting University of Utrecht, The Netherlands (6-9 July 2017) www.acla.org/translation-and-cultural-memory 19. Media for All 7 – A Place in Between Hamad bin Khalifa University, Doha, Qatar (23-25 October 2017) http://tii.qa/en/7th-media-all-international-conference “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 215 20. Justice and Minorized Languages in a Postmonolingual Order. XI International Conference on Translation and Interpreting Universitat Jaume I, Castellón, Spain (10-12 May 2017) monzo@uji.es http://blogs.uji.es/itic11/ 21. On the Unit(y) of Translation/Des unités de traduction à l'unité de la traduction Paris Diderot University, Université libre de Bruxelles and University of Geneva (7 July 2017 (Paris) / 21 October 2017 (Brussels) / 9 December 2017 (Geneva) www.eila.univ-paris-diderot.fr/recherche/conf/ciel/traductologieplein- champ/index?s[]=traductologie&s[]=plein&s[]=champ 22. The Translator Made Corporeal: Translation History and the Archive British Library Conference Centre, London, UK (8 May 2017) deborah.dawkin@bl.uk 23. V International Conference Translating Voices Translating Regions - Minority Languages, Risks, Disasters and Regional Crises Europe House and University College London, UK (13-15 December 2017) www.ucl.ac.uk/centras/translation-news-and-events/vtranslatingvoices 24. 8th Annual International Translation Conference - 21st Century Demands: Translators and Interpreters towards Human and Social Responsibilities Qatar National Convention Centre, Doha, Qatar (27-28 March 2017) http://tii.qa/en/8th-annual-international-translation-conference 25. Complexity Thinking in Translation Studies: In Search of Methodologies KU Leuven, Belgium (1-2 June 2017) www.ufs.ac.za/humanities/unlistedpages/ complexity/complexity/home-page “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 216 26. 15th International Pragmatics Conference (IPrA 2017) – Films in Translation – All is Lost: Pragmatics and Audiovisual Translation as Cross-cultural Mediation (Guillot, Desilla, Pavesi). Conference Panel. Belfast, Northern Ireland, UK (16-21 July 2017) http://ipra.ua.ac.be/main.aspx?c=*CONFERENCE2006&n=1296 2) CURSOS, SEMINARIOS, POSGRADOS / COURSES, SEMINARS, MA PROGRAMMES: 1. MA in Intercultural Communication in the Creative Industries University of Roehampton, London, UK www.roehampton.ac.uk/postgraduate-courses/Intercultural- Communication-in-the-Creative-Industries 2. Máster Universitario en Comunicación Intercultural, Interpretación y Traducción en los Servicios Públicos Universidad de Alcalá, Spain www3.uah.es/master-tisp-uah 3. Máster Universitario de Traducción Profesional Universidad de Granada, Spain http://masteres.ugr.es/traduccionprofesional/pages/master 4. Workshop: History of the Reception of Scientific Texts in Translation – Congrès mondial de traductologie Paris West University Nanterre-La Défense, France (10-14 April 2017) https://cmt.u-paris10.fr/submissions 5. MA programme: Traduzione audiovisiva, 2016-2017 University of Parma, Italy www.unipr.it/node/13980 “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 217 6. MA in the Politics of Translation Cairo University, Egypt http://edcu.edu.eg 7. Research Methods in Translation and Interpreting Studies University of Geneva, Switzerland (Online course) www.unige.ch/formcont/researchmethods-distance1 www.unige.ch/formcont/researchmethods-distance2 8. MA programme: Investigación en Traducción e Interpretation, 2016-2017 Universitat Jaume I, Castellón, Spain monzo@uji.es www.mastertraduccion.uji.es 9. MA programme: Traduzione Giuridica - Master di Secondo Livello University of Trieste, Italy Italy http://apps.units.it/Sitedirectory/InformazioniSpecificheCdS /Default.aspx?cdsid=10374&ordinamento=2012&sede=1&int=web &lingua=15 10. Process-oriented Methods in Translation Studies and L2 Writing Research University of Giessen, Germany (3-4 April 2017) www.uni-giessen.de/gal-research-school-2017 11. Research Methods in Translation and Interpreting Studies (I): Foundations and Data Analysis (Distance Learning) www.unige.ch/formcont/researchmethods-distance1 Research Methods in Translation and Interpreting Studies (II): Specific Research and Scientific Communication Skills (Distance Learning) www.unige.ch/formcont/researchmethods-distance2 University of Geneva, Switzerland “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 218 3) LIBROS / BOOKS: 1. Carl, Michael, Srinivas Bangalore and Moritz Schaeffer (eds) 2016. New Directions in Empirical Translation Process Research: Exploring the CRITT TPR-DB. Cham: Springer. http://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-20358-4 2. Antoni Oliver. 2016. Herramientas tecnológicas para traductores. Barcelona: UOC. www.editorialuoc.com/herramientas-tecnologicas-para-traductores 3. Rica Peromingo, Juan Pedro. 2016. Aspectos lingüísticos y técnicos de la traducción audiovisual (TAV). Frakfurt am Main: Peter Lang. www.peterlang.com?432055 4.Takeda, Kayoko and Jesús Baigorri-Jalón (eds). 2016. New Insights in the History of Interpreting. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. https://benjamins.com/#catalog/books/btl.122/main 5. Esser, Andrea, Iain Robert Smith & Miguel Á. Bernal-Merino (eds). 2016. Media across Borders: Localising TV, Film and Video Games. London: Routledge. www.routledge.com/products/9781138809451 6. Del Pozo Triviño, M., C. Toledano Buendía, D. Casado-Neira and D. Fernandes del Pozo (eds) 2015. Construir puentes de comunicación en el ámbito de la violencia de género/ Building Communication Bridges in Gender Violence. Granada: Comares. http://cuautla.uvigo.es/sos-vics/entradas/veruno.php?id=216 7. Ramos Caro, Marina. 2016. La traducción de los sentidos: audiodescripción y emociones. Munich: Lincom Academic Publishers. http://lincom-shop.eu/epages/57709feb-b889-4707-b2cec666fc88085d. sf/de_DE/?ObjectPath=%2FShops%2F57709feb“ Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 219 b889-4707-b2cec666fc88085d% 2FProducts%2F%22ISBN+9783862886616%22 8. Horváth , Ildikó (ed.) 216. The Modern Translator and Interpreter. Budapest: Eötvös University Press. www.eltereader.hu/media/2016/04/HorvathTheModernTranslator. pdf 9. Ye, Xin. 2016. Educated Youth. Translated by Jing Han. Artarmon: Giramondo. www.giramondopublishing.com/forthcoming/educated-youth 10. Martín de León, Celia and Víctor González-Ruiz (eds). 2016. From the Lab to the Classroom and Back Again: Perspectives on Translation and Interpreting Training. Oxford: Peter Lang. www.peterlang.com?431985 11. FITISPos International Journal, 2016 vol.3: A Retrospective View on Public Service Translation and Interpreting over the Last Decade as well as the Progress and Challenges that Lie Ahead www3.uah.es/fitispos_ij 12. Dore, Margherita (ed.) 2016. Achieving Consilience. Translation Theories and Practice. Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars Publishing. www.cambridgescholars.com/achieving-consilience 13. Antonini, Rachele & Chiara Bucaria (eds). 2016. Nonprofessional Interpreting and Translation in the Media. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. www.peterlang.com/index.cfm?event=cmp.ccc.seitenstruktur.detai lseiten&seitentyp=produkt&pk=82359&cid=5&concordeid=265483 14. Álvarez de Morales, Cristina & Catalina Jiménez (eds). 2016. Patrimonio cultural para todos. Investigación aplicada en traducción accesible. Granada: Tragacanto. www.tragacanto.es/?stropcion=catalogo&CATALOGO_ID=22 “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 220 15. Poznan Studies in Contemporary Linguistics, special issue on Language Processing in Translation, Volume 52, Issue 2, Jun 2016. www.degruyter.com/view/j/psicl.2016.52.issue-2/issuefiles/ psicl.2016.52.issue-2.xml?rskey=z4L1sf&result=6 16. Translation and Conflict: Narratives of the Spanish Civil War and the Dictatorship Contact: alicia.castillovillanueva@dcu.ie; lucia.pintado@dcu.ie 17. Cerezo Merchán, Beatriz, Frederic Chaume, Ximo Granell, José Luis Martí Ferriol, Juan José Martínez Sierra, Anna Marzà y Gloria Torralba Miralles. 2016. La traducción para el doblaje. Mapa de convenciones. Castelló de la Plana: Publicacions de la Universitat Jaume I. www.tenda.uji.es/pls/www/!GCPPA00.GCPPR0002?lg=CA&isbn=97 8-84-16356-00-3 18. Martínez Tejerina, Anjana. 2016. El doblaje de los juegos de palabras. Barcelona: Editorial UOC. www.editorialuoc.com/el-doblaje-de-los-juegos-de-palabras 19. Chica Núñez, Antonio Javier. 2016. La traducción de la imagen dinámica en contextos multimodales. Granada: Ediciones Tragacanto. www.tragacanto.es 20. Valero Garcés, Carmen (ed.) 2016. Public Service Interpreting and Translation (PSIT): Training, Testing and Accreditation. Alcalá: Universidad de Alcalá. www1.uah.es/publicaciones/novedades.asp 21. Rodríguez Muñoz, María Luisa and María Azahara Veroz González (Eds) 2016. Languages and Texts Translation and Interpreting in Cross Cultural Environments. Córdoba: Universidad de Córdoba. www.uco.es/ucopress/index.php/es/catalogo/materias- 3/product/548-languages-and-texts-translation-and-interpreting“ Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 221 in-cross-cultural-environments 22. Mereu, Carla. 2016. The Politics of Dubbing. Film Censorship and State Intervention in the Translation of Foreign Cinema in Fascist Italy. Oxford: Peter Lang. www.peterlang.com/view/product/46916 23. Venuti, Lawrence (ed.) 2017. Teaching Translation: Programs, Courses, Pedagogies. New York: Routledge. www.routledge.com/Teaching-Translation-Programs-coursespedagogies/ VENUTI/p/book/9781138654617 24. Jankowska, Anna. 2015. Translating Audio Description Scripts. Translation as a New Strategy of Creating Audio Description. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. www.peterlang.com/view/product/21517 25. Cadwell, Patrick and Sharon O'Brien. 2016. Language, culture, and translation in disaster ICT: an ecosystemic model of understanding. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology. www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/0907676X. 2016.1142588 26. Baumgarten, Stefan and Chantal Gagnon (eds). 2016. Translating the European House - Discourse, Ideology and Politics (Selected Papers by Christina Schäffner). Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars Publishing. www.cambridgescholars.com/translating-the-european-house 27. Gambier, Yves and Luc van Doorslaer (eds) 2016. Border Crossings – Translation Studies and other disciplines. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. www.benjamins.com/#catalog/books/btl.126/main 28. Setton, Robin and Andrew Dawrant. 2016. Conference Interpreting – A Complete Course. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. https://benjamins.com/#catalog/books/btl.120/main “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 222 29. Setton, Robin and Andrew Dawrant. 2016. Conference Interpreting – A Trainer’s Guide. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. https://benjamins.com/#catalog/books/btl.121/main 5) REVISTAS / JOURNALS: 1. Technology and Public Service Translation and Interpreting, Special Issue of Translation and Interpreting Studies 13(3) Contact: Nike Pokorn (nike.pokorn@ff.uni-lj.si) & Christopher Mellinger (cmellin2@kent.edu) www.atisa.org/tis-style-sheet 2. Translator Quality – Translation Quality: Empirical Approaches to Assessment and Evaluation, special issue of Linguistica Antverpiensia, New Series (16/2017) Contact: Geoffrey S. Koby (gkoby@kent.edu); Isabel Lacruz (ilacruz@kent.edu) https://lans-tts.uantwerpen.be/index.php/LANSTTS/ announcement 3. Special Issue of the Journal of Internationalization and Localization on Video Game Localisation: Ludic Landscapes in the Digital Age of Translation Studies Contacts: Xiaochun Zhang (xiaochun.zhang@univie.ac.at) and Samuel Strong (samuel.strong.13@ucl.ac.uk) 4. mTm Translation Journal: Non-thematic issue, Vol. 8, 2017 www.mtmjournal.gr Contacts: Anastasia Parianou (parianou@gmail.com) and Panayotis Kelandrias (kelandrias@ionio.gr) “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 223 5. CLINA - An Interdisciplinary Journal of Translation, Interpreting and Intercultural Communication, Special Issue on Interpreting in International Organisations. Research, Training and Practice, 2017 (2) revistaclina@usal.es http://diarium.usal.es/revistaclina/home/call-for-papers 6. Technology and Public Service Translation and Interpreting, Special Issue of Translation and Interpreting Studies, 2018, 13(3) www.atisa.org/call-for-papers 7. Literatura: teoría, historia, crítica, special issue on Literature and Translation www.literaturathc.unal.edu.co 8. Tradumàtica: Journal of Translation Technologies Issue 14 (2016): Translation and mobile devices www.tradumatica.net/revista/cfp.pdf 9. Ticontre. Teoria Testo Traduzione. Special issue on Narrating the Self in Self-translation www.ticontre.org/files/selftranslation-it_en.pdf 10. Terminology, International Journal of Theoretical and Applied Issues in Specialized Communication Thematic issue on Food and Terminology, 23(1), 2017 www.benjamins.com/series/term/call_for_papers_special_issue_23 -1.pdf 11. Cultus: the Journal of Intercultural Communication and Mediation. Thematic issue on Multilinguilism, Translation, ELF or What?, Vol. 10, 2017 www.cultusjournal.com/index.php/call-for-papers 12. Translation Spaces Special issue on No Hard Feelings? Exploring Translation as an Emotional Phenomenon “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 224 Contact: severine.hubscher-davidson@open.ac.uk 13. Revista electrónica de didáctica de la traducción y la interpretación (redit), Vol. 10 www.redit.uma.es/Proximo.php 14. Social Translation: New Roles, New Actors Special issue of Translation Studies 12(2) http://explore.tandfonline.com/cfp/ah/rtrs-si-cfp 15. Translation in the Creative Industries, special issue of The Journal of Specialised Translation 29, 2018 www.jostrans.org/Translation_creative_industries_Jostrans29.pdf 16. Translation and the Production of Knowledge(s), special issue of Alif 38, 2018 Contact: mona@monabaker.com,alifecl@aucegypt.edu, www.auceg ypt.edu/huss/eclt/alif/Pages/default.aspx 17. Revista de Llengua i Dret http://revistes.eapc.gencat.cat/index.php/rld/index 18. Call for proposals for thematic issues, Linguistica Antverpiensia New Series https://lans-tts.uantwerpen.be/index.php/LANSTTS/ announcement/view/8 19. Journal On Corpus-based Dialogue Interpreting Studies, special issue of The Interpreters’ Newsletter 22, 2017 www.openstarts.units.it/dspace/handle/10077/2119 20. Díaz Cintas, Jorge, Ilaria Parini and Irene Ranzato (eds) 2016. Ideological Manipulation in Audiovisual Translation, special issue of “Altre Modernità”. http://riviste.unimi.it/index.php/AMonline/issue/view/888/show Toc “Transfer” XII: 1-2 (mayo 2017), pp. 212-225. ISSN: 1886-554 225 21. PUNCTUM- International Journal of Semiotics, special issue on Semiotics of Translation, Translation in Semiotics. Volume 1, Issue 2 (2015) http://punctum.gr 22. The Interpreters' Newsletter, Special Issue on Dialogue Interpreting, 2015, Vol. 20 www.openstarts.units.it/dspace/handle/10077/11848 23. Gallego-Hernández, Daniel & Patricia Rodríguez-Inés (eds.) 2016. Corpus Use and Learning to Translate, almost 20 Years on. Special Issue of Cadernos de Tradução 36(1). https://periodicos.ufsc.br/index.php/traducao/issue/view/2383/s howToc 24. 2015. Special Issue of IberoSlavica on Translation in Iberian- Slavonic Cultural Exchange and beyond. https://issuu.com/clepul/docs/iberoslavica_special_issue 26. The AALITRA Review: A Journal of Literary Translation, 2016 (11) www.lib.latrobe.edu.au/ojs/index.php/AALITRA/index 27. Transcultural: A Journal of Translation and Cultural Studies 8.1 (2016): "Translation and Memory" https://ejournals.library.ualberta.ca/index.php/TC/issue/view/18 77/showToc 28. JoSTrans, The Journal of Specialised Translation, issue 26 www.jostrans.org 29. L’Écran traduit, 5 http://ataa.fr/revue/archives/4518

In the last few decades, the studies in second language acquisition have not answered the question what mechanisms a human’s brain uses to make acquisition of language(s) possible. A neurocognitive model which tries to address SLA from such a perspective was suggested by Ullman (2005; 2015), according to which, “both first and second languages are acquired and processed by well-studied brain systems that are known to subserve particular nonlanguage functions” (Ullman, 2005: 141). The brain systems in question have analogous roles in their language and nonlanguage functions. This article is meant to critically analyse the suggested DP model within the context of neurocognitive studies of L2; and evaluate its contribution to the field of SLA studies. References Aboitiz, F. (1995). Working memory networks and the origin of language areas in the human brain. Medical Hypothesis, 25, 504-506. Aboitiz, F. & Garcia, R. (1977). The anatomy of language revisited. Biological Research, 30, 171-183. Aboitiz, F., Garcia, R., Brunetti, E. & Bosman, C. (2006). The origin of Broca’s area and its connections from an ancestral working memory network. In: Broca’s Region, (pp. 3-16). Y.Grodzinsky and K. Amunts, (Eds.). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Alexander, M. P. (1997). Aphasia: clinical and anatomic aspects. In: Behavioral Neurology and Neuropsychology, (pp. 133–150). T. E. Feinberg, & M. J. Farah, (Eds.). New York: McGraw-Hill. Alexander, G.E., DeLong, M.R. & Strick, P.L. (1986). Parallel organisation of functionally segregated circuits linking basal ganglia and cortex. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 9, 357-381. Anderson, J. R., Bothell, D., Byrne, M. D., Douglass, S., Lebiere, C., Qin, Y. (2004). An integrated theory of the mind. Psychological Review, 111, 1036–1060. Birdsong, D., ed. (1999). Second Language Acquisition and the Critical Period Hypothesis. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Buckner, R. L., & Wheeler, M. E. (2001). The cognitive neuroscience of remembering. Nature Review Neuroscience, 2(9), pp. 624–634. Calabresi, P., Centonze, D., Gubellini, P., Pisani, A. & Bernardi, G. (2000). Acetyl-chlorine-ediated modulation of striatal function. Trends in Neurosciences, 23(3), 120-126. Cepeda, N.J., Vul. E., Rohrer, D., Wixted, J. T., Pashler, H. (2008) Spacing effects in learning: A temporal ridgeline of optimal retention. Psychological Science, 19, 1095-1102. Chun, M.M. (2000). Contextual cueing of visual attention. Trends in Cognitive Science, 4(5), 170-178.Crosson, B., Benefield, H., Cato, M. A., Sadek, R. J., Moore, A. B., Auerbach, E. J., Gokcay, D., Leonard, C.M. & Briggs, R.W. (2003). Left and right basal ganglia activity during language generation: contributions to lexical, semantic and phonological processes. Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society, 9, 1061-1077. Devescovi, A., Caselli, M. C., Marchione, D., Pasqualetti, P., Reilly, J., & Bates, E. (2005). A crosslinguistic study of relationship between grammar and lexical development. Journal of Child Language, 32, 759–786. Di Giulio, D.V., Seidenberg, M., O’Leary, D. S. & Raz, N. (1994). Procedural and declarative memory: a developmental study. Brain and Cognition, 25(1), 79-91. Dionne, G., Dale, P., Boivin, M., & Plomin, R. (2003). Genetic evidence for bidirectional effects of early lexical and grammatical development. Child Development, 74, 394–412. Eichenbaum, H. & Cohen, N.J. (2001). From Conditioning to Conscious Recollection: Memory Systems of the Brain. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Ellis, N.C. (1994). Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages. New York: Academic Press. Ellis, N.C. (2002). Reflections on frequency effects in language processing. Studies in Second language acquisition, 24, 297-339. Ellis, R., Loewen, S., Elder, C., Erlam, R., Philp, J., Reinders, H. (2009). Implicit and Explicit Knowledge in Second Language Learning, Testing and Teaching. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Embick, D., Marantz, A., Miyashita, Y., O’Neil, W., & Sakai, K. L. (2000). A syntactic specialization for Broca’s area. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 97, (6150–6154). Fabbro, F., Clarici, A., Bava, A. (1996). Effects of left basal ganglia lesions on language production. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 82(3), 1291–1298. Ferman, S., Olshtain, E., Schechtman, E. & Karni, A. (2009). The acquisition of a linguistic skill by adults: procedural and declarative memory interact in the learning of an artificial morphological rule. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 22, 384-412. Retrieved from: http://www.elsevier.com/locate/jneuroling. Fredriksson, A. (2000). Maze learning and motor activity deficits in adult mice induced by iron exposure during a critical postnatal period. Developmental Brain Research, 119(1), 65-74. Friederici, A. (2002). Towards a neural basis of auditory sentence processing. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6(2), 78–84. Friederici, A., von Cramon, D., Kotz, S. (1999). Language related brain potentials in patients with cortical and subcortical left hemisphere lesions. Brain, 122, 1033-1047. Goodale, M. A. (2000). Perception and action in the human visual system. In: The New Cognitive Neurosciences, (pp. 365-378). M. S. Gazzaniga, (ed.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, Hahne, A., Friederichi, D. (2003). Processing a second language: late learners’ comprehension strategies as revealed by event-related brain potentials. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 1-42. Henke, K (2010) A model for memory systems based on processing modes rather than consciousness. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 11, 523–532. Hikosaka, O., Sakai, K., Nakahara, H., Lu, X., Miyachi, S., Nakamura, K., Rand, M. K. (2000). Neural mechanisms for learning of sequential procedures. In: The New Cognitive Neurosciences, (pp. 553-572). M. S. Gazzaniga, (ed.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Joanisse, M.F., Seidenberg, M.S. (1999). Impairments in verb morphology after brain injury: a connectionist model. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science USA. 96, (7592 –7597). Middleton, F.A., Strick, P.L. (2000). Basal ganglia and cerebral loops: motor and cognitive circuits. Brain research reviews, 31, 236-250. Moro, A., Tettamanti, M., Perani, D., Donati, C., Cappa, S. F., & Fazio, F. (2003). Syntax and the brain: disentangling grammar by selective anomalies. Neuroimage, 13(1), 110–118. Neurolinguistic and Psycholinguistic Perspectives on SLA. (2010). Arabski, J. & Wojtaszek, A. (Eds.), Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Newport, E. (1993). Maturational constraints on language learning. Cognitive Science, 14(1), 11-28. Opitz, B. & Friederichi, A.D. (2003). Interactions of the hippocampal system and the prefrontal cortex in learning language-like rules. Neuroimage, 19(4), 1730-1737. Packard, M.& Knowlton, B. (2002). Learning and memory functions of the basal ganglia. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 25, 563–593. Park, D., Lautenschlager, G., Hedden, T., Davidson, N., Smith, A. & Smith, P. (2002). Models of visuospatial and verbal memory across the adult life span. Psychology and Aging, 16, 299-320. Peelle, J.E., McMillan, C., Moore, P., Grossman, M. & Wingfield, A. (2004). Dissociable patterns of brain activity during comprehension of rapid and syntactically complex speech: evidence from fMRI. Brain and Language, 91, 315-325. Pinker, S. (1994). The Language Instinct. New York: William Morrow. Poldrack, R., Packard, M. G. (2003). Competition among multiple memory systems: converging evidence from animal and human brain studies. Neuropsychologia, 41(3), 245–251. Roediger, H.L., Butler, A.C. (2011). The critical role of retrieval practice in long-term retention. Trends in Cognitive Science, 15, 20-27. Schlaug, G. (2001). The brain of musicians: a model for functional and structural adaptation. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 930(1), 281-299. Squire, L.R., Knowlton, B.J. (2000). The medial temporal lobe, the hippocampus, and the memory systems of the brain. In: The New Cognitive Neurosciences. (pp. 765-780). M. S. Gazzaniga, Ed. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, Squire, L. R., Zola, S. M. (1996). Structure and function of declarative and nondeclarative memory systems. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 93. (13515–13522). Sun, R., Zhang, X. (2004). Top-down versus bottom-up learning in cognitive skill acquisition. Cognitive Systems Research, 5, 63–89. Ullman, M.T. (2004). Contributions of memory circuits to language: the declarative/procedural model. Cognition, 92(1-2), 231-70. Ullman, M.T. (2005). A cognitive neuroscience perspective on second language acquisition: the declarative/procedural model. In: Adult Second Language Acquisition, (pp. 141-178). C. Sanz, (ed.). Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press. Ullman, M.T. & Pieport, E.I. (2005). Specific language impairment is not specific to language: the procedural deficit hypothesis. Cortex, 41, 399-433. Ullman, M. (2006). Is Broca’s area part of a basal ganglia thalamocortical circuit? In: The Cortex: Integrative Models of Broca’s Area and the Ventral Premotor Cortex. (pp. 480-485). R. Schubotz & C. Fiebach, (Eds.). Milan: Masson. Ullman, M. (2015) The declarative / procedural model: A neurobiologically motivated theory of first and second language. In: Theories in Second Language Acquisition: An Introduction, (pp. 135-158.) VanPatten, B. and J. Williams, (Eds.). 2nd ed. New York: Routledge. Ullman, M. and Lovelett, J. (2016). Implications of the declarative / procedural model for improving second language learning: The role of memory enhancement techniques. Second Language Research, Special issue, 1-27. Zurowski, B., Gostomzyk, J., Gron, G., Weller, R., Schirrmeister, H., Neumeier, B., Spitzer, M., Reske, S.N. & Walter, H. (2002). Dissociating a common working memory network from different neural substrates of phonological and spatial stimulus processing. Neuroimage, 15, 45-57.

The purpose of this study was to find out the information whether the whole language approach can improve the speaking ability for third-grade students’ elementary school. The subjects of this study were 22 of the third-grade students of elementary school Rawamangun, East Jakarta. The method of the study was action research conducting using model of Kemmis and Taggart. Data collection and analysis using data triangulation techniques. The results of the study show that speaking ability is one of the important skills used to communicate so it needs to be developed for grade 3 elementary school students. The result showed that the whole language approach can be applied as a method in improving students' speaking ability for third-grade elementary school. Therefore, teachers need to develop a whole language approach to language learning. So that it, can improve students' speaking ability. Keywords: Elementary student 1stgrade, Speaking ability, Whole language approach References Abu-Snoubar, T. K. (2017). On The Relationship between Listening and Speaking Grades of AL-Balqa Applied University English as a Foreign Language Students. International Education Studies, 10(12), 130. https://doi.org/10.5539/ies.v10n12p130 Bayat, S. (2016). The effectiveness of the creative writing instruction program based on speaking activities (CWIPSA). International Electronic Journal of Elementary Education, 8(4), 617–628. Buckingham, L., & Alpaslan, R. S. (2017). Promoting speaking proficiency and willingness to communicate in Turkish young learners of English through asynchronous computer-mediated practice. System, 65, 25–37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2016.12.016 Chen, L., Cheng, J., & Chou, M. (2016). Literacy Development in Preschool Children: a Whole Language Curriculum. European Journal of Language Studies, 3(1), 24–49. Goodman, K. (1986). What‟s whole in whole language. Portsmouth: NH: Heinemann. Goodman, K. (2014). What’s Whole in Language in The 21 st Century? New York: Garn Press. Harmer, J. (1991). The Practice of English Language Teaching. The 3th Edition. London and New York: Longman Inc. Herbein, E., Golle, J., Tibus, M., Schiefer, J., Trautwein, U., & Zettler, I. (2018). Fostering elementary school children’s public speaking skills: A randomized controlled trial. Learning and Instruction, 55(October), 158–168. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2017.10.008 Kemmis, S., & McTaggart, R. (1988). The action research planner (3rd ed.). Geelong, Australia: Deakin University Press. Khodadady, E., & Shamsaee, S. (2012). Formulaic sequences and their relationship with speaking and listening abilities. English Language Teaching, 5(2), 39–49. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v5n2p39 Leong, L., & Ahmadi, S. M. (2017). An Analysis of Factors Influencing Learners ’ English Speaking Skill. International Journal of Research in English Education, 2(1), 34–41. https://doi.org/10.18869/acadpub.ijree.2.1.34 Macintyre, P. D., Clément, R., Dörnyei, Z., & Noels, K. A. (2011). Conceptualizing Willingness to Communicate in a L2: A Situational Model of L2 Confidence and Affiliation. The Modern Language Journal, 82(4), 545–562. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4781.1998.tb05543.x Marzuki, M., Prayogo, J. A., & Wahyudi, A. (2016). Improving the EFL Learners’ Speaking Ability through Interactive Storytelling. Dinamika Ilmu, 16(1), 15. https://doi.org/10.21093/di.v16i1.307 Moghadam, J. N., & Adel, S. M. R. (2011). The Importance of Whole Language Approach in Teaching English to Intermediate Iranian EFL Learners. Theory and Practice in Language Studies, 1(11), 1643–1654. https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.1.11.1643-1654 Ngalimun, & Alfulaila. (2014). Pembelajaran Keterampilan Berbahasa Indonesia. Yogyakarta: Aswaja Pressindo. Nunan, D. (2018). Teaching Speaking to Young Learners. In The TESOL Encyclopedia of English Language Teaching (First Edit). John Wiley & Sons, Inc. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118784235.eelt0715 Park, Hyesook & Lee, A. R. (2014). L2 learners’ anxiety. Comp. Educ., 50(1), 45–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2013.871832 Phadung, M., Suksakulchai, S., & Kaewprapan, W. (2016). Interactive whole language e-story for early literacy development in ethnic minority children. Education and Information Technologies, 21(2), 249–263. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-014-9318-8 Saepudin, E., Sukaesih, S., & Rusmana, A. (2018). Peran Taman Bacaan Masyarakat (Tbm) Bagi Anak-Anak Usia Dini. Jurnal Kajian Informasi Dan Perpustakaan, 5(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.24198/jkip.v5i1.10821 Schwarzer, D. (2001). Whole language in a foreign language class: From theory to practice. Foreign Language Annals, 34(1), 52–59. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1944-9720.2001.tb02802.x Seong, Y. (2017). Assessing L2 Academic Speaking Ability: The Need for a Scenario-Based Assessment Approach. Working Papers in Applied Linguistics & TESOL, 17(2), 36–40. Stark, H. L., Snow, P. C., Eadie, P. A., & Goldfeld, S. R. (2016). Language and reading instruction in early years’ classrooms: the knowledge and self-rated ability of Australian teachers. Annals of Dyslexia, 66(1), 28–54. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11881-015-0112-0 Tarigan, & Guntur, H. (1981). Berbicara Sebagai Suatu Keterampilan Berbahasa. Bandung: Angkasa. Tuan, N. H., & Mai, T. N. (2015). Factors Affecting Students’ Speaking Performance at Le Thanh Hien High SchoolTuan, N. H., & Mai, T. N. (2015). Factors Affecting Students’ Speaking Performance at Le Thanh Hien High School. Asian Journal of Educaitonal Research, 3(2), 8–23. Asian Journal of Educaitonal Research, 3(2), 8–23. Ur, P. (1996). A course in Language Teaching. Practice and Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge. University Press. Walter, C. (2010). Teaching ESL/EFL Listening and Speaking,. System, 38(1), 144–146. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2009.11.002 Weaver, C. (1990). Understanding Whole Language from Principles to Practice. Toronto: Irwin Publishing. Wood, C., Fitton, L., Petscher, Y., Rodriguez, E., Sunderman, G., & Lim, T. (2018). The Effect of e-Book Vocabulary Instruction on Spanish–English Speaking Children. Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, 61(8), 1945–1969. https://doi.org/10.1044/2018_jslhr-l-17-0368 Yegani, H. (2017). The Effect of Task-based and Topic-based Speaking Activities on Speaking Ability of Iranian EFL Learners, 85–93.

This study aims to test the effectiveness of reality counseling to improve students' self-identity in junior high. This research uses pre experimental with pretest-posttest one group design. The data analysis used is paired test of T-test. To see the change of self-understanding level in the experimental group between pretest and posttest by looking at the price of ttable on the degrees of freedom (dk), ie the amount is N-1, and at a significant level α = 0.05 (95%) then obtained ttable = 1.771, assuming if thitung > ttabel then Ha "received" the meaning of group reality counseling is effective to improve understanding of the identity of junior high-school students. The research was carried out starting from April to July 2018, which took place at SMP Negeri 2 Mojosari. Based on the findings of the study, it is suggested as follows (1) for Guidance and Counseling teachers, group counseling can be applied effectively in schools, especially in improving understanding of students' self-identities; (2) for researchers, furthermore, group reality counseling is effective in improving self-understanding students, should be able to be an inspiration in doing further research by applying group counseling with other techniques, especially in an effort to improve students' self-identity understanding. References Andreouli, E. (2010). Identity, positioning and self-other relations. Papers on Social Representations, 19(1), 14-1. Azwar, A., & Prihartono, J. (2003). Metodologi penelitian kedokteran dan kesehatan masyarakat. Batam: Binarupa Akara. Brooks, M., & Knowles, D. (1982). Parents' views of children's imaginary companions. Child Welfare, 61(1). 25-33. Corey, G. (2009). Theory and practice of counseling and psychotherapy. Belmont, CA: Brooks. Depdiknas. (2010). Buku pedoman sertifikasi pendidik untuk dosen tahun 2010: Buku I naskah akademik. Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan Tinggi. Gunarsa, S. D. (2005). Psikologi perkembangan anak dan remaja. Jakarta: Gunung Mulia. Habsy, B. A. (2017a). Model konseling kelompok cognitive behavior untuk meningkatkan self esteem siswa SMK. Perspektif Ilmu Pendidikan, 31(1), 21-35. doi: https://doi.org/10.21009/PIP.311.4 Habsy, B. A. (2017b). Filosofi ilmu bimbingan dan konseling Indonesia. Jurnal Pendidikan (Teori dan Praktik), 2(1), 1-11. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.26740/jp.v2n1.p1-11 Habsy, B. A. (2018a). Konseling rasional emotif perilaku: Sebuah tinjauan filosofis. Indonesian Journal of Educational Counseling, 2(1), 13-30. doi:https://doi.org/10.30653/001.201821.25 Habsy, B. A. (2018b). Model bimbingan kelompok PPPM untuk mengembangkan pikiran rasional korban bullying siswa SMK Etnis Jawa. Jurnal Pendidikan (Teori dan Praktik), 2(2), 91-99. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.26740/jp.v2n2.p91-99 Hurlock, E. B. (2001). Developmental psychology. New York: Tata McGraw-Hill Education. Heriyadi, A. (2013). Meningkatkan penerimaan diri (self acceptance) siswa kelas VIII melalui konseling realita di SMP Negeri 1 Bantarbolang Kabupaten Pemalang tahun ajaran 2012/2013. Disertasi. Semarang: Universitas Negeri Semarang. Latipun. (2008). Psikologi konseling. Malang: UPT Penerbitan Universitas Muhammadiyah Malang. Masrohan, A. (2014). Penerapan konseling kelompok realita teknik WDEP untuk meningkatkan disiplin belajar siswa kelas XI IPS SMA Negeri 1 Rogojampi Banyuwangi. Jurnal BK UNESA, 4(3). 1-10. http://jurnalmahasiswa.unesa.ac.id/index.php/jurnal-bk-unesa/article/view/9046 Nurihsan, A. J. (2005). Strategi layanan bimbingan dan konseling. Bandung: Refika Aditama. Papalia, D. E., Olds, S.W., & Feldman, R.D. (2008). Psikologi perkembangan. Jakarta: Kencana. Purwanti, F. (2013). Identitas diri remaja pada siswa kelas XI SMA Negeri 2 Pemalang ditinjau dari jenis kelamin. Skripsi. Semarang: Universitas Negeri Semarang. Ristianti, A. (2012). Hubungan antara dukungan sosial teman sebaya dengan identitas diri pada remaja diSMA Pusaka 1 Jakarta. Skripsi. Jakarta: Universitas Gunadarma. Sarwono, S. W. (2011). Psikologi remaja. Depok: PT. Rajagrafindo Persada. Sugiyono, P. (2010). Metode penelitian kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan R&D. Bandung: CV Alfabeta. Wells, G. B., & Hansen, N. D. (2003). Lesbian shame: Its relationship to identity integration and attachment. Journal of Homosexuality, 45(1), 93-110. doi: http://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1300/J082v45n01_05 Yusuf LN, Syamsu. (2004). Psikologi perkembangan anak & remaja. Bandung: PT Remaja Rosdakarya.

Achenbach, R 2005. Pentateuch, Hexateuch und Enneateuch. Eine Verhältnisbestimmung, ZAR 11:122–154. Albertz, R 2007. Die kanonische Anpassung des Johuabuches. Ein Neubewertung seiner sog.”Priesterschriftelike Texte”, in Römer and Schmid 2007:199–217. Aurelius, E 2003. Zukunft jenseits des Gerichts: Eine redaktionsgeschichltliche Studie zumEnneateuch. BZAW 319. Berlin: de Gruyter. Barrick, W B & Spencer, J R (eds) 1984. In the shelter of Elyon: essays on ancient Palestinian life in honour of GW Ahlström. JSOTSup 31. Sheffield: JSOT Press. Becker U, 2006. Endredaktionelle Kontextvernetzungen des Josua-Buches, in Witte, Schmid, Prechel and Gertz 2006:139–161. Bieberstein, K 1995. Josua-Jordan-Jericho. Archäologie, Geschichte und Theologie der Landnahmeerzählungen Josua 1–6. OBO. Friborg: Universitätsverlag, Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Blum, E 1990. Studien zur Komposition des Pentateuch. BZAW 189. Berlin/New York: de Gruyter. _______ 1997. Die Kompositionelle Knoten am Übergang von Josua zu Richter: Ein Entflechtungsvorschlag, in Lust and Vervenne 1997:181–212. _______ 2006. The literary connection between the books of Genesis and Exodus and the end of the book of Joshua, in Dozeman and Schmid 2006:80–106. _______ 2011. Pentateuch-Hexateuch-Enneateuch, in Dozeman , Römer and Schmid 2011:43–71. Carr, D M 1996. Reading the fractures of Genesis. Historical and literary approaches. Louisville: Westminster John Knox. _______ 2006. What is required to identify pre-Priestly narrative connections between Genesis and Exodus? in Dozeman and Schmid 2006:159–180. _______ 2012. The Moses story: literary and historical reflections, HeBAI 1–2:7–36. Dozeman, T B & Schmid, K (eds) 2006. Farewell to the Yahwist? The composition of the Pentateuch in recent European discussion. SBL Symposium Series 34. Atlanta: SBL. Dozeman, T B, Römer, T C & Schmid, K (eds) 2011. Pentateuch, Hexateuch, or Enneateuch. Identifying literary works in Genesis through Kings. SBL 8. Atlanta: SBL. Du Pury, A, Römer, T C & Macchi, J P (eds) 2000. Israel constructs its history. Deuteronomistic historiography in recent research. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press. Edenburg, C & Pakkala, J (eds) 2013. Is Samuel amongst the Deuteronomists? Current views on the place of Samuel in a Deuteronomistic History. Atlanta: SBL. Eisffeldt, O 1964. Einleitung in das Alte Testament. Tübingen: Mohr. Frevel, C 2000. Mit Blick auf das Land die Schöpfung erinnern. Zum Ende der Priestergrundschrift. HBS 23. Freiburg/New York: Herder. _______ 2011. Die Wiederkehr der Hexateuchperspektive. Eine Herausforderung für die These vom Deuteronomistischen Geschictswerk, in Stipp 2011:13–53. Frey, J, Schattner-Rieser, U & Schmid, K (eds) 2012. Die Sameritaner und die Bibel: Historische und literarische Wechselwirkungen zwischen biblischen und Sameritanischen Traditionen. Studia Judaica/Studia Samaritana 7. Berlin/New York. Fritz, V 1994. Das Buch Josua. Hat 1/7. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck. Garciá-Martinez, F (ed.) 1998. Perspectives in the study of the Old Testament and early Judaism: a symposium in honour of Adam S. van der Woude on the occasion of his 70th Birthday. VTSup 73. Leiden: Brill. Gertz, J C 2000. Tradition und Redaktion in der Exoduserzählung. Untersuchungen zur Endredaktion des Pentateuch. FRLANT 186. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck& Ruprecht. Görg, M 1991. Josua. NEB 26. Würzburg: Echter Verlag. Gunkel, H 1910. Genesis. 3rd ed. GHK 1. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Hjelm, I 2000. The Samaritans and early Judaism: a literary analysis. JSOTSup 303. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press. Keel, O 1973. Das Vergaben der “Fremder” Götter in Genesis xxxv 4b, VT 23:305–336. Knauf, E A 2000. Does Deuteronomsitic Historiography (DH) exist? in du Pury , Römer and Macchi 2000:388–398. _______ 2007. Buchschlüsse im Josuabuch, in Römer and Schmid 2007:217–224. _______ 2008. Josua. ZBKAT 6. Zurich: Theologisher Verlag. Knoppers, G N & McConville, J G (eds) 2000. Reconsidering Israel and Judah: recent studies on the Deuteronomistic History. SBTS 8. Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns. Köckert, M 1988. Vätergott und Väterverheisssungen. Eine Auseinandersetzung mit Albrecht Alt und seine Erben. FRLANT 142. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Konkel, M 2008. Sünde und Vergebung:Eine Rekontruktion der Redaktionsgeschichte der hinterein Sinaiperikope (Ex 32–34). Vor dem Hintergrund aktueller Pentateuchmodelle. FAT 88. Tübingen: Mohr. Koopmans, W T 1990. Joshua 24 as poetic narrative. JSOTSup 93. Sheffield: JSOT Press. Kratz, R G 2000. Die Komposition der erzählender Bücher des Alten Testaments: Grundwissen der Bibelkritik. UTB 215.Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Levin, C 1993. Der Jahwist. FRLANT 157.Göttingen: Vandenhoeck& Ruprecht. Lipschits, O, Knoppers, G N & Albertz, R (eds) 2007. Judah and the Judeans in the fourth century B.C.E. Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns. Lust, J & Vervenne, M (eds) 1997. Deuteronomy and Deuteronomistic literature. BETL 133. Leuven: Peeters. Mckenzie, S L & Römer, T C (eds) 2000. Rethinking the foundations: historiography in the ancient world and the Bible. Essays in honour of John Van Seters. Berlin/New York: de Gruyter. Nelson, R D 1997. Joshua: a commentary. Louisville: Westminster John Knox. Nentel, J 2000. Trägerschaft und Intentionen des deuteronomistischen Geschichtswerks: Untersuchungen zu Refelexionreden: Jos1; 23; 24; 1 Sam12 und 1 Kön 8. BZAW 297. Berlin: de Gruyter. Nihan, C 2012. The literary relationship between Deuteronomy and Joshua: a reassessment, in Schmid and Person 2012:79–114. _______ 2013. 1 Sam 8 and 12 and the Deuteronomsitic edition of Samuel, in Edenburg and Pakkala 2013: 225–274. Na`man, N 2000. The law of the altar in Deuteronomy and the cultic site near Shechem, in Mckenzie and Römer 2000:141–161. Noll, K L and Schramm, B (eds) 2010. Raising a faithful exegete: essays in honour of Richard Nelson. Winona Lake: Eisenbrauns. Noort, E 1997. The traditions of Ebal and Gerizim: theological positions in the book of Joshua, in Vervenne and Lust 1997:161–180. _______ 1998. Zu Stand und Perspektiven: Der Glaube Israels zwischen Religionsgeschichte und Theologie, der Fall Josua 24, in Garciá-Martinez 1998:82–108. Noth, M 1943. Überlieferungsgeschichtliche Studien. Tübingen: Niemeyer. _______ 1953. Das Buch Josua. 2nd ed. HAT 7. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck. O’Brien, M A 1989. The Deuteronomistic History hypothesis: a reassessment. OBO 92. Fribourg: Éditions. Universitaires/Göttingen: Vandenhoeck& Ruprecht. Otto, E 1999. Bruckensläge in der Pentateuchsforschung, TRU 64:84–99. _______ 2000. Das Deuteronomium im Pentateuch und Hexateuch. Studien zur Literaturgeschichte von Pentateuch und Hexateuch im Lichte des Deuteronomiumrahmens. FAT 30. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck. Otto, E & Achenbach, R (eds) 2004. Das Deuteronomium zwischen Pentateuch undDeuteronomistischem Geschictswerk. FRLANT 206. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Perlitt, L 1968. Bundestheologie im Altes Testament. Neukirchen-Vluyn: Neukirchener Verlag. _______ 1994. Priesterschrift in Deuteronomium34? VT 59:475–494. Popovich, M 2009. Conquest of the land, loss of the land. Where does Joshua 24 belong?, in von Ruiten and de Vos 2009:87–98. Rofé, A 2000. Ephraimite versus Deuteronomistic History, in Knoppers & McConville 2000:462–474. Römer, T C 2010. Book-endings in Joshua and the question of the so-called Deuteronomistic History, in Noll and Schramm 2010:85–99. Römer, T C & Brettler, M Z 2000. Deuteronomy 34 and the case for a Persian Hexateuch, JBL 119/3:401–419. Römer, T C and Schmid, K (eds) 2007. Les dernières rédactions du Pentatueque, de l` Hexateuge,et de l` Henneatuege. BETL 203. Leuven: Peeters. Rösel, H N 1980. Die Überleitungen vom Josua-ins Richterbuch, VT 30:342–350. Schmid K, 1999. Erzväter und Exodus: Untersuchungen zur doppelten Begründing der Ursprünge Israels innerhalb der Geschichtsbücher des Alten Testaments. WMANT 81. Neukirchen-Vluyn: Neukirchener Verlag. _______ 2007. The late Persian formation of the Torah: observations on Deuteronomy 34, in Lipschits, Knoppers & Albertz 2007:236–245. _______ 2012. Die Sameritaner und die Judaër. Die biblische Diskussion um ihr Verhältnis in Josua 24, in Frey, Schattner-Rieser & Schmid 2012:21–49. Schmid, K & Person, R (eds) 2012. Deuteronomy in the Pentateuch, Hexateuch, and the Deuteronomistic History. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck. Schmidt, L 2009. P in Deuteronomium 34, VT 59:475–494. Schmitt, G 1964. Der Landtag von Sichem. Stuttgart: Calwer Verlag. Schmitt, H C 2004. DTN 34 als Verbindingstuck zwischen Tetrateuch und Dtr. Geschictswerk, in Otto and Achenbach 2004:181–192. Smend, R 1970. Das Gesetz un die Völker, in Wolff 1970:494–504. Sperling, S D 1987. Joshua 24 re-examined. HUCA 58:119–136. Steuernage, l C 1923. Das Buch Josua. GHK 1,3 (2). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Stipp, H J (ed.) 2011. Das deuteronomistische Geschichtswerk. ÖBS 39. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. Van Seters, J 1984. Joshua 24 and the problem of tradition in the Old Testament, in Barrick and Spencer 1984:139–158. _______ 2003. Deuteronomy between Pentateuch and Deuteronomistic History, HTS 59/3:947–956. Vervenne, M & Lust, J (eds) 1997. Deuteronomy and Deuteronomistic literature. FS C.H.W Brekelmans. BETL 133. Leuven: Peeters. Von Ruiten, J and de Vos, C (eds) 2009. The land of Israel in Bible, history and theology: studies in honour of Ed Noort. VTSup 124. Leiden: Brill. Weimar, P 2008. Studien zur Priesterschrift. FAT 56. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck. Westermann, C 1994. Die Geschictsbücher des Alten Testaments: Gab es ein deuteronomsitisches Geschichtswerk? TB Altes Testament 87. Gütersloh: Gütersloher Verlag. Witte, M 1998. Die biblische urgeschichte. Redaktions-und Theologiegeschichtliche Beobachtungen zu Genesis 1,1–11:26. BZAW 265. Berlin: de Gruyter. Witte M, Schmid K, Prechel, D & Gertz, J C (eds) 2006. Die deuteronomistischenGeschichtswerke: Redaktions- und religionsgeschichtliche Perspektiven zur “Deuteronomismus”-Diskussion in Tora und vorderen Propheten. BZAW 365. Berlin: de Gruyter. Wolff, H W (ed.) 1970. Probleme biblischer Theologie: Gerard von Rad zum 70. Geburtstag. Munich: Kaiser Verlag. Würthwein, E 1994a. Erwägungen zum sog. Deuteronomistischen Geschichtswerk: eine Skizze, in Würthwein 1994b:1–11. Würthwein, E 1994b. Studien zum deuteronomistischen Geschichtswerk BZAW227. Berlin: de Gruyter, Zakovitch, Y 1980. The object of the narrative of the burial of the foreign gods at Shechem, BeTM 25:300–337. Zenger, E 2004. Einleitung in das Alte Testament. 5th ed. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.

Akhter, J., & Cheng, K. (2020). Sustainable empowerment initiatives among rural women through microcredit borrowings in Bangladesh. Sustainability, 12: 2275. Ani, F., Ramlan, N., Yusoff, R., & Damin, Z.A. (2018). Measuring the level of participation and its relationship with psychological empowerment through community based organisation (CBO) activities. International Journal of Academic Research in Business and Social Sciences, 8: 647-658. Barker, J., & Thomson, L. (2015). Helpful relationships with service users: Linking social capital. Australian Social Work, 68: 130-145. Bisaga, I., Parikh, P., & Loggia, C. (2019). Challenges and opportunities for sustainable urban farming in South African low-income settlements: A case study in Durban. Sustainability, 11: 5660. Cheah, J.H., Thurasamy, R., Memon, M.A., Chuah, F., & Ting, H. (2020). Multigroup analysis using SmartPLS: Step-by-step guidelines for business research. Asian Journal of Business Research, 10: I-XIX. Claridge, T. (2018). Functions of social capital–bonding, bridging, linking. Social Capital Research, 20: 1-7. Cohen, J. M., & Uphoff, N. T. (1977). Rural development participation: concepts and measures for project design, implementation and evaluation. Rural development participation: concepts and measures for project design, implementation and evaluation., 2: 29-46. Díaz-Gibson, J., Zaragoza, M.C., Daly, A.J., Mayayo, J.L., & Romaní, J. R. (2017). Networked leadership in educational collaborative networks. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45: 1040-1059. Eryanto, H., Swaramarinda, D.R., & Nurmalasari, D. (2019). Effectiveness of entrepreneurship practice program: using CIPP program evaluation. Journal of Entrepreneurship Education, 22: 1-10. Evans, P. (1997). State-society synergy: Government and social capital in development. FAO. (2019). Urban and peri-urban agriculture in Asia and the Pacific: Opportunities, challenges and policy implications. Bangkok: FAO Regional Office for Asia Guitart D., Pickering C., Byrne J. (2012). Past results and future directions in urban community gardens research. Urban Forestry and Urban Greening, 11: 364-373. Gunasekara, R.W.M.N., Premaratne, S.P., & Priyanath, H.M.S. (2017). Impact of social capital on livelihood success of the members of community-based organizations in Sri Lanka. International Journal of Academic Research in Business and Social Sciences, 7: 1156-1167. Hair Jr, J. F., Howard, M. C., & Nitzl, C. (2020). Assessing measurement model quality in PLS-SEM using confirmatory composite analysis. Journal of Business Research, 109: 101-110. Haldane, V., Chuah, F. L., Srivastava, A., Singh, S. R., Koh, G. C., Seng, C. K., & Legido-Quigley, H. (2019). Community participation in health services development, implementation, and evaluation: A systematic review of empowerment, health, community, and process outcomes. PloS one, 14: e0216112. Ibrahim, M. B. (2016). Role of participation in decision making and social capital on sustainability of watershed usage among peri-urban agricultural farmers of Kwadon, Gombe State, Nigeria. Unpublished doctoral thesis, Universiti Putra Malaysia. Jackson, K. T., Burgess, S., Toms, F., & Cuthbertson, E. L. (2018). Community engagement: Using feedback loops to empower residents and influence systemic change in culturally diverse communities. Global Journal of Community Psychology Practice, 9: 1-21. Jiang, J., & Wang, P. (2020). Is linking social capital more beneficial to the health promotion of the poor? Evidence from China. Social Indicators Research, 147: 45-71. Kieffer, C. H. (1984). Citizen empowerment: A developmental perspective. Prevention in Human Services, 3: 9-36. Kilpatrick, S. U. E., Field, J., & Falk, I. A. N. (2003). Social capital: An analytical tool for exploring lifelong learning and community development. British Educational Research Journal, 29: 417-433. Mai, V. N., Nguyen, Q. N., & Hien, L. T. D. (2023). Citizen Participation in Community-Based Tourism Development in the Mekong Delta. Vietnam. Journal of Law and Sustainable Development, 11(5), e749. Manurung, A., & Lubis, S. (2023). The Potential of Budget Participation and Dalihan Natolu Leadership Style to Improve Community Welfare in the Toba Caldera Tourism Geography Area. Journal of Law and Sustainable Development, 11(9), e573-e573. Menasseri-Aubry, S., Viaud, V., Santillàn-Carvantes, P., Akkal-Corfini, N., Le Guillou, C., Prévost-Bouré, N. C., & Ranjard, L. (2018). Landscape-scale analysis of cropping system effects on soil quality in a context of crop-livestock farming. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment, 265: 166-177. Nakagawa, Y., & Shaw, R. (2004). Social capital: A missing link to disaster recovery. International Journal of Mass Emergencies & Disasters, 22(1): 5-34. National Agrofood Policy (NAFP). Malaysia’s Agrofood Policy (NAP 2011–2020). Available online: https://ap.fftc.org.tw/article/1368 (accessed on 20 September 2021). Nazuri, N. S., Rosnon, M. R., Ahmad, N., Suhaimi, S. S. A., Sharifuddin, J., & Wijekoon, R. (2022). Vindication of linking social capital capacity to urban agriculture: A paradigm of participation based on social empowerment in Klang Valley, Malaysia. Sustainability, 14: 1509. Ndaeji, M. N. (2014). Participation in self-help groups and empowerment among rural women in Niger state, Nigeria. Unpublished doctoral thesis, Universiti Putra Malaysia. Pereira, V. A., dos Santos Brandalize, M., Grosko, S., de Oliveira, I. C., Zitkoski, J. J., Corbari, F., & Zonin, W. J. (2023). Extension, popular education and agroecology in family agriculture: experience report of students and graduate teachers. Revista de Gestão Social e Ambiental, 17(7), 1-17. Purwanto, A. (2021). Partial least squares structural squation modeling (PLS-SEM) analysis for social and management research: a literature review. Journal of Industrial Engineering & Management Research, 21: 65-84 Putnam, R. (2001). Social capital: Measurement and consequences. Canadian Journal of Policy Research, 2: 41-51. Rappaport, J., & Seidman, E. (2000). Handbook of community psychology. Springer Science & Business Media. Ringle, C. M., & Sarstedt, M. (2016). Gain more insight from your PLS-SEM results: The importance-performance map analysis. Industrial Management & Data Systems, 116: 1865-1886. Riwalnu S. (2014). Community empowerment through participatory approach of Indonesia poverty reduction program. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 153: 209-220. Siegner, A., Sowerwine, J., & Acey, C. (2018). Does urban agriculture improve food security? Examining the nexus of food access and distribution of urban produced foods in the United States: A systematic review. Sustainability, 10: 2988. Siwar, C., Ahmed, F., Bashawir, A., & Mia, M. S. (2016). Urbanization and urban poverty in Malaysia: consequences and vulnerability. Journal of Applied Sciences, 16: 154-160. Smit, J., Bailkey, M., & Van Veenhuizen, R. (2006). Urban agriculture and the building of communities. Van Veenhuizen, R. Cities farming for the future, urban agriculture for green and productive cities, pp. 146-171, Leusden: RUAF Foundation Press. United Nations. (2018). World Urbanization Prospects: The 2018 Revision. New York: United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division. Woolcock, M. (2001). The place of social capital in understanding social and economic outcomes. Canadian Journal of Policy Research, 2: 11-17. Yan, X., Lin, H., & Clarke, A. (2018). Cross-sector social partnerships for social change: The roles of non-governmental organizations. Sustainability, 10: 558. Yapanto, L. M., Fadhli, A., Tamod, Z. E., Warouw, F. F., Musa, D. T., & Tenda, M. P. (2023). Community Participation in the Management of Tourist Areas (Case Study in the Tourist Area of Bongo, Gorontalo District) Indonesia. Revista de Gestão Social e Ambiental, 17(5), e03460-e03460. Yusoff, N. H., Hussain, M. R. M., & Tukiman, I. (2017). Roles of community towards urban farming activities. Planning Malaysia, 15: 4-10. Zaidi, N. A. M., Yusoff, S., Ismail, M. H. S., Ismail, S. A., Harun, S. N. S., Latif, M. A. (2019). Urban agriculture in Malaysia: Issues, prospects and sustainability. International Journal of Sustainable Development & World Ecology, 26: 17-25. Zainal, M., & Hamzah, S. R. A. (2018). Urban agriculture: The role of knowledge among farmer in Malaysia. International Journal of Academic Research in Business and Social Sciences, 7: 77-85. Zainoddin, A. I., Shaharudin, M. R., Hassim, N. H., Haniff, W. A. A. W., Shaari, N. F., & Legino, R. (2022). The mediating effects of capability development on the relationships between social capital and the effectiveness of community development programme among farmers in malaysia. Journal of Asian Scientific Research, 12: 28-44.

1. Alivizatou, M. (2019). Digital intangible heritage: Inventories, virtual learning and participation. Heritage & Society, 12(2–3), 116–135. 2. Billett, S. (2009). Conceptualizing learning experiences: Contributions and mediations of the social, personal, and brute. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 16(1), 32–47. 3. Bonilla, C. M. (2014). Racial Counternarratives and L atina Epistemologies in Relational Organizing. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 45(4), 391–408. 4. Britain, T. (2007). How We Are: Photographing Britain. 5. Brodie, R. J., Hollebeek, L. D., Jurić, B., & Ilić, A. (2011). Customer Engagement: Conceptual Domain, Fundamental Propositions, and Implications for Research. Journal of Service Research, 14(3), 252–271. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094670511411703 6. Budge, K. (2017). Objects in focus: Museum visitors and Instagram. Curator: The Museum Journal, 60(1), 67–85. 7. Budge, K., & Burness, A. (2018). Museum objects and Instagram: agency and communication in digital engagement. Continuum, 32(2), 137–150. 8. Callanan, M. A., & Oakes, L. M. (1992). Preschoolers’ questions and parents’ explanations: Causal thinking in everyday activity. Cognitive Development, 7(2), 213–233. 9. Callanan, M., Cervantes, C., & Loomis, M. (2011). Informal learning. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Cognitive Science, 2(6), 646–655. 10. Cameron, F. (2003). Digital Futures I: Museum collections, digital technologies, and the cultural construction of knowledge. Curator: The Museum Journal, 46(3), 325–340. 11. Cokley, J., Gilbert, L., Jovic, L., & Hanrick, P. (2016). Growth of ‘Long Tail’in Australian journalism supports new engaging approach to audiences. Continuum, 30(1), 58–74. 12. Cole, M., & Consortium, D. L. (2006). The fifth dimension: An after-school program built on diversity. Russell Sage Foundation. 13. European Commission. (2015). i-Treasures: intangible cultural heritage of the past available through advanced modern technologies. 14. Fitts, S., & McClure, G. (2015). Building Social Capital in Hightown: The Role of Confianza in L atina Immigrants’ Social Networks in the New South. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 46(3), 295–311. 15. Francesca, P. (2017). Final Report on User Requirements: Identification and Analysis. 16. Gade, R. (2009). Event Culture - The Museum and Its Staging (Kopenhagen, 6-7 Nov 09). 17. Gibbert, M., Ruigrok, W., & Wicki, B. (2008). What passes as a rigorous case study? Strategic Management Journal, 29(13), 1465–1474. 18. Gillard, P. (2002). Cruising through history wired. Museums and the Web 2002. 19. Goodwin, M. H. (1990). He-said-she-said: Talk as social organization among black children (Vol. 618). Indiana University Press. 20. Hamma, K. (2004). The role of museums in online teaching, learning, and research. First Monday. 21. Henchman, M. (2000). Bringing the object to the viewer: Multimedia techniques for the scientific study of art. 22. Herrgott, C. (2016). Cantu in paghjella: Patrimoine Culturel Immatériel et nouvelles technologies dans le projet I-Treasures. Port Acadie: Revue Interdisciplinaire En Études Acadiennes/Port Acadie: An Interdisciplinary Review in Acadian Studies, 30, 91–113. 23. Howell, R., & Chilcott, M. (2013). A sense of place: re-purposing and impacting historical research evidence through digital heritage and interpretation practice. International Journal of Intangible Heritage, 8, 165–177. 24. King, L., Stark, J. F., & Cooke, P. (2016). Experiencing the digital world: The cultural value of digital engagement with heritage. Heritage & Society, 9(1), 76–101. 25. Lomb, N. (2009). Dip circle used to study the earth’s magnetic field at Parramatta Observatory. 26. Majors, Y. J. (2015). Shoptalk: Lessons in teaching from an African American hair salon. Teachers College Press. 27. Marty, P. F. (2008). Museum websites and museum visitors: digital museum resources and their use. Museum Management and Curatorship, 23(1), 81–99. 28. Moqtaderi, H. (2019). Citizen curators: Crowdsourcing to bridge the academic/public divide. University Museums and Collections Journal, 11(2), 204–210. 29. Müller, K. (2013). Museums and virtuality. In Museums in a digital age (pp. 295–305). Routledge. 30. Nasir, N. S., Rosebery, A. S., Warren, B., & Lee, C. D. (2006). Learning as a cultural process: Achieving equity through diversity. 31. O’Brien, H. L., & Toms, E. G. (2008). What is user engagement? A conceptual framework for defining user engagement with technology. Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology, 59(6), 938–955. 32. O’Neill, R. (2017). The Rise of the Citizen Curator: Participation as Curation on the Web. University of Hull. 33. Opie, I., & Opie, P. (2000). The lore and language of schoolchildren. New York Review of Books. 34. Pallud, J. (2017). Impact of interactive technologies on stimulating learning experiences in a museum. Information & Management, 54(4), 465–478. 35. Pallud, J., & Straub, D. W. (2014). Effective website design for experience-influenced environments: The case of high culture museums. Information & Management, 51(3), 359–373. 36. Pozzi, F. (2017). Final Report on User Requirements: Identification and Analysis. Unpublished I-Treasures Project Report. 37. Proctor, N. (2010). Digital: Museum as platform, curator as champion, in the age of social media. Curator: The Museum Journal, 53(1), 35. 38. Rogoff, B., Callanan, M., Gutiérrez, K. D., & Erickson, F. (2016). The organization of informal learning. Review of Research in Education, 40(1), 356–401. 39. Schugurensky, D. (2000). The forms of informal learning: Towards a conceptualization of the field. 40. Scribner, S., & Cole, M. (1973). Cognitive Consequences of Formal and Informal Education: New accommodations are needed between school-based learning and learning experiences of everyday life. Science, 182(4112), 553–559. 41. Song, M., Elias, T., Martinovic, I., Mueller-Wittig, W., & Chan, T. K. Y. (2004). Digital heritage application as an edutainment tool. Proceedings of the 2004 ACM SIGGRAPH International Conference on Virtual Reality Continuum and Its Applications in Industry, 163–167. 42. Taheri, B., Jafari, A., & O’Gorman, K. (2014). Keeping your audience: Presenting a visitor engagement scale. Tourism Management, 42, 321–329. 43. Tan, B.-K., & Rahaman, H. (2009). Virtual heritage: Reality and criticism. 44. Tarlowski, A. (2006). If it’s an animal it has axons: Experience and culture in preschool children’s reasoning about animates. Cognitive Development, 21(3), 249–265. 45. Tate. (2007). How We Are Now at Tate Britain Museum. 46. Taylor, J., & Gibson, L. K. (2017). Digitisation, digital interaction and social media: embedded barriers to democratic heritage. International Journal of Heritage Studies, 23(5), 408–420. 47. UNESCO. (2011). What is Intangible Cultural Heritage? 48. Vygotsky, L. S. (2012). Thought and language. MIT press. 49. Wenger-Trayner, E., Wenger-Trayner, B., & W.-T. (2015). Communities of practice: A brief introduction. 50. Wenger, E. (1999). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge university press. 51. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (Vol. 5). sage.

Background:In recent years, it is becoming increasingly clear that osteoprosis (OP) holds the important place among complications of ankylosing spondylitis (AS). The frequency of emergence of OP, according to the data of last investigations, ranges from 18.7 to 62%, osteopenic syndrome – from 50 to 92%. It is known that decrease of bone mineral density (BMD) in patients with AS is caused not only by the action of traditional risk factors (age, sex, genetic predisposition, low body mass, and others) but also by the action of factors associated with the disease itself such as: duration of AS, activity of the inflammatory process, administration of glucocorticoids (GC), deficiency of Vitamin D, low physical activity of patients and so on. However, until now there are no clear data about the role of each of them in the formation of disorders of bone metabolism in men with AS. In the Ukrainian population of patients with AS such investigations have not been conducted.Objectives:To investigate the role of age, duration of disease andcumulative glucocorticoid dosein the formation of disorders of bone mineral density (BMD) in men with AS.Methods:The investigation of 108 men with AS at the age of 40.74 ± 0.87 years and 25 normal control subjects of the same age and sex has been carried out. The diagnosis of AS was established on the basis of modified New York criteria. BMD of the lumbar spine and femoral neck was determined by dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry on the apparatus ‘Hologic Discovery Wi’ (S / N 87227). The diagnosis of osteoporosis in men over 50 years was considered in case of decrease of BMD by T-score ≤ – 2.5 SD, osteopenia corresponded to T-score from –1 to –2.5 SD, for men under the age of 50, the Z-score was used, and its decrease ≤ – 2.0 SD and more indicated the significant loss of bone mass.Results:A decrease of BMD at the level of the lumbar spine and femur neck was found in 61 (56.5%) patients, of these 29 (27.7%) had osteoporosis, 31 (29.5%) had osteopenia. In the control group, decrease of BMD was detected in 6 (24%) patients, of these osteoporosis was diagnosed in 1 (4%), and osteopenia was diagnosed in 5 (20%) patients. In the age group of below 35 years, 18 (64.3%) patients had a decrease in BMD, 35 (56.5%) patients – in the 36-55 age group, and 8 (53.3%) patients – over the age of 45. The index of BMD also did not differ significantly between the groups. As for the duration of the disease, the largest proportion of 33 (75%) patients with decreased BMD was found in the group of patients with duration of the disease from 5 to 10 years. In the group of patients with duration of the disease up to 5 years, patients with decrease in the Z-score were 11 (55%), and in the group with duration of the disease more than 10 years - 17 (41.6%) patients. Decrease of BMD was associated withcumulative glucocorticoid dose. In particular, in the group of patients with acumulativedose of glucocorticoids less than 12.6 g Z-score at the level of the lumbar spine was -0.98 ± 0.17 SD, in the group with acumulativedose of GC 12.6-21.6 g Z-score was equal to –0.43 ± 0.40 SD, and in the group withcumulativeglucocorticoid dose – above 21.6 g the Z-score was –1.69 ± 0.30 SD. As the glucocorticoid dose increased, the proportion of patients with decreased BMD increased. In the group of patients with the highest dose of GC there were 67.7% such patients, while in the group with the lowest dose – only 30 (57.6%). Significant correlation (r = -0.24) was established between Z-score of the lumbar spine and the total dose of GC.Conclusion:In 61 (56.5%) patients with AS decreased BMD at the level of the lumbar spine and neck of the femur is revealed. Decrease of BMD in patients with AS does not depend on the age and duration of the disease, but is associated with thecumulativedose of GC.Disclosure of Interests:Sergii Shevchuk Grant/research support from: Celltrion, Inc, Oksana Pavliuk: None declared

RESUMENEn este trabajo estudiamos la documentación epigráfica generada por los hispanos desplazados a Gallia. A partir de ella determinaremos sus orígenes, sus centros de destino, y analizaremos las causas que motivaron sus desplazamientos. De igual modo, prestaremos atención al estudio de otros aspectos como las ocupaciones profesionales, la onomástica o las actividades que estos personajes desarrollaron en sus nuevos lugares de residencia. Palabras clave: emigración, movilidad, integración, epigrafía.Topónimos: Hispania, GalliaPeriodo: Imperio romano (siglos i-v d. C.) ABSTRACTIn this paper we study the epigraphic documentation generated by the Hispanics who moved to Gaul. From it, we will determine their origins, their centres of destination and we will analyse the causes that motivated their movements. At the same, we will pay attention to the study of other aspects such as professional occupations, the onomastic or the activities that these people carried out in their new places of residence. Keywords: emigration, mobility, integration, epigraphy.Place names: Hispania, GalliaPeriod: Roman Empire (siglos i-v d. C.) REFERENCIASAbascal Palazón, J.M. (1994): Los nombres personales en las inscripciones latinas de Hispania, Murcia, Universidad de Murcia. Agusta-Boularot, S. (1994): “Les références épigraphiques aux Grammatici et γραµµατικοὶ de l’Empire romain (Ier s. av. J.-C., IVè s. ap. J.-C.)”, Mélanges de l’École Française de Rome - Antiquité, 106.2, pp. 653-746. Alföldy, G. (1987): Römisches Städtwesen auf der Neukastilische Hochebene: Ein Testfall für die Romanisierung, Heidelberg, Carl Winter Universitätsverlag.—(1999): “Aspectos de la vida urbana en las ciudades de la Meseta Sur”, en J. González Fernández (coord.), Ciudades privilegiadas en el Occidente romano, Sevilla, Universidad de Sevilla, pp. 467-485. Armendáriz Martija, J. (2006): “Bases arqueológicas para la localización de la ciudad vascona de Curnonium en Los Arcos (Navarra)”, Trabajos de Arqueología de Navarra, 19, pp. 85-108.Audin, A. (1974): “Note d’épigraphie lyonnaise”, Latomus, 33.1, pp. 98-104.Barrón Ruiz de la Cuesta, A. (2018): “Contribución al estudio de la movilidad geográfica en la Gallia Narbonensis: el caso de los seviri Augustales”, Latomus, 77.1, pp. 26-58. Beltrán Lloris, F. (2006): “Galos en Hispania”, Acta Archaeologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae, 57.1-3, pp. 183-200. Beltrán Lloris, M. (1985): Celsa, Zaragoza, Diputación General de Aragón.Bomgardner, D. L. (2000): The Story of the Roman Amphitheatre, Oxford, Routledge.Bonsangue, M. L. (2006): “Des affaires et des hommes: entre l’emporion de Narbonne et la Péninsule Ibérique (Ier siècle a.C. - Ier siècle p.C.)”, en A. Caballos Rufino y S. Demougin (eds.), Migrare. La formation des élites dans l’Hispanie Romaine, Bordeaux, Ausonius, pp. 15-68.Bost, J. P. (2002): “Bordeaux: ville cosmopolite sous le Haut-Empire romain”, Revue Historique de Bordeaux et du Département de la Gironde, Troisième Série, 1, pp. 10-26.Bost, J. P., Fabre, G., y Rodríguez, L. (2015): Inscriptions latines d’Aquitaine (ILA). Landes et Pyrénées-Atlantiques, Bordeaux, Ausonius.Eck, W. (1997): “Italica, las ciudades de la Bética y su aportación a la aristocracia imperial romana”, en A. Caballos y P. León (eds.), Italica. MMCC. Actas de las Jornadas del 2200 Aniversario de la Fundación de Italica, Sevilla, Consejería de Cultura de la Junta de Andalucía, pp. 206-219.Étienne, R. (1973): Histoire de l’Aquitaine. Documents (sous la direction de Ch. Higounet), Toulouse, Privat, pp. 33-77.Fatás Cabeza, G. y Martín Bueno, M. A. (1977): Epigrafía romana de Zaragoza y su provincia (ERZ), Zaragoza, Institución Fernando el Católico. Foubert, L. (2020): “The Spinning of the Wheels: Women’s Travel Stories in Latin Funerary Inscriptions”, Gerión, 38.1, pp. 137-156.Gallego Franco, H., García Martínez, M. R. y García de Castro, F. J. (1998): “Mortes singulares: un estudio social en relación con la evidencia epigráfica en el Occidente romano”, Hispania Antiqua, 22, pp. 361-370.García Brosa, G. (1999): “Mercatores y negotiatores: ¿Simples comerciantes?”, Pyrenae, 30, pp. 173-190.García de Castro, F. J. (1999): “Hispani qui in Gallia sunt”, Hispania Antiqua, 23, pp. 179-188. García Martínez, M.ª R. (1991): “Caracteres y significación socioeconómica de los movimientos de población hispana hacia las provincias imperiales en época romana”, Hispania Antiqua, 15, pp. 263-302.—(1996): “Evidencias epigráficas de población hispana en la Gallia en época romana”, Memorias de Historia Antigua, 17, pp. 203-214.García-Bellido M. P. (2004): Las legiones hispánicas en Germania: moneda y ejército, Madrid, Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas.Gayraud, M. (1981): Narbonne antique des origines à la fin du IIIe siècle, Paris, De Boccard.Grüll, T. (2018): “Origo as Identity Factor in Roman Epitaphs”, en G. Cupcea y R. Varga (eds.), Social Interactions and Status Markers in the Roman World, Oxford, Archaeopress, pp. 139-150.Hernández Guerra, L. (2017): “Movilidad geográfica. Auxiliares y legionarios hispanos con mención de origo en el limes septentrional del Imperio”, en J. J. Ferrer Maestro, C. Kunst, D. Hernández de la Fuente y E. Faber (eds.), Entre los mundos: Homenaje a Pedro Barceló, Toulouse, Presses universitaires de Franche-CUmté, pp. 379-416. Jullian, C. (1887-1890): Inscriptions Romaines de Bordeaux (2 vols.), Bordeaux, Imprimerie G. Gounouilhou.Kolb A. (2015): “Communications and Mobility in the Roman Empire”, en C. Bruun y J. Edmondson (eds.), Oxford Handbook of Roman Epigraphy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, pp. 649-670.Lefebvre, S. (2011): “Onomastique et identité provincial: le cas de Lusitanus”, en A. Caballos Rufino (coord.), Roma generadora de identidades, Madrid, Casa de Velázquez, pp. 153-170. Le Roux, P. (1982): L’armée romaine et l’organisation des provinces iberiques d’Auguste a l’invasion de 409, Paris, De Boccard. Łuć, I. (2020): “Emperor Commodus’ Bellum desertorum”, Res Historica, 49, pp. 61-95.Maurin, L. y Navarro Caballero, M. (2010): Inscriptions latines d’Aquitaine (ILA). Bordeaux, Bordeaux, Ausonius.Núñez Marcén, J. (2003): “La calzada Astorga-Burdeos (ab Asturica-Burdigalam): elemento de articulación del territorio y de romanización”, en E. Pastor Díaz de Garavo (coord.), La llanada oriental a través de la historia: claves desde el presente para comprender nuestro pasado, Vitoria, Diputación Foral de Álava, pp. 35-42. Ortiz Córdoba, J. (2019): “De Gallia a Hispania. La inmigración gala en la península ibérica a través de las evidencias epigráficas”, Hispania Antiqua, 43, pp. 155-201.—(2021): Las colonias romanas de César y de Augusto en Hispania, Madrid-Salamanca, Signifer Libros. Ortiz de Urbina Alava, E. (2014): “Los C. Iulii y la posteridad de los nombres de Augusto en Hispania Citerior: estudio de su proyección civil y militar”, Veleia, 31, pp. 99-121. Ozcáriz Gil, P. (2021): “Natione Hispanus. Sobre la identificación de los hispanos en el Imperio romano”, Araucaria, 47, pp. 21-45.Perea Yébenes, S. (2001): “Militares clunienses fuera de Hispania en los ejércitos de los Julio-Claudios y los Flavios”, en L. Hernández Guerra, L. Sagredo San Eustaquio, y J. M. Solana Sáinz (coords.), Actas del I Congreso Internacional de Historia Antigua. La península ibérica hace 2000 años. Valladolid, 23-25 de noviembre de 2000, Valladolid, Universidad de Valladolid, pp. 229-234.Robert, M. P. (1889): Les étrangers à Bordeaux. Étude d’inscriptions de la période romaine portant des ethniques, Bordeaux, Imprimerie Ve Cadoret.Roldán Hervás, J. M. (1974): Hispania y el ejército romano, Salamanca, Universidad de Salamanca.Roxan, M. M. (1973): The auxilia of the roman army raised in the Iberian Peninsula. Tesis doctoral, London, University of London.Ruiz-Gutiérrez, A. (2019): “Ciudadanía y residencia en Hispania Citerior: una reflexión sobre la movilidad”, en E. Ortiz-de-Urbina (coord.), Ciudadanías, ciudades y comunidades cívicas en Hispania (de los Flavios a los Severos), Sevilla, Universidad de Sevilla, pp. 305-327.—(2019b): “Mortes in itinere: ejemplos epigráficos de la Hispania romana”, en J. I. San Vicente González de Aspuru, C. Cortés Bárcena y E. González González (eds.), Hispania et Roma. Estudios en homenaje al profesor Narciso Santos Yanguas, Oviedo, Universidad de Oviedo, pp. 131-141.—(2021): “Los límites de la movilidad femenina y su expresión epigráfica en el occidente romano”, en P. Pavón (ed.), Conditio feminae. Imágenes de la realidad femenina en el mundo romano, Roma, Edizioni Quasar, pp. 529-552.Sanchez, C. (2002): “Au carrefour des influences méditerranéennes et continentales. Le rôle de Narbonne dans le commerce Antique”, en Carte archéologique de la Gaule (CAG) 11/1. Paris, Paris, Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres, pp. 117-123.Solin, H. (1982): Die griechische Personenamen in Rom. Ein Namenbuch, Berlin-New York, Walter de Gruyter Co.Tsentikopoulos, N. (2007): Δίγλωσσες (Ελληνικές‐Λατινικές) επιγραφές στη Ρώμη και τις δυτικές επαρχίες της Ρωμαϊκής Αυτοκρατορίας. Συμβολή στην πολιτιστική ιστορία των αυτοκρατορικών χρόνων (Bilingual (Greek-Latin) inscriptions in Rome and the western provinces of the Roman Empire: a contribution to the cultural history of the imperial period), Tesis doctoral, Tesalónica, Universidad Aristóteles de Tesalónica.Wierschowski, L. (2001): Fremde in Gallien – “Gallier” in der Fremde. Die epigraphisch bezeugte Mobilität in, von und nach Gallien vom 1. bis 3. Jh. n. Chr, Stuttgart, Franz Steiner Verlag.

To improve online learning pedagogy within the field of paralegal education, this study investigated how paralegal students and paralegal instructors perceived the effectiveness of synchronous and asynchronous online paralegal courses. This study intended to inform paralegal instructors and course developers how to better design, deliver, and evaluate effective online course instruction in the field of paralegal studies.Survey results were analyzed using independent samples t-test and correlational analysis, and indicated that overall, paralegal students and paralegal instructors positively perceived synchronous and asynchronous online paralegal courses. Paralegal instructors reported statistically significant higher perceptions than paralegal students: (1) of instructional design and course content in synchronous online paralegal courses; and (2) of technical assistance, communication, and course content in asynchronous online paralegal courses. Instructors also reported higher perceptions of the effectiveness of universal design, online instructional design, and course content in synchronous online paralegal courses than in asynchronous online paralegal courses. Paralegal students reported higher perceptions of asynchronous online paralegal course effectiveness regarding universal design than paralegal instructors. No statistically significant differences existed between paralegal students’ perceptions of the effectiveness of synchronous and asynchronous online paralegal courses. A strong, negative relationship existed between paralegal students’ age and their perceptions of effective synchronous paralegal courses, which were statistically and practically significant. Lastly, this study provided practical applicability and opportunities for future research. Akyol, Z., & Garrison, D. R. (2008). The development of a community of inquiry over time in an online course: Understanding the progression and integration of social, cognitive and teaching presence. Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks, 12, 3-22. Retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ837483.pdf Akyol, Z., Garrison, D. R., & Ozden, M. Y. (2009). Online and blended communities of inquiry: Exploring the developmental and perceptional differences. The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 10(6), 65-83. Retrieved from http://www.irrodl.org/index.php/irrodl/article/view/765/1436 Allen, I. E., & Seaman, J. (2014). Grade change: Tracking online education in the United States. Babson Park, MA: Babson Survey Research Group and Quahog Research Group, LLC. Retrieved from https://www.utc.edu/learn/pdfs/online/sloanc-report-2014.pdf Alreck, P. L., & Settle, R. B. (2004). The Survey Research Handbook (3rd ed.) New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Irwin. American Association for Paralegal Education (2013, Oct.). AAfPE core competencies for paralegal programs. Retrieved from https://cdn.ymaws.com/www.aafpe.org/resource/resmgr/Docs/AAfPECoreCompetencies.pdf American Bar Association, Standing Committee on Paralegals. (2017). https://www.americanbar.org/groups/paralegals.html American Bar Association, Standing Committee on Paralegals (2013, September). Guidelines for the approval of paralegal education programs. Retrieved from https://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/administrative/paralegals/ls_prlgs_2013_paralegal_guidelines.authcheckdam.pdf Astani, M., Ready, K. J., & Duplaga, E. A. (2010). Online course experience matters: Investigating students’ perceptions of online learning. Issues in Information Systems, 11(2), 14-21. Retrieved from http://iacis.org/iis/2010/14-21_LV2010_1526.pdf Bailey, C. J., & Card, K. A. (2009). Effective pedagogical practices for online teaching: Perception of experienced instructors. The Internet and Higher Education, 12, 152-155. doi: 10.1016/j.iheduc.2009.08.002 Bernard, R., Abrami, P., Borokhovski, E., Wade, C., Tamim , R., Surkes, M., & Bethel, E. (2009). A meta-analysis of three types of interaction treatments in distance education. Review of Educational Research, 79, 1243-1289. doi: 10.3102/0034654309333844 Cherry, S. J., & Flora, B. H. (2017). Radiography faculty engaged in online education: Perceptions of effectiveness, satisfaction, and technological self-efficacy. Radiologic Technology, 88(3), 249-262. http://www.radiologictechnology.org/ Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences (2nd ed.). New York: Taylor & Francis Group. Colorado, J. T., & Eberle, J. (2010). Student demographics and success in online learning environments. Emporia State Research Studies, 46(1), 4-10. Retrieved from https://esirc.emporia.edu/bitstream/handle/123456789/380/205.2.pdf?sequence=1 Dutcher, C. W., Epps, K. K., & Cleaveland, M. C. (2015). Comparing business law in online and face to face formats: A difference in student learning perception. Academy of Educational Leadership Journal, 19, 123-134. http://www.abacademies.org/journals/academy-of-educational-leadership-journal-home.html Faul, F., Erdfelder, E., Lang, A.-G., & Buchner, A. (2007). G*Power 3: A flexible statistical power analysis program for the social, behavioral, and biomedical sciences. Behavior Research Methods, 39, 175-191. Retrieved from http://www.gpower.hhu.de/fileadmin/redaktion/Fakultaeten/Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche_Fakultaet/Psychologie/AAP/gpower/GPower3-BRM-Paper.pdf Field, A. (2009). Discovery statistics using SPSS. (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc. Gall M., Borg, W., & Gall, J. (1996). Educational research: An introduction (6th ed.). White Plains, NY: Longman Press. Garrison, D. R., Anderson, T., & Archer, W. (2001). Critical thinking, cognitive presence, and computer conferencing in distance education. American Journal of distance education, 15(1), 7-23. Retrieved from http://cde.athabascau.ca/coi_site/documents/Garrison_Anderson_Archer_CogPres_Final.pdf Green, S. B., & Salkind, N. J. (2005). Using SPSS for Windows and Macintosh: Internal consistency estimates of reliability. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall. Harrell, I. L. (2008). Increasing the Success of Online Students. Inquiry, 13(1), 36-44. Retrieved from http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ833911.pdf Horspool, A., & Lange, C. (2012). Applying the scholarship of teaching and learning: student perceptions, behaviours and success online and face-to-face. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 37, 73-88. doi: 10.1080/02602938.2010.496532 Inman, E., Kerwin, M., & Mayes, L. (1999). Instructor and student attitudes toward distance learning. Community College Journal of Research & Practice, 23, 581-591. doi:10.1080/106689299264594 Institute of Legal Executives (ILEX). https://www.cilexcareers.org.uk/ Johnson, J. & Taggart, G. (1996). Computer assisted instruction in paralegal education: Does it help? Journal of Paralegal Education and Practice, 12, 1-21. Johnstone, Q. & Flood, J. (1982). Paralegals in English and American law offices. Windsor YB Access to Justice 2, 152. Jones, S. J. (2012). Reading between the lines of online course evaluations: Identifiable actions that improve student perceptions of teaching effectiveness and course value. Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks, 16(1), 49-58. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.24059/olj.v16i1.227 Krejcie, R. V., & Morgan, D. W. (1970). Determining sample size for research activities. Educational and psychological measurement, 30, 607-610. http://journals.sagepub.com/home/epm Liu, S., Gomez, J., Khan, B., & Yen, C. J. (2007). Toward a learner-oriented community college online course dropout framework. International Journal on ELearning, 6(4), 519-542. https://www.learntechlib.org/j/IJEL/ Lloyd, S. A., Byrne, M. M., & McCoy, T. S. (2012). Faculty-perceived barriers of online education. Journal of online learning and teaching, 8(1), 1-12. Retrieved from http://jolt.merlot.org/vol8no1/lloyd_0312.pdf Lockee, B., Burton, J., & Potter, K. (2010, March). Organizational perspectives on quality in distance learning. In D. Gibson & B. Dodge (Eds.), Proceedings of SITE 2010—Society for Information Technology & Teacher Education International Conference (pp. 659-664). San Diego, CA: Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE). https://www.learntechlib.org/p/33419/ Lowerison, G., Sclater, J., Schmid, R. F., & Abrami, P. C. (2006). Student perceived effectiveness of computer technology use in post-secondary classrooms. Computers & Education, 47(4), 465-489. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2004.10.014 Retrieved from https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/fc9c/13f0187d3967217aa82cc96c188427e29ec9.pdf Martins, L. L., & Kellermanns, F. W. (2004). A model of business school students' acceptance of a web-based course management system. Academy of Management Learning & Education, 3(1), 7-26. doi: 10.5465/AMLE.2004.12436815 Mayes, J. T. (2001). Quality in an e-University. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 26, 465-473. doi:10.1080/02602930120082032 McCabe, S. (2007). A brief history of the paralegal profession. Michigan Bar Journal, 86(7), 18-21. Retrieved from https://www.michbar.org/file/barjournal/article/documents/pdf4article1177.pdf McMillan, J. H. (2008). Educational Research: Fundamentals for the customer. Boston, MA: Pearson Education, Inc. Myers, C. B., Bennett, D., Brown, G., & Henderson, T. (2004). Emerging online learning environments and student learning: An analysis of faculty perceptions. Educational Technology & Society, 7(1), 78-86. Retrieved from http://www.ifets.info/journals/7_1/9.pdf Myers, K. (2002). Distance education: A primer. Journal of Paralegal Education & Practice, 18, 57-64. Nunnaly, J. (1978). Psychometric theory. New York: McGraw-Hill. Otter, R. R., Seipel, S., Graeff, T., Alexander, B., Boraiko, C., Gray, J., Petersen, K., & Sadler, K. (2013). Comparing student and faculty perceptions of online and traditional courses. The Internet and Higher Education, 19, 27-35. doi:10.1016/j.iheduc.2013.08.001 Popham, W. J. (2000). Modern educational measurement: Practical guidelines for educational leaders. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon. Rich, A. J., & Dereshiwsky, M. I. (2011). Assessing the comparative effectiveness of teaching undergraduate intermediate accounting in the online classroom format. Journal of College Teaching and Learning, 8(9), 19. https://www.cluteinstitute.com/ojs/index.php/TLC/ Robinson, C., & Hullinger, H. (2008). New benchmarks in higher education: Student engagement in online learning. The Journal of Education for Business, 84(2), 101-109. Retrieved from http://anitacrawley.net/Resources/Articles/New%20Benchmarks%20in%20Higher%20Education.pdf Salkind, N. J. (2008). Statistics for people who think they hate statistics. Los Angeles, CA: Sage Publications. Santos, J. (1999, April). Cronbach's Alpha: A tool for assessing the reliability of scales. Journal of Extension, 37, 2. Retrieved from https://www.joe.org/joe/1999april/tt3.php Seok, S., DaCosta, B., Kinsell, C., & Tung, C. K. (2010). Comparison of instructors' and students' perceptions of the effectiveness of online courses. Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 11(1), 25. Retrieved from http://online.nuc.edu/ctl_en/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/Online-education-effectiviness.pdf Sheridan, K., & Kelly, M. A. (2010). The indicators of instructor presence that are important to students in online courses. Journal of Online Learning and Teaching, 6(4), 767-779. Retrieved from http://jolt.merlot.org/vol6no4/sheridan_1210.pdf Shook, B. L., Greer, M. J., & Campbell, S. (2013). Student perceptions of online instruction. International Journal of Arts & Sciences, 6(4), 337. Retrieved from https://s3.amazonaws.com/academia.edu.documents/34496977/Ophoff.pdf?AWSAccessKeyId=AKIAIWOWYYGZ2Y53UL3A&Expires=1508119686&Signature=J1lJ8VO0xardd%2FwH35pGj14UeBg%3D&response-content-disposition=inline%3B%20filename%3DStudent_Perceptions_of_Online_Learning.pdf Song, L., Singleton, E. S., Hill, J. R., & Koh, M. H. (2004). Improving online learning: Student perceptions of useful and challenging characteristics. The Internet and Higher Education, 7, 59-70. doi:10.1016/j.iheduc.2003.11.003 Steiner, S. D., & Hyman, M. R. (2010). Improving the student experience: Allowing students enrolled in a required course to select online or face-to-face instruction. Marketing Education Review, 20, 29-34. doi:10.2753/MER1052-8008200105 Stoel, L., & Hye Lee, K. (2003). Modeling the effect of experience on student acceptance of web-based courseware. Internet Research, 13(5), 364-374. http://www.emeraldinsight.com/loi/intr Taggart, G., & Bodle, J. H. (2003). Example of assessment of student outcomes data from on-line paralegal courses: Lessons learned. Journal of Paralegal Education & Practice, 19, 29-36. Tanner, J. R., Noser, T. C., & Totaro, M. W. (2009). Business faculty and undergraduate students' perceptions of online learning: A comparative study. Journal of Information Systems Education, 20, 29-40. http://jise.org/ Tung, C.K. (2007). Perceptions of students and instructors of online and web-enhanced course effectiveness in community colleges (Doctoral dissertation). Retrieved from ProQuest Dissertations and Theses database (Publication No. AAT 3284232). Vodanovich, S. J. & Piotrowski, C., & (2000). Are the reported barriers to Internet-based instruction warranted? A synthesis of recent research. Education, 121(1), 48-53. http://www.projectinnovation.com/education.html Ward, M. E., Peters, G., & Shelley, K. (2010). Student and faculty perceptions of the quality of online learning experiences. The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 11, 57-77. Retrieved from http://www.irrodl.org/index.php/irrodl/article/view/867/1610? Wilkes, R. B., Simon, J. C., & Brooks, L. D. (2006). A comparison of faculty and undergraduate students' perceptions of online courses and degree programs. Journal of Information Systems Education, 17, 131-140. http://jise.org/

The pandemic of COVID-19 has afflicted every individual and has initiated a cascade of directly or indirectly involved events in precipitating mental health issues. The human species is a wanderer and hunter-gatherer by nature, and physical social distancing and nationwide lockdown have confined an individual to physical isolation. The present review article was conceived to address psychosocial and other issues and their aetiology related to the current pandemic of COVID-19. The elderly age group has most suffered the wrath of SARS-CoV-2, and social isolation as a preventive measure may further induce mental health issues. Animal model studies have demonstrated an inappropriate interacting endogenous neurotransmitter milieu of dopamine, serotonin, glutamate, and opioids, induced by social isolation that could probably lead to observable phenomena of deviant psychosocial behavior. Conflicting and manipulated information related to COVID-19 on social media has also been recognized as a global threat. Psychological stress during the current pandemic in frontline health care workers, migrant workers, children, and adolescents is also a serious concern. Mental health issues in the current situation could also be induced by being quarantined, uncertainty in business, jobs, economy, hampered academic activities, increased screen time on social media, and domestic violence incidences. The gravity of mental health issues associated with the pandemic of COVID-19 should be identified at the earliest. Mental health organization dedicated to current and future pandemics should be established along with Government policies addressing psychological issues to prevent and treat mental health issues need to be developed. References World Health Organization (WHO) Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Dashboard. Available at: https://covid19.who.int/ [Accessed on 23 August 2020] Sim K, Chua HC. The psychological impact of SARS: a matter of heart and mind. CMAJ. 2004; 170:811e2. https://doi.org/10.1503/cmaj.1032003. Wu P, Fang Y, Guan Z, Fan B, Kong J, Yao Z, et al. The psychological impact of the SARS epidemic on hospital employees in China: exposure, risk perception, and altruistic acceptance of risk. Can J Psychiatr. 2009; 54:302e11. https://doi.org/10.1177/070674370905400504. Brooks SK, Webster RK, Smith LE, Woodland L, Wessely S, Greenberg N, et al. The psychological impact of quarantine and how to reduce it: rapid review of the evidence. Lancet. 2020; 395:912e20. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30460-8. Robertson E, Hershenfield K, Grace SL, Stewart DE. The psychosocial effects of being quarantined following exposure to SARS: a qualitative study of Toronto health care workers. Can J Psychiatr. 2004; 49:403e7. https://doi.org/10.1177/070674370404900612. Barbisch D, Koenig KL, Shih FY. Is there a case for quarantine? Perspectives from SARS to Ebola. Disaster Med Public Health Prep. 2015; 9:547e53. https://doi.org/10.1017/dmp.2015.38. Jeong H, Yim HW, Song YJ, Ki M, Min JA, Cho J, et al. Mental health status of people isolated due to Middle East Respiratory Syndrome. Epidemiol Health. 2016;38: e2016048. https://doi.org/10.4178/epih.e2016048. Liu X, Kakade M, Fuller CJ, Fan B, Fang Y, Kong J, et al. Depression after exposure to stressful events: lessons learned from the severe acute respiratory syndrome epidemic. Compr Psychiatr. 2012; 53:15e23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.comppsych.2011.02.003 Chadda RK, Deb KS. Indian family systems, collectivistic society and psychotherapy. Indian J Psychiatry. 2013;55: S299‑ https://dx.doi.org/10.4103%2F0019-5545.105555. Grover S, Sahoo S, Mehra A, Avasthi A, Tripathi A, Subramanyan A, et al. Psychological impact of COVID‑19 lockdown: An online survey from India. Indian J Psychiatry. 2020; 62:354-62. https://doi.org/ 10.4103/psychiatry.IndianJPsychiatry _427_20. Hawkley LC, Cacioppo JT. Loneliness matters: a theoretical and empirical review of consequences and mechanisms. Ann Behav Med. 2010; 40: 218–27. https://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2Fs12160-010-9210-8. Chen N, Zhou M, Dong X, Qu J, Gong F, Han Y, et al. Epidemiological and clinical characteristics of 99 cases of 2019 novel coronavirus pneumonia in Wuhan, China: a descriptive study. Lancet. 2020;395(10223):507-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30211-7. Bhandari S, Sharma R, Singh Shaktawat A, Banerjee S, Patel B, Tak A, et al. COVID-19 related mortality profile at a tertiary care centre: a descriptive study. Scr Med. 2020;51(2):69-73. https://doi.org/10.5937/scriptamed51-27126. Baumeister RF, Leary MR. The need to belong: desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychol Bull. 1995; 117: 497–529. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.117.3.497. Caspi A, Harrington H, Moffitt TE, Milne BJ, Poulton R. Socially isolated children 20 years later: risk of cardiovascular disease. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 2006; 160(8):805-11. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpedi.160.8.805. Eaker ED, Pinsky J, Castelli WP. Myocardial infarction and coronary death among women: psychosocial predictors from a 20-year follow-up of women in the Framingham Study. Am J Epidemiol. 1992; 135(8):854-64. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a116381. Luo Y, Hawkley LC, Waite LJ, Cacioppo JT. Loneliness, health, and mortality in old age: a national longitudinal study. Soc Sci Med. 2012 Mar; 74(6):907-14. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.socscimed.2011.11.028. Olsen RB, Olsen J, Gunner-Svensson F, Waldstrøm B. Social networks and longevity. A 14-year follow-up study among elderly in Denmark. Soc Sci Med. 1991; 33(10):1189-95. https://doi.org/10.1016/0277-9536(91)90235-5. Patterson AC, Veenstra G. Loneliness and risk of mortality: a longitudinal investigation in Alameda County, California. Soc Sci Med. 2010; 71(1):181-6. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2010.03.024. Savikko N, Routassalo P, Tilvis RS, Strandberg TE, Pitkalla KH. Predictors and subjective causes of loneliness in an aged population. Arch Gerontol Geriatrics. 2005; 41:3;223-33. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.archger.2005.03.002. Health Advisory for Elderly Population of India during COVID19. Available at: https://www.mohfw.gov.in/pdf/AdvisoryforElderlyPopulation.pdf [Accessed on 13 August 2020]. Dicks D, Myers R, Kling A. Uncus and amygdala lesions: effects on social behavior in the free-ranging rhesus monkey. Science. 1969; 165:69–71. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.165.3888.69. Kanai R, Bahrami B, Duchaine B, Janik A, Banissy MJ, Rees G. Brain structure links loneliness to social perception. Curr Biol. 2012; 22(20):1975-9. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.cub.2012.08.045. Bender AR, Daugherty A, Raz N. Vascular risk moderates associations between hippocampal subfield volumes and memory. J Cogn Neurosci. 2013; 25:1851–62. https://doi.org/10.1162/jocn_a_00435. Raz N. Diabetes: brain, mind, insulin–what is normal and do we need to know? Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2011; 7:636–7. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrendo.2011.149. Colcombe SJ, Erickson KI, Naftali R, Andrew GW, Cohen NJ, McAuley E, et al. Aerobic fitness reduces brain tissue loss in aging humans. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2003; 58:176–80. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/58.2.m176. Maass A, Düzel S, Goerke M, Becke A, Sobieray U, Neumann K, et al. Vascular hippocampal plasticity after aerobic exercise in older adults. Mol Psychiatry. 2015; 20, 585–93. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2014.114. Wilson RS, Krueger KR, Arnold SE, Schneider JA, Kelly JF, Barnes LL, et al. Loneliness and Risk of Alzheimer Disease. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007;64(2):234–240. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.64.2.234. Kogan JH, Frankland PW, Silva AJ. Long-term memory underlying hippocampus-dependent social recognition in mice. Hippocampus. 2000;10(1):47-56. https://doi.org/10.1002/(sici)1098-1063(2000)10:1%3C47::aid-hipo5%3E3.0.co;2-6. Yorgason JT, España RA, Konstantopoulos JK, Weiner JL, Jones SR. Enduring increases in anxiety-like behavior and rapid nucleus accumbens dopamine signaling in socially isolated rats. Eur J Neurosci. 2013;37(6):1022-31. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.12113. Bledsoe AC, Oliver KM, Scholl JL, Forster GL. Anxiety states induced by post-weaning social isolation are mediated by CRF receptors in the dorsal raphe nucleus. Brain Res Bull. 2011;85(3-4):117-22. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.brainresbull.2011.03.003. Lukkes JL, Engelman GH, Zelin NS, Hale MW, Lowry CA. Post-weaning social isolation of female rats, anxiety-related behavior, and serotonergic systems. Brain Res. 2012; 1443:1-17. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.brainres.2012.01.005. Ago Y, Araki R, Tanaka T, Sasaga A, Nishiyama S, Takuma K, et al. Role of social encounter-induced activation of prefrontal serotonergic systems in the abnormal behaviors of isolation-reared mice. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2013; 38(8):1535-47. https://doi.org/10.1038/npp.2013.52. Veenema AH. Early life stress, the development of aggression and neuroendocrine and neurobiological correlates: what can we learn from animal models? Front Neuroendocrinol. 2009;30(4):497-518. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yfrne.2009.03.003. Zhao X, Sun L, Jia H, Meng Q, Wu S, Li N, et al. Isolation rearing induces social and emotional function abnormalities and alters glutamate and neurodevelopment-related gene expression in rats. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2009;33(7):1173-1177. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pnpbp.2009.06.016. Sciolino NR, Bortolato M, Eisenstein SA, Fu J, Oveisi F, Hohmann AG, et al. Social isolation and chronic handling alter endocannabinoid signaling and behavioral reactivity to context in adult rats. Neuroscience. 2010;168(2):371-86. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.neuroscience.2010.04.007. Ghasemi M, Phillips C, Trillo L, De Miguel Z, Das D, Salehi A. The role of NMDA receptors in the pathophysiology and treatment of mood disorders. Neurosci Biobehav Rev. 2014; 47:336-358. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2014.08.017. Olivenza R, Moro MA, Lizasoain I, Lorenzo P, Fernández AP, Rodrigo J, et al. Chronic stress induces the expression of inducible nitric oxide synthase in rat brain cortex. J Neurochem. 2000;74(2):785-791. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1471-4159.2000.740785.x. Maeng S, Zarate CA Jr, Du J, Schloesser RJ, McCammon J, Chen G, et al. Cellular mechanisms underlying the antidepressant effects of ketamine: role of alpha-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methylisoxazole-4-propionic acid receptors. Biol Psychiatry. 2008;63(4):349-352. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2007.05.028. Kalia LV, Kalia SK, Salter MW. NMDA receptors in clinical neurology: excitatory times ahead. Lancet Neurol. 2008;7(8):742-755. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2FS1474-4422(08)70165-0. Waxman EA, Lynch DR. N-methyl-D-aspartate Receptor Subtypes: Multiple Roles in Excitotoxicity and Neurological Disease. The Neuroscientist. 2005; 11(1), 37–49. https://doi.org/10.1177/1073858404269012. Hermes G, Li N, Duman C, Duman R. Post-weaning chronic social isolation produces profound behavioral dysregulation with decreases in prefrontal cortex synaptic-associated protein expression in female rats. Physiol Behav. 2011;104(2):354-9. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.physbeh.2010.12.019. Sestito RS, Trindade LB, de Souza RG, Kerbauy LN, Iyomasa MM, Rosa ML. Effect of isolation rearing on the expression of AMPA glutamate receptors in the hippocampal formation. J Psychopharmacol. 2011;25(12):1720-1729. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881110385595. Toua C, Brand L, Möller M, Emsley RA, Harvey BH. The effects of sub-chronic clozapine and haloperidol administration on isolation rearing induced changes in frontal cortical N-methyl-D-aspartate and D1 receptor binding in rats. Neuroscience. 2010;165(2):492-499. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2009.10.039. Alò R, Avolio E, Mele M, Storino F, Canonaco A, Carelli A et al. Excitatory/inhibitory equilibrium of the central amygdala nucleus gates anti-depressive and anxiolytic states in the hamster. Pharmacol Biochem Behav. 2014; 118:79-86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pbb.2014.01.007. St JP, Petkov VV. Changes in 5-HT1 receptors in different brain structures of rats with isolation syndrome. General pharmacology. 1990;21(2):223-5. https://doi.org/10.1016/0306-3623(90)90905-2. Miachon S, Rochet T, Mathian B, Barbagli B, Claustrat B. Long-term isolation of Wistar rats alters brain monoamine turnover, blood corticosterone, and ACTH. Brain Res Bull. 1993;32(6):611-614. https://doi.org/10.1016/0361-9230(93)90162-5. Van den Berg CL, Van Ree JM, Spruijt BM, Kitchen I. Effects of juvenile isolation and morphine treatment on social interactions and opioid receptors in adult rats: behavioural and autoradiographic studies. Eur J Neurosci. 1999;11(9):3023-3032. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1460-9568.1999.00717.x. Vanderschuren LJ, Stein EA, Wiegant VM, Van Ree JM. Social play alters regional brain opioid receptor binding in juvenile rats. Brain Res. 1995;680(1-2):148-156. https://doi.org/10.1016/0006-8993(95)00256-p. Moles A, Kieffer BL, D'Amato FR. Deficit in attachment behavior in mice lacking the mu-opioid receptor gene. Science. 2004;304(5679):1983-1986. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1095943. Panksepp J, Herman BH, Vilberg T, Bishop P, DeEskinazi FG. Endogenous opioids and social behavior. Neurosci Biobehav Rev. 1980;4(4):473-487. https://doi.org/10.1016/0149-7634(80)90036-6. Gong JP, Onaivi ES, Ishiguro H, Liu Q, Tagliaferro PA, Brusco A, et al. Cannabinoid CB2 receptors: immunohistochemical localization in rat brain. Brain Res. 2006;1071(1):10-23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brainres.2005.11.035. Breivogel CS, Sim-Selley LJ. Basic neuroanatomy and neuropharmacology of cannabinoids. Int Rev Psychiatry 2009; 21:2:113-121. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540260902782760. Haj-Mirzaian A, Amini-Khoei H, Haj-Mirzaian A, Amiri S, Ghesmati M, Zahir M, et al. Activation of cannabinoid receptors elicits antidepressant-like effects in a mouse model of social isolation stress. Brain Res Bull. 2017; 130:200-210. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brainresbull.2017.01.018. Banach M, Piskorska B, Czuczwar SJ, Borowicz KK. Nitric Oxide, Epileptic Seizures, and Action of Antiepileptic Drugs. CNS & Neurological Disorders - Drug Targets 2011;10: 808. https://doi.org/10.2174/187152711798072347. Förstermann U, Sessa WC. Nitric oxide synthases: regulation and function. Eur Heart J. 2012;33(7):829-37, 837a-837d. https://dx.doi.org/10.1093%2Feurheartj%2Fehr304. Hu Y, Wu D, Luo C, Zhu L, Zhang J, Wu H, et al. Hippocampal nitric oxide contributes to sex difference in affective behaviors. PNAS. 2012, 109 (35) 14224-14229. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1207461109. Khan MI, Ostadhadi S, Zolfaghari S, Mehr SE, Hassanzadeh G, Dehpour, A et al. The involvement of NMDA receptor/NO/cGMP pathway in the antidepressant like effects of baclofen in mouse force swimming test. Neuroscience Letters. 2016; 612:52-61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neulet.2015.12.006. Matsumoto K, Puia G, Dong E, Pinna G. GABAA receptor neurotransmission dysfunction in a mouse model of social isolation-induced stress: Possible insights into a non-serotonergic mechanism of action of SSRIs in mood and anxiety disorders. Stress. 2007; 10:1:3-12. https://doi.org/10.1080/10253890701200997. Zlatković J, Filipović D. Chronic social isolation induces NF-κB activation and upregulation of iNOS protein expression in rat prefrontal cortex. Neurochem Int. 2013;63(3):172-179. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuint.2013.06.002. Haj-Mirzaian A, Amiri S, Kordjazy N, Momeny M, Razmi A, Balaei MR, et al. Lithium attenuated the depressant and anxiogenic effect of juvenile social stress through mitigating the negative impact of interlukin-1β and nitric oxide on hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis function. Neuroscience. 2016; 315:271-285. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2015.12.024. Larson HJ. The biggest pandemic risk? Viral misinformation. Nature 2018; 562:309. https://doi.org/10.1038/d41586-018-07034-4. Zarocostas J. How to fight an infodemic. Lancet 2020; 395:676. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30461-X. World Health Organization, 2019. Ebola Virus Disease – Democratic Republic of the Congo. Geneva, Switzerland: WHO. Available at: https://www.who.int/csr/don/28-november-2019-ebola-drc/en/ [Accessed on August 8, 2020] Times of India. Covid-19: doctors gone to collect samples attacked in Indore. Available at: https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/videos/news/covid-19-doctors-goneto- collect-samples-attacked-in-indore/videoshow/74942153.cms; 2020 [Accessed on August 8, 2020]. Withnall A. Coronavirus: why India has had to pass new law against attacks on healthcare workers. The Independent. April 23, 2020. Semple K. “Afraid to be a nurse”: health workers under attack. The New York Times. 2020 Apr 27. The Economist. Health workers become unexpected targets during COVID-19. The Economist. May 11, 2020. Turan B, Budhwani H, Fazeli PL, Browning WR, Raper JL, Mugavero MJ, et al. How does stigma affect people living with HIV? The mediating roles of internalized and anticipated HIV stigma in the effects of perceived community stigma on health and psychosocial outcomes. AIDS Behav. 2017; 21: 283–291. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10461-016-1451-5. James PB, Wardle J, Steel A, Adams J. An assessment of Ebola-related stigma and its association with informal healthcare utilisation among Ebola survivors in Sierra Leone: a cross sectional study. BMC Public Health. 2020; 20: 182. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-020-8279-7. Aljazeera, 2020. Iran: Over 700 Dead after Drinking Alcohol to Cure Coronavirus. Aljazeera. Available at: https://www.aljazeera.com/ news/2020/04/iran-700-dead-drinking-alcohol-cure-coronavirus200427163529629.html. (Accessed June 4, 2020) Delirrad M, Mohammadi AB, 2020. New methanol poisoning outbreaks in Iran following COVID-19 pandemic. Alcohol Alcohol. 55: 347–348. https://doi.org/10.1093/alcalc/agaa036. Hassanian-Moghaddam H, Zamani N, Kolahi A-A, McDonald R, Hovda KE. Double trouble: methanol outbreak in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic in Iran-a cross-sectional assessment. Crit Care. 2020; 24: 402. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13054-020-03140-w. Soltaninejad K. Methanol Mass Poisoning Outbreak: A Consequence of COVID-19 Pandemic and Misleading Messages on Social Media. Int J Occup Environ Med. 2020;11(3):148-150. https://dx.doi.org/10.34172%2Fijoem.2020.1983. Islam MS, Sarkar T, Khan SH, Kamal AM, Hasan SMM, Kabir A, et al. COVID-19–Related Infodemic and Its Impact on Public Health: A Global Social Media Analysis. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2020; 00(0):1–9. https://doi.org/10.4269/ajtmh.20-0812. Hawryluck L, Gold W, Robinson S, Pogorski S, Galea S, Styra R. SARS control and psychological effects of quarantine, Toronto, Canada. Emerg Infect Dis. 2004;10(7):1206–1212. https://dx.doi.org/10.3201%2Feid1007.030703. Lee S, Chan LYY, Chau AAM, Kwok KPS, Kleinman A. The experience of SARS-related stigma at Amoy Gardens. Soc Sci Med. 2005; 61(9): 2038-2046. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2005.04.010. Yoon MK Kim SY Ko HS Lee MS. System effectiveness of detection, brief intervention and refer to treatment for the people with post-traumatic emotional distress by MERS: a case report of community-based proactive intervention in South Korea. Int J Ment Health Syst. 2016; 10: 51. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13033-016-0083-5. Reynolds DL, Garay JR, Deamond SL, Moran MK, Gold W, Styra R. Understanding, compliance and psychological impact of the SARS quarantine experience. Epidemiol Infect. 2008; 136: 997-1007. https://dx.doi.org/10.1017%2FS0950268807009156. Marjanovic Z, Greenglass ER, Coffey S. The relevance of psychosocial variables and working conditions in predicting nurses' coping strategies during the SARS crisis: an online questionnaire survey. Int J Nurs Stud. 2007; 44(6): 991-998. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2006.02.012. Bai Y, Lin C-C, Lin C-Y, Chen J-Y, Chue C-M, Chou P. Survey of stress reactions among health care workers involved with the SARS outbreak. Psychiatr Serv. 2004; 55: 1055-1057. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ps.55.9.1055. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. Available at: https://www.mohfw.gov.in/pdf/Guidelinesforhomequarantine.pdf [Accessed on 25 August 2020]. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. Available at: https://www.mohfw.gov.in/pdf/RevisedguidelinesforHomeIsolationofverymildpresymptomaticCOVID19cases10May2020.pdf [Accessed on 25 August 2020]. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. Available at: https://www.mohfw.gov.in/pdf/AdvisoryformanagingHealthcareworkersworkinginCOVIDandNonCOVIDareasofthehospital.pdf (Accessed on 25 August 2020). Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. Available at: https://www.mohfw.gov.in/pdf/RevisedguidelinesforInternationalArrivals02082020.pdf [Accessed on 25 August 2020]. Cost of the lockdown? Over 10% of GDP loss for 18 states. Available at: https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/cost-of-the-lockdown-over-10-of-gdp-loss-for-18-states/articleshow/76028826.cms [Accessed on 21 August 2020]. Jorda O, Singh SR, Taylor AM. Longer-Run Economic Consequences of Pandemics. Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco Working Paper. 2020-09. https://doi.org/10.24148/wp2020-09. Firdaus G. Mental well‑being of migrants in urban center of India: Analyzing the role of social environment. Indian J Psychiatry. 2017; 59:164‑ https://doi.org/10.4103/psychiatry.indianjpsychiatry_272_15. National Crime Record Bureau. Annual Crime in India Report. New Delhi, India: Ministry of Home Affairs; 2018. 198 migrant workers killed in road accidents during lockdown: Report. Available at: https://www.hindustantimes.com/india-news/198-migrant-workers-killed-in-road-accidents-during-lockdown-report/story-hTWzAWMYn0kyycKw1dyKqL.html [Accessed on 25 August 2020]. Qiu H, Wu J, Hong L, Luo Y, Song Q, Chen D. Clinical and epidemiological features of 36 children with coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) in Zhejiang, China: an observational cohort study. Lancet Infect Dis. 2020; 20:689-96. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1473-3099(20)30198-5. Dalton L, Rapa E, Stein A. Protecting the psychological health of through effective communication about COVID-19. Lancet Child Adolesc Health. 2020;4(5):346-347. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2352-4642(20)30097-3. Centre for Disease Control. Helping Children Cope with Emergencies. Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/childrenindisasters/helping-children-cope.html [Accessed on 25 August 2020]. Liu JJ, Bao Y, Huang X, Shi J, Lu L. Mental health considerations for children quarantined because of COVID-19. Lancet Child & Adolesc Health. 2020; 4(5):347-349. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2352-4642(20)30096-1. Sprang G, Silman M. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Parents and Youth After Health-Related Disasters. Disaster Med Public Health Prep. 2013;7(1):105-110. https://doi.org/10.1017/dmp.2013.22. Rehman U, Shahnawaz MG, Khan NH, Kharshiing KD, Khursheed M, Gupta K, et al. Depression, Anxiety and Stress Among Indians in Times of Covid-19 Lockdown. Community Ment Health J. 2020:1-7. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10597-020-00664-x. Cao W, Fang Z, Hou, Han M, Xu X, Dong J, et al. The psychological impact of the COVID-19 epidemic on college students in China. Psychiatry Research. 2020; 287:112934. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2020.112934. Wang C, Zhao H. The Impact of COVID-19 on Anxiety in Chinese University Students. Front Psychol. 2020; 11:1168. https://dx.doi.org/10.3389%2Ffpsyg.2020.01168. Kang L, Li Y, Hu S, Chen M, Yang C, Yang BX, et al. The mental health of medical workers in Wuhan, China dealing with the 2019 novel coronavirus. Lancet Psychiatry 2020;7(3): e14. https://doi.org/10.1016/s2215-0366(20)30047-x. Lai J, Ma S, Wang Y, Cai Z, Hu J, Wei N, et al. Factors associated with mental health outcomes among health care workers exposed to coronavirus disease 2019. JAMA Netw Open 2020;3(3): e203976. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2020.3976. Lancee WJ, Maunder RG, Goldbloom DS, Coauthors for the Impact of SARS Study. Prevalence of psychiatric disorders among Toronto hospital workers one to two years after the SARS outbreak. Psychiatr Serv. 2008;59(1):91-95. https://dx.doi.org/10.1176%2Fps.2008.59.1.91. Tam CWC, Pang EPF, Lam LCW, Chiu HFK. Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) in Hongkong in 2003: Stress and psychological impact among frontline healthcare workers. Psychol Med. 2004;34 (7):1197-1204. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0033291704002247. Lee SM, Kang WS, Cho A-R, Kim T, Park JK. Psychological impact of the 2015 MERS outbreak on hospital workers and quarantined hemodialysis patients. Compr Psychiatry. 2018; 87:123-127. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.comppsych.2018.10.003. Koh D, Meng KL, Chia SE, Ko SM, Qian F, Ng V, et al. Risk perception and impact of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) on work and personal lives of healthcare workers in Singapore: What can we learn? Med Care. 2005;43(7):676-682. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.mlr.0000167181.36730.cc. Verma S, Mythily S, Chan YH, Deslypere JP, Teo EK, Chong SA. Post-SARS psychological morbidity and stigma among general practitioners and traditional Chinese medicine practitioners in Singapore. Ann Acad Med Singap. 2004; 33(6):743e8. Yeung J, Gupta S. Doctors evicted from their homes in India as fear spreads amid coronavirus lockdown. CNN World. 2020. Available at: https://edition.cnn.com/2020/03/25/asia/india-coronavirus-doctors-discrimination-intl-hnk/index.html. [Accessed on 24 August 2020] Violence Against Women and Girls: the Shadow Pandemic. UN Women. 2020. May 3, 2020. Available at: https://www.unwomen.org/en/news/stories/2020/4/statement-ed-phumzile-violence-against-women-during-pandemic. [Accessed on 24 August 2020]. Gearhart S, Patron MP, Hammond TA, Goldberg DW, Klein A, Horney JA. The impact of natural disasters on domestic violence: an analysis of reports of simple assault in Florida (1999–2007). Violence Gend. 2018;5(2):87–92. https://doi.org/10.1089/vio.2017.0077. Sahoo S, Rani S, Parveen S, Pal Singh A, Mehra A, Chakrabarti S, et al. Self-harm and COVID-19 pandemic: An emerging concern – A report of 2 cases from India. Asian J Psychiatr 2020; 51:102104. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.ajp.2020.102104. Ghosh A, Khitiz MT, Pandiyan S, Roub F, Grover S. Multiple suicide attempts in an individual with opioid dependence: Unintended harm of lockdown during the COVID-19 outbreak? Indian J Psychiatry 2020; [In Press]. The Economic Times. 11 Coronavirus suspects flee from a hospital in Maharashtra. March 16 2020. Available at: https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/politics-and-nation/11-coronavirus-suspects-flee-from-a-hospital-in-maharashtra/videoshow/74644936.cms?from=mdr. [Accessed on 23 August 2020]. Xiang Y, Yang Y, Li W, Zhang L, Zhang Q, Cheung T, et al. Timely mental health care for the 2019 novel coronavirus outbreak is urgently needed. The Lancet Psychiatry 2020;(3):228–229. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(20)30046-8. Van Bortel T, Basnayake A, Wurie F, Jambai M, Koroma A, Muana A, et al. Psychosocial effects of an Ebola outbreak at individual, community and international levels. Bull World Health Organ. 2016;94(3):210–214. https://dx.doi.org/10.2471%2FBLT.15.158543. Kumar A, Nayar KR. COVID 19 and its mental health consequences. Journal of Mental Health. 2020; ahead of print:1-2. https://doi.org/10.1080/09638237.2020.1757052. Gupta R, Grover S, Basu A, Krishnan V, Tripathi A, Subramanyam A, et al. Changes in sleep pattern and sleep quality during COVID-19 lockdown. Indian J Psychiatry. 2020; 62(4):370-8. https://doi.org/10.4103/psychiatry.indianjpsychiatry_523_20. Duan L, Zhu G. Psychological interventions for people affected by the COVID-19 epidemic. Lancet Psychiatry. 2020;7(4): P300-302. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(20)30073-0. Dubey S, Biswas P, Ghosh R, Chatterjee S, Dubey MJ, Chatterjee S et al. Psychosocial impact of COVID-19. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2020; 14(5): 779–788. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.dsx.2020.05.035. Wright R. The world's largest coronavirus lockdown is having a dramatic impact on pollution in India. CNN World; 2020. Available at: https://edition.cnn.com/2020/03/31/asia/coronavirus-lockdown-impact-pollution-india-intl-hnk/index.html. [Accessed on 23 August 2020] Foster O. ‘Lockdown made me Realise What’s Important’: Meet the Families Reconnecting Remotely. The Guardian; 2020. Available at: https://www.theguardian.com/keep-connected/2020/apr/23/lockdown-made-me-realise-whats-important-meet-the-families-reconnecting-remotely. (Accessed on 23 August 2020) Bilefsky D, Yeginsu C. Of ‘Covidivorces’ and ‘Coronababies’: Life During a Lockdown. N. Y. Times; 2020. Available at: https://www.nytimes.com/2020/03/27/world/coronavirus-lockdown-relationships.html [Accessed on 23 August 2020]

This article provides the review of the medical use of pH- and temperature-sensitive polymer hydrogels. Such polymers are characterised by their thermal and pH sensitivity in aqueous solutions at the functioning temperature of living organisms and can react to the slightest changes in environmental conditions. Due to these properties, they are called stimuli-sensitive polymers. This response to an external stimulus occurs due to the amphiphilicity (diphilicity) of these (co)polymers. The term hydrogels includes several concepts of macrogels and microgels. Microgels, unlike macrogels, are polymer particles dispersed in a liquid and are nano- or micro-objects. The review presents studies reflecting the main methods of obtainingsuch polymeric materials, including precipitation polymerisation, as the main, simplest, and most accessible method for mini-emulsion polymerisation, microfluidics, and layer-by-layer adsorption of polyelectrolytes. Such systems will undoubtedly be promising for use in biotechnology and medicine due to the fact that they are liquid-swollen particles capable of binding and carrying various low to high molecular weight substances. It is also important that slight heating and cooling or a slight change in the pH of the medium shifts the system from a homogeneous to a heterogeneous state and vice versa. This providesthe opportunity to use these polymers as a means of targeted drug delivery, thereby reducing the negative effect of toxic substances used for treatment on the entire body and directing the action to a specific point. In addition, such polymers can be used to create smart coatings of implanted materials, as well as an artificial matrix for cell and tissue regeneration, contributing to a significant increase in the survival rate and regeneration rate of cells and tissues. References 1. Gisser K. R. C., Geselbracht M. J., Cappellari A.,Hunsberger L., Ellis A. B., Perepezko J., et al. Nickeltitaniummemory metal: A "Smart" material exhibitinga solid-state phase change and superelasticity. Journalof Chemical Education. 1994;71(4): 334. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/ed071p3342. Erman B., Flory P.J.. Critical phenomena andtransitions in swollen polymer networks and in linearmacromolecules. Macromolecules. 1986;19(9): 2342–2353. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/ma00163a0033. Tanaka T., Fillmore D., Sun S.-T., Nishio I.,Swislow G., Shah A. Phase transitions in ionic gels.Physical Review Letters. 1980;45(20): 1636–1639. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevlett.45.16364. Polymer Gels. DeRossi D., Kajiwara K., Osada Y.,Yamauchi A. (eds.). Boston, MA: Springer US; 1991.354 p. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-5892‑35. Ilmain F., Tanaka T., Kokufuta E. Volumetransition in a gel driven by hydrogen bonding. Nature.1991;349(6308): 400–401. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/349400a06. Kuhn W., Hargitay B., Katchalsky A., EisenbergH. Reversible dilation and contraction by changing thestate of ionization of high-polymer acid networks.Nature. 1950;165(4196): 514–516. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/165514a07. Steinberg I. Z., Oplatka A., Katchalsky A.Mechanochemical engines. Nature. 1966;210(5036):568-571. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/210568a08. Tian H., Tang Z., Zhuang X., Chen X., Jing X.Biodegradable synthetic polymers: Preparation,functionalization and biomedical application. Progressin Polymer Science. 2012;37(2): 237–280. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2011.06.0049. Gonçalves C., Pereira P., Gama M. Self-Assembledhydrogel nanoparticles for drug delivery applications.Materials. 2010;3(2): 1420–1460. DOI: https://doi.org/10.3390/ma302142010. Pangburn T. O., Petersen M. A., Waybrant B.,Adil M. M., Kokkoli E. Peptide- and Aptamer-functionalizednanovectors for targeted delivery of therapeutics.Journal of Biomechanical Engineering. 2009;131(7):074005. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1115/1.316076311. Caldorera-Moore M. E., Liechty W. B., PeppasN. A. Responsive theranostic systems: integrationof diagnostic imaging agents and responsive controlledrelease drug delivery carriers. Accounts of ChemicalResearch. 2011;44(10): 1061–1070. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/ar200177712. Das M., Sanson N., Fava D., Kumacheva E.Microgels loaded with gold nanorods: photothermallytriggered volume transitions under physiologicalconditions†’. Langmuir. 2007;23(1): 196–201. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1021/la061596s13. Oh J. K., Lee D. I., Park J. M. Biopolymer-basedmicrogels/nanogels for drug delivery applications.Progress in Polymer Science. 2009;34(12): 1261–1282.DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2009.08.00114. Oh J. K., Drumright R., Siegwart D. J.,Matyjaszewski K. The development of microgels/nanogels for drug delivery applications. Progress inPolymer Science. 2008;33(4): 448–477. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2008.01.00215. Talelli M., Hennink W. E. Thermosensitivepolymeric micelles for targeted drug delivery.Nanomedicine. 2011;6(7): 1245–1255. DOI: https://doi.org/10.2217/nnm.11.9116. Bromberg L., Temchenko M., Hatton T. A. Smartmicrogel studies. Polyelectrolyte and drug-absorbingproperties of microgels from polyether-modifiedpoly(acrylic acid). Langmuir. 2003;19(21): 8675–8684.DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/la030187i17. Vinogradov S. V. Polymeric nanogel formulationsof nucleoside analogs. Expert Opinion on Drug Delivery.2007;4(1): 5–17. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1517/17425247.4.1.518. Vinogradov S. V. Colloidal microgels in drugdelivery applications. Current Pharmaceutical Design.2006;12(36): 4703–4712. DOI: https://doi.org/10.2174/13816120677902625419. Kabanov A. V., Vinogradov S. V. Nanogels aspharmaceutical carriers: finite networks of infinitecapabilities. Angewandte Chemie International Edition.2009;48(30): 5418–5429. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/anie.20090044120. Lee E. S., Gao Z., Bae Y. H. Recent progress intumor pH targeting nanotechnology. Journal ofControlled Release. 2008;132(3): 164–170. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jconrel.2008.05.00321. Dong H., Mantha V., Matyjaszewski K.Thermally responsive PM(EO)2MA magnetic microgelsvia activators generated by electron transfer atomtransfer radical polymerization in miniemulsion.Chemistry of Materials. 2009;21(17): 3965–3972. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1021/cm901143e22. Nayak S., Lyon L. A. Soft nanotechnology withsoft nanoparticles. Angewandte Chemie InternationalEdition. 2005;44(47): 7686–7708. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/anie.20050132123. Hennink W. E., van Nostrum C. F. Novelcrosslinking methods to design hydrogels. AdvancedDrug Delivery Reviews. 2012;64: 223–236. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addr.2012.09.00924. Motornov M., Roiter Y., Tokarev I., Minko S.Stimuli-responsive nanoparticles, nanogels and capsulesfor integrated multifunctional intelligent systems.Progress in Polymer Science. 2010;35(1-2): 174–211. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2009.10.00425. Saunders B. R., Laajam N., Daly E., Teow S.,Hu X., Stepto R. Microgels: From responsive polymercolloids to biomaterials. Advances in Colloid andInterface Science. 2009;147-148: 251–262. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cis.2008.08.00826. Landfester K. Miniemulsion polymerizationand the structure of polymer and hybrid nanoparticles.chemInform. 2009;40(33). DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/chin.20093327927. Seo M., Nie Z., Xu S., Mok M., Lewis P.C.,Graham R., et al. Continuous microfluidic reactors forpolymer particles. Langmuir. 2005;21(25): 11614–11622. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/la050519e28. Nie Z., Li W., Seo M., Xu S., Kumacheva E. Janusand ternary particles generated by microfluidicsynthesis: design, synthesis, and self-assembly. Journalof the American Chemical Society. 2006;128(29): 9408–9412. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/ja060882n29. Seiffert S., Thiele J., Abate A. R., Weitz D. A.Smart microgel capsules from macromolecularprecursors. Journal of the American Chemical Society.2010;132(18): 6606–6609. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/ja102156h30. Rossow T., Heyman J. A., Ehrlicher A. J.,Langhoff A., Weitz D. A., Haag R., et al. Controlledsynthesis of cell-Laden Microgels by Radical-FreeGelation in Droplet Microfluidics. Journal of theAmerican Chemical Society. 2012;134(10): 4983–4989.DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/ja300460p31. Perry J. L., Herlihy K. P., Napier M. E.,DeSimone J. M. PRINT: A novel platform toward shapeand size specific nanoparticle theranostics. Accountsof Chemical Research. 2011;44(10): 990–998. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1021/ar200031532. Caruso F., Sukhorukov G. Coated Colloids:Preparation, characterization, assembly and utilization.In: Decher G., Schlenoff J. B., editors. MultilayerThin Films. Weinheim, FRG: Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH& Co. KGaA; 2002. p. 331-362.33. Sauzedde F., Elaïssari A., Pichot C. Hydrophilicmagnetic polymer latexes. 2. Encapsulation ofadsorbed iron oxide nanoparticles. Colloid & PolymerScience. 1999;277(11): 1041–1050. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s00396005048834. Sauzedde F., Elaïssari A., Pichot C. Hydrophilicmagnetic polymer latexes. 1. Adsorption of magneticiron oxide nanoparticles onto various cationic latexes.Colloid & Polymer Science. 1999;277(9): 846–855. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00396005046135. Pich A., Richtering W. Microgels by PrecipitationPolymerization: Synthesis, Characterization, andFunctionalization. In: Pich A., Richtering W. (eds.)Chemical Design of Responsive Microgels. SpringerHeidelberg Dordrecht London New York; 2011. p. 1–37.DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-16379-136. Yamada N., Okano T., Sakai H., Karikusa F.,Sawasaki Y., Sakurai Y. Thermo-responsive polymericsurfaces; control of attachment and detachment ofcultured cells. Die Makromolekulare Chemie, RapidCommunications. 1990;11(11): 571–576. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/marc.1990.03011110937. Kushida A., Yamato M., Konno C., Kikuchi A.,Sakurai Y., Okano T. Decrease in culture temperaturereleases monolayer endothelial cell sheets togetherwith deposited fibronectin matrix from temperatureresponsiveculture surfaces. Journal of BiomedicalMaterials Research. 1999;45(4): 355–362. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/(sici)1097-4636(19990615)45:4<355::aid-jbm10>3.0.co;2-738. Sekine H., Shimizu T., Dobashi I., Matsuura K.,Hagiwara N., Takahashi M., et al. Cardiac cell sheettransplantation improves damaged heart function viasuperior cell survival in comparison with dissociatedcell injection. Tissue Engineering Part A. 2011;17(23-24): 2973–2980. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1089/ten.tea.2010.065939. Nishida K., Yamato M., Hayashida Y.,Watanabe K., Yamamoto K., Adachi E., et al. Corneal reconstruction with tissue-engineered cell sheetscomposed of autologous oral mucosal epithelium. TheNew England Journal of Medicine. 2004;351(12): 1187–1196. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1056/nejmoa04045540. Kanzaki M., Yamato M., Yang J., Sekine H.,Kohno C., Takagi R., et al. Dynamic sealing of lungair leaks by the transplantation of tissue engineeredcell sheets. Biomaterials. 2007;28(29): 4294–4302.DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biomaterials.2007.06.00941. Iwata T., Yamato M., Tsuchioka H., Takagi R.,Mukobata S., Washio K., et al. Periodontal regenerationwith multi-layered periodontal ligament-derived cellsheets in a canine model. Biomaterials. 2009;30(14):2716–2723. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biomaterials.2009.01.03242. Sawa Y., Miyagawa S., Sakaguchi T., Fujita T.,Matsuyama A., Saito A., et al. Tissue engineeredmyoblast sheets improved cardiac function sufficientlyto discontinue LVAS in a patient with DCM: report ofa case. Surgery Today. 2012;42(2): 181–184. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00595-011-0106-443. Ohki T., Yamato M., Ota M., Takagi R.,Murakami D., Kondo M., et al. Prevention of esophagealstricture after endoscopic submucosal dissection usingtissue-engineered cell sheets. Gastroenterology.2012;143(3): 582–588. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1053/j.gastro.2012.04.05044. Ebihara G., Sato M., Yamato M., Mitani G.,Kutsuna T., Nagai T., et al. Cartilage repair intransplanted scaffold-free chondrocyte sheets usinga minipig model. Biomaterials. 2012;33(15): 3846–3851. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biomaterials.2012.01.05645. Sato M., Yamato M., Hamahashi K., Okano T.,Mochida J. Articular cartilage regeneration using cellsheet technology. The Anatomical Record. 2014;297(1):36–43. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/ar.2282946. Kuramoto G., Takagi S., Ishitani K., Shimizu T.,Okano T., Matsui H. Preventive effect of oral mucosalepithelial cell sheets on intrauterine adhesions. HumanReproduction. 2014;30(2): 406–416. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1093/humrep/deu32647. Yamamoto K., Yamato M., Morino T.,Sugiyama H., Takagi R., Yaguchi Y., et al. Middle earmucosal regeneration by tissue-engineered cell sheettransplantation. NPJ Regenerative Medicine. 2017;2(1):6. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41536-017-0010-748. Gan D., Lyon L. A. Synthesis and Proteinadsorption resistance of PEG-modified poly(Nisopropylacrylamide) core/shell microgels.Macromolecules. 2002;35(26): 9634–9639. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/ma021186k49. Veronese F. M., Mero A. The impact ofPEGylation on biological therapies. BioDrugs.2008;22(5): 315–329. DOI: https://doi.org/10.2165/00063030-200822050-0000450. Sahay G., Alakhova D. Y., Kabanov A. V.Endocytosis of nanomedicines. Journal of ControlledRelease. 2010;145(3): 182–195. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jconrel.2010.01.03651. Nolan C. M., Reyes C. D., Debord J. D.,García A. J., Lyon L. A. Phase transition behavior,protein adsorption, and cell adhesion resistance ofpoly(ethylene glycol) cross-linked microgel particles.Biomacromolecules. 2005;6(4): 2032–2039. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1021/bm050008752. Scott E. A., Nichols M. D., Cordova L. H., GeorgeB. J., Jun Y.-S., Elbert D. L. Protein adsorption and celladhesion on nanoscale bioactive coatings formed frompoly(ethylene glycol) and albumin microgels.Biomaterials. 2008;29(34): 4481–4493. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biomaterials.2008.08.00353. South A. B., Whitmire R. E., García A. J.,Lyon L. A. Centrifugal deposition of microgels for therapid assembly of nonfouling thin films. ACS AppliedMaterials & Interfaces. 2009;1(12): 2747–2754. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1021/am900543554. Wang Q., Uzunoglu E., Wu Y., Libera M. Selfassembledpoly(ethylene glycol)-co-acrylic acidmicrogels to inhibit bacterial colonization of syntheticsurfaces. ACS Applied Materials & Interfaces. 2012;4(5):2498–2506. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/am300197m55. Wang Q., Libera M. Microgel-modified surfacesenhance short-term osteoblast response. Colloids andSurfaces B: Biointerfaces. 2014;118: 202–209. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.colsurfb.2014.04.00256. Tsai H.-Y., Vats K., Yates M. Z., Benoit D. S. W.Two-dimensional patterns of poly(N-isopropylacrylamide)microgels to spatially control fibroblastadhesion and temperature-responsive detachment.Langmuir. 2013;29(39): 12183–12193. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/la400971g57. Lynch I. , Miller I. , Gallagher W. M. ,Dawson K. A. Novel method to prepare morphologicallyrich polymeric surfaces for biomedical applicationsvia phase separation and arrest of microgel particles.The Journal of Physical Chemistry B. 2006;110(30):14581–14589. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/jp061166a58. Li Y., Chen P., Wang Y., Yan S., Feng X., Du W.,et al. Rapid assembly of heterogeneous 3D cellmicroenvironments in a microgel array. AdvancedMaterials. 2016;28(18): 3543–3548. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.20160024759. Bridges A. W., Singh N., Burns K. L., BabenseeJ. E., Andrew Lyon L., García A. J. Reduced acuteinflammatory responses to microgel conformalcoatings. Biomaterials. 2008;29(35): 4605–4615. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biomaterials.2008.08.01560. Bridges A. W., Whitmire R. E., Singh N.,Templeman K. L., Babensee J. E., Lyon L. A., et al.Chronic inflammatory responses to microgel-basedimplant coatings. Journal of Biomedical Materials Research Part A. 2010;94A(1): 252–258. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/jbm.a.3266961. Gutowski S. M., Templeman K. L., South A. B.,Gaulding J. C., Shoemaker J. T., LaPlaca M. C., et al.Host response to microgel coatings on neuralelectrodes implanted in the brain. Journal of BiomedicalMaterials Research Part A. 2014;102(5): 1486–1499.DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/jbm.a.3479962. da Silva R. M. P., Mano J. F., Reis R. L. Smartthermoresponsive coatings and surfaces for tissueengineering: switching cell-material boundaries.Trends in Biotechnology. 2007;25(12): 577–583. DOI:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tibtech.2007.08.01463. Schmidt S., Zeiser M., Hellweg T., Duschl C.,Fery A., Möhwald H. Adhesion and mechanicalproperties of PNIPAM microgel films and theirpotential use as switchable cell culture substrates.Advanced Functional Materials. 2010;20(19): 3235–3243. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.20100073064. Uhlig K., Wegener T., He J., Zeiser M., BookholdJ., Dewald I., et al. Patterned thermoresponsivemicrogel coatings for noninvasive processing ofadherent cells. Biomacromolecules. 2016;17(3): 1110–1116. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.biomac.5b01728

Our studies have indicated that the relative concentration of Se or Hg to As in urine and blood positively correlates with percentage of inorganic arsenic (% Inorg-As) and percentage of monomethlyarsonic acid [% MMA (V)]. We also found a negative correlation with percentage of dimethylarsinic acid [% DMA (V)] and the ratio of % DMA (V) to % MMA (V). In another study, we found that a group of proteins were significantly over expressed and conversely other groups were under-expressed in tissues in Na-As (III) treated hamsters. Introduction.Inorganic arsenic (Inorg-As) in drinking water.One of the largest public health problems at present is the drinking of water containing levels of Inorg-As that are known to be carcinogenic. At least 200 million people globally are at risk of dying because of arsenic (As) in their drinking water1-3. The chronic ingestion of Inorg-As can results in skin cancer, bladder cancer, lung cancer, and cancer of other organs1-3. The maximum contamination level (MCL) of U.S. drinking water for arsenic is 10 ug/L. The arsenic related public health problem in the U.S. is not at present anywhere near that of India4, Bangladesh4, and other countries5. Metabolism and toxicity of Inorg-As and arsenic species.Inorg-As is metabolized in the body by alternating reduction of pentavalent arsenic to trivalent form by enzymes and addition of a methyl group from S-adenosylmethionine6, 7; it is excreted mainly in urine as DMA (V)8. Inorganic arsenate [Inorg-As (V)]is biotransformed to Inorg-As (III), MMA (V), MMA (III), DMA (V), and DMA (III)6(Fig. 1). Therefore, the study of the toxicology of Inorg-As (V) involves at least these six chemical forms of arsenic. Studies reported the presence of 3+ oxidation state arsenic biotransformants [MMA (III) and DMA (III)] in human urine9and in animal tissues10. The MMA (III) and DMA (III) are more toxic than other arsenicals11, 12. In particular MMA (III) is highly toxic11, 12. In increased % MMA in urine has been recognized in arsenic toxicity13. In addition, people with a small % MMA in urine show less retention of arsenic14. Thus, the higher prevalence of toxic effects with increased % MMA in urine could be attributed to the presence of toxic MMA (III) in the tissue. Previous studies also indicated that males are more susceptible to the As related skin effects than females13, 15. A study in the U.S population reported that females excreted a lower % Inorg-As as well as % MMA, and a higher % DMA than did males16. Abbreviation: SAM, S-adenosyl-L-methionine; SAHC, S-adenosyl-L-homocysteine. Differences in susceptibility to arsenic toxicity might be manifested by differences in arsenic metabolism among people. Several factors (for examples, genetic factors, sex, duration and dosage of exposure, nutritional and dietary factors, etc.) could be influence for biotransformation of Inorg-As,6, 17 and other unknown factors may also be involved. The interaction between As, Se, and Hg.The toxicity of one metal or metalloid can be dramatically modulated by the interaction with other toxic and essential elements18. Arsenic and Hg are toxic elements, and Se is required to maintain good health19. But Se is also toxic at high levels20. Recent reports point out the increased risk of squamous cell carcinoma and non-melanoma skin cancer in those treated with 200 ug/day of selenium (Nutritional Prevention of Cancer Trial in the United States)21. However, it is well known that As and Se as well as Se and Hg act as antagonists22. It was also reported that Inorg-As (III) influenced the interaction between selenite and methyl mercury23. A possible molecular link between As, Se, and Hg has been proposed by Korbas et al. (2008)24. The identifying complexes between the interaction of As and Se, Se and Hg as well as As, Se, and Hg in blood of rabbit are shown in Table 1. Influence of Se and Hg on the metabolism of Inorg-As.The studies have reported that Se supplementation decreased the As-induced toxicity25, 26. The concentrations of urinary Se expressed as ug/L were negatively correlated with urinary % Inorg-As and positively correlated with % DMA27. The study did not address the urinary creatinine adjustment27. Other researchers suggested that Se and Hg decreased As methylation28-31(Table 2). They also suggested that the synthesis of DMA from MMA might be more susceptible to inhibition by Se (IV)29 as well as by Hg (II)30,31 compared to the production of MMA from Inorg-As (III). The inhibitory effects of Se and Hg were concentration dependent28-31. The literature suggests that reduced methylation capacity with increased % MMA (V), decreased % DMA (V), or decreased ratios of % DMA to % MMA in urine is positively associated with various lesions32. Lesions include skin cancer and bladder cancer32. The results were obtained from inorganic arsenic exposed subjects32. Our concern involves the combination of low arsenic (As) and high selenium (Se) ingestion. This can inhibit methylation of arsenic to take it to a toxic level in the tissue. Dietary sources of Se and Hg.Global selenium (Se) source are vegetables in the diet. In the United States, meat and bread are the common source. Selenium deficiency in the US is rare. The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has found toxic levels of Se in dietary supplements, up to 200 times greater than the amount stated on the label33. The samples contained up to 40,800 ug Se per recommended serving. For the general population, the most important pathway of exposure to mercury (Hg) is ingestion of methyl mercury in foods. Fish (including tuna, a food commonly eaten by children), other seafood, and marine mammals contain the highest concentrations. The FDA has set a maximum permissible level of 1 ppm of methyl mercury in the seafood34. The people also exposed mercury via amalgams35. Proteomic study of Inorg-As (III) injury.Proteomics is a powerful tool developed to enhance the study of complex biological system36. This technique has been extensively employed to investigate the proteome response of cells to drugs and other diseases37, 38. A proteome analysis of the Na-As (III) response in cultured lung cells found in vitro oxidative stress-induced apoptosis39. However, to our knowledge, no in vivo proteomic study of Inorg-As (III) has yet been conducted to improve our understanding of the cellular proteome response to Inorg-As (III) except our preliminary study 40. Preliminary Studies: Results and DiscussionThe existing data (Fig. 1) from our laboratory and others show the complex nature of Inorg-As metabolism. For many years, the major way to study, arsenic (As) metabolism was to measure InorgAs (V), Inorg-As (III), MMA (V), and DMA (V) in urine of people chronically exposed to As in their drinking water. Our investigations demonstrated for the first time that MMA (III) and DMA (III) are found in human urine9. Also we have identified MMA (III) and DMA (III) in the tissues of mice and hamsters exposed to sodium arsenate [Na-As (V)]10, 41. Influence of Se as well as Hg on the As methyltransferase.We have reported that Se (IV) as well as mercuric chloride (HgCl2) inhibited As (III) methyltransferase and MMA (III) methyltransferase in rabbit liver cytosol. Mercuric chloride was found to be a more potent inhibitor of MMA (III) methyltransferase than As (III) methyltransferase30. These results suggested that Se and Hg decreased arsenic methylation. The inhibitory effects of Se and Hg were concentration dependent30. Influence of Se and Hg in urine and blood on the percentage of urinary As metabolites.Our human studies indicated that the ratios of the concentrations of Se or Hg to As in urine and blood were positively correlated with % Inorg-As and % MMA (V). But it negatively correlated with % DMA (V) and the ratios of % DMA (V) to % MMA (V) in urine of both males and females (unpublished data) (Table 3). These results confirmed that the inhibitory effects of Se as well as Hg for the methylation of Inorg-As in humans were concentration dependent. We also found that the concentrations of Se and Hg were negatively correlated with % Inorg-As and % MMA (V). Conversely it correlated positively with % DMA (V) and the ratios of % DMA (V) to % MMA (V) in urine of both sexes (unpublished data). These correlations were not statistically significant when urinary concentrations of Se and Hg were adjusted for urinary creatinine (Table 3). Interactions of As, Se, Hg and its relationship with methylation of arsenic are summarized in Figure 2. Sex difference distribution of arsenic species in urine.Our results indicate that females have more methylation capacity of arsenic as compared to males. In our human studies (n= 191) in Mexico, we found that females (n= 98) had lower % MMA (p<0.001) and higher % DMA (p=0.006) when compared to males (n= 93) (Fig. 3). The means ratio of % MMA (V) to % Inorg-As and % DMA (V) to %MMA (V) were also lower (p<0.05) and higher (p<0.001), respectively in females compared to males. The protein expression profiles in the tissues of hamsters exposed to Na-As (III).In our preliminary studies40, hamsters were exposed to Na-As (III) (173 pg/ml as As) in their drinking water for 6 days and control hamsters were given only the water used to make the solutions for the experimental animals. After DIGE (Two-dimensional differential in gel electrophoresis) and analysis by the DeCyder software, several protein spots were found to be over-expressed (red spot) and several were under expressed (green spot) as compared to control (Figs. 4a-c). Three proteins (one was over-expressed and two were under-expressed) of each tissue (liver and urinary bladder) were identified by LC-MS/MS (liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry).DIGE in combination with LC-MS/MS is a powerful tool that may help cancer investigators to understand the molecular mechanisms of cancer progression due to Inorg-As. Propose a new researchThese results suggested that selenium (Se) as well as mercury (Hg) may influence the methylation of Inorg-As and this influence could be dependent on the concentration of Se, Hg and/or the sex of the animal. Our study also suggested that the identification and functional assignment of the expressed proteins in the tissues of Inorg-As (III) exposed animals will be useful for understanding and helping to formulate a theory dealing with the molecular events of arsenic toxicity and carcinogenicity.Therefore, it would be very useful if we could do a research study with combination of Inorg-arsenic, Se, and Hg. The new research protocol could be the following:For metabolic processing, hamsters provide a good animal model. For carcinogenesis, mouse model is well accepted. The aims of this project are: 1) To map the differential distributions of arsenic (As) metabolites/species in relation to selenium (Se) and mercury (Hg) levels in male and female hamsters and 2) To chart the protein expression profile and identify the defense proteins in mice and hamsters after As injury. Experimental hamsters (male or female) will include four groups. The first group will be treated with Na arseniteNa-As(III), the second group with Na-As (III) and Na-selenite (Na-Se (IV)], the third group with Na As (III) and methyl mercuric chloride (MeHgCl), and the final group with Na-As (III), Na-Se (IV), and MeHgci at different levels. Urine and tissue will be collected at different time periods and measured for As species using high performance liquid chromatography/inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (HPLC/ICP-MS). For proteomics, mice (male and female) and hamsters (male and female) will be exposed to Na-As (III)at different levels in tap water, and control mice and hamsters will be given only the tap water. Tissue will be harvested at different time periods. TWO dimensional differential in gel electrophoresis (2D-DIGE) combined with liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) will be employed to identify the expressed protein. In summary, we intend to extend our findings to: 1) Differential distribution of As metabolites in kidney, liver, lung, and urinary bladder of male and female hamsters exposed to Na-As (III), and combined with Na-As (III) and Na-Se (IV) and/or MeHgCl at different levels and different time periods, 2) Show the correlation of As species distribution in the tissue and urine for both male and female hamsters treated with and without Na-Se (IV) and/or MeHgCl, and 3) Show protein expression profile and identify the defense proteins in the tissues (liver, lung, and urinary bladder epithelium) in mice after arsenic injury. The significance of this study: The results of which have the following significances: (A) Since Inorg-As is a human carcinogen, understanding how its metabolism is influenced by environmental factors may help understand its toxicity and carcinogenicity, (B) The interactions between arsenic (As), selenium (Se), and mercury (Hg) are of practical significance because populations in various parts of the world are simultaneously exposed to Inorg-As & Se and/or MeHg, (C) These interactions may inhibit the biotransformation of Inorg-As (III) which could increase the amount and toxicity of Inorg-As (III) and MMA (III) in the tissues, (D) Determination of arsenic species profile in the tissues after ingestion of Inorg-As (III), Se (IV), and/or MeHg+ will help understand the tissue specific influence of Se and Hg on Inorg-As (III) metabolism, (E) Correlation of arsenic species between tissue and urine might help to understand the tissue burden of arsenic species when researchers just know the distribution of arsenic species in urine, (F) The identification of the defense proteins (over-expressed and under-expressed) in the tissues of the mouse may lead to understanding the mechanisms of inorganic arsenic injury in human. The Superfund Basic Research Program NIEHS Grant Number ES 04940 from the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences supported this work. Additional support for the mass spectrometry analyses was provided by grants from NIWHS ES 06694, NCI CA 023074 and the BIO5 Institute of the University of Arizona. Acknowledge:The Authorwantsto dedicate this paper to the memory of Dr. H. VaskenAposhian and Dr. Mary M. Aposhian who collected urine and bloodsamples from Mexican population. The work was done under Prof. H. V. Aposhian sole supervision and with his great contribution. References NRC (National Research Council). Arsenic in Drinking Water. Update to the 1999 Arsenic in Drinking Water Report. National Academy Press, Washington, DC. 2001. Gomez-Caminero, A.; Howe, P.; Hughes, M.; Kenyon, ; Lewis, D. R.; Moore, J.; Mg, J.; Aitio, A.; Becking, G. Environmental Health Criteria 224. Arsenic and Arsenic Compounds (Second Edition). International Programme on Chemical Safety, World Health Organization. 2001. Chen, C. J.; Chen, C. W.; Wu, M.; Kuo, T. L. Cancer potential in liver, lung, bladder, and kidney due to ingested inorganic arsenic in drinking water. Br. J. Cancer. 1992, 66, 888-892. Chakraborti, D.; Rahman, M.; Paul, K.; Chowdhury, U. K.; Sengupta, M. K.; Lodh, D.; Chanda, C. R.; Saha, K. C.; Mukherjee, S. C. Arsenic calamity in the Indian subcontinent. What lessons have been learned? 2002, 58, 3-22. Nordstrom, D. K. Worldwide occurrences of arsenic in ground water. Scienc 2002, 296, 2143-2145. Aposhian, H. V.; Aposhian, M. M. Arsenic toxicology: five question Chem. Res. Toxicol. 2006, 19, 1-15. Aposhian, H. V. Enzymatic methylation of arsenic species and other new approaches to arsenic toxicity. An Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 1997, 37, 397-419. Vahter, M. Variation in human metabolism of arsenic. In: Abernathy, C. O.; Calderon, R. L.; Chappell, W. R., (eds) Arsenic exposure and Health effect Elsevier Science, New York, 1999, pp 267-279. Aposhian, H. V., Gurzau, E. , Le, X. C., Gurzau, A., Healy, S. M., Lu, X., Ma, M., Yip, L., Zakharyan, R. A., Maiorino, R. M., Dart, R. C., Tircus, M. G., Gonzalez-Ramirez, D., Morgan, D. L., Avram, D., Aposhian, M. M. (2000). Occurrence of monomethylarsonous acid in urine of humans exposed to inorganic arsenic. Chem. Res. Toxicol. 13, 693-697. ; U. K.; Zakharyan, R. A.; Hernandez, A.; Avram, M.D.; Kopplin, M. J.; Aposhian, H. V. Glutathione-S-transferase-omega [MMA (V) reductase] knockout mice: Enzyme and arsenic species concentrations in tissues after arsenate administration. Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 2006, 216, 446-457. Styblo, M.; Del Razo, L. M.; Vega, L.; Germolec, D. R.; LeCluyse, E. L.; Hamilton, G. A.; Reed, W.; Wang, C.; Cullen, W. R.; Thomas, D.J. Comparative toxicity of trivalent and pentavalent inorganic and methylated arsenicals in rat and human cells. A Toxicol., 2000, 74, 289-299. Petrick, J. S.; Jagadish, B.; Mash, E. A.; Aposhian, H. V. Monomethylarsonous acid (MMAIII) and arsenite: LD50 in hamsters and in vitro inhibition of pyruvate dehydrogenase. Ch Res. Toxicol. 2001, 14, 651-656. Lindberg, A. L.; Rahman, M.; Persson, L. A.; Vahter, M. The risk of arsenic induced skin lesions in Bangladeshi men and women is affected by arsenic metabolism and the age at first exposure. Appl. Pharmacol. 2008, 230, 9-16. Vahter, M. Mechanisms of arsenic biotransformation. Toxicolog 2002, 181-182, 211-217. Chen, Y. C.; Guo, Y. L.; Su, H. J.; Hsueh, Y. M.; Smith, T. J.; Ryan, L. M.; Lee, M. S.; Chao, S. C.; Lee, J. Y.; Christiani, D. C. Arsenic methylation and skin cancer risk in southwestern Taiwan. Occup. Environ. Med. 2003, 45, 241-248. Steinmaus, C.; Carrigan, K.; Kalman, D.; Atallah, R.; Yuan, Y.; Smith, A.H. Dietary intake and arsenic methylation in a U.S. population. Health Perspect. 2005, 113, 1153-1159. Tseng, C. H. A review on environmental factors regulating arsenic methylation in humans. Appl. Pharmacol. 2009, 235, 338-350. Goyer, R. A. Factors influencing metal toxicity. In: Goyer, R. A.; Klaassen, C. D.; Waalkes, M. P. (eds) Metal toxicolog Academic Press, San Diego, 1995, pp 31-45. Wilber, C. G. Toxicology of selenium. Toxicol. 1980, 17, 171-230. Skerfving, S. Interaction between selenium and methylmercury. Environ. Health Persp 1978, 25, 57-65. Duffield-Lillico, A. J.; Slate, E. H.; Reid, M. E.; Turnbull, B. W.; Wilkins, P. A.; Combs, G. F.; Kim Park, Jr. H.; Gross, E. G.; Graham, G. F.; Stratton, M. S.; Marshall, J. R.; Clark, L. C. Selenium supplementation and secondary prevention of nonmelanoma skin cancer in a randomized trial. Natl. Cancer Inst. 2003, 95, 1477-1481. Gailer, J. Arsenic-selenium and mercury-selenium bonds in biology. Chem. Rev. 2007, 251, 234-254. Alexander, J. The influence of arsenite on the interaction between selenite and methyl mercury. Dev. Toxicol. Environ. Sci. 1980, 8, 585-590. Korbas, M.; Percy, J.; Gailer, J.; George, G. N. A possible molecular link between the toxicological effects of arsenic, selenium and methyl mercury: methyl mercury (II) selenobis (S glutathionyl) arsenic (III). J. Biol. Inorg. Chem. 2008, 13, 461-470. Yang, ; Wang, W.; Hou, S.; Peterson, P. J.; Williams, W. P. Effect of selenium supplementation on arsenism: an intervention trial in Inner Mongolia. Environ. Geochem. Health. 2002, 24, 359-374. Verret, W. J.; Chen, Y.; Ahmed, A.; Islam, T.; Parvez, F.; Kibriya, M. G.; Graziano, J. H.; Ahsan, H. Effects of vitamin E and selenium on arsenic-induced skin lesions. Occup. Environ. Med. 2005, 47, 1026-1035. Hsueh, Y. M.; Ko, Y. F.; Huang, Y. K.; Chen, H. W.; Chiou, H. Y.; Huang, Y. L.; Yang, M. ; Chen, C. J. Determinants of inorganic arsenic methylation capability among residents of the Lanyang Basin, Taiwan: arsenic and selenium exposure and alcohol consumption. Toxicol. Lett. 2003, 137, 49-63. Kenyon, E. M.; Hughes, M. K.; Levander, 0. Influence of dietary selenium on the disposition of arsenate in the female B6C3F1 mouse. J. Toxicol. Environ. Health. 1997, 51, 279-299. Styblo, M.; Thomas, D, J. Selenium modifies the metabolism and toxicity of arsenic in primary rat hepatocytes. Toxicol Appl. Pharmacol. 2001, 172, 52-61. Zakharyan, R.; Wu, Y.; Bogdan, G. M.; Aposhian, H. V. Enzymatic methylation of arsenic compounds: assay, partial purification, and properties of arsenite methyltransferase and monomethylarsonic acid methyltransferase of rabbit liver. Res. Toxicol.1995, 8, 1029-1038. Styblo, M.; Delnomdedieu, M.; Thomas, D. J. Mono- and dimethylation of arsenic in rat liver cytosol in vitro. -Biol. Interact. 1996, 99, 147-164. Tseng C. H. Arsenic methylation, urinary arsenic metabolites and human diseases: current perspective. J. Environ. Sci. Health Part C. 2007, 25, 1-22. FDA (The US Food and Drug administration). (2008). Hazardous levels of selenium in samples of "Total Body Formula" and "Total Body Mega Formula”. FDA Ne 2008. ATSDR (Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry). Toxicological profile for mercury (CAS # 7439-97-6). Atlanta, GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service. 1999. Dye, B. A.; Schober, S. E.; Dillon, C. F.; Jones, R. L.; Fryar, C.; McDowell, M.; Sinks, T. H. Urinary mercury concentrations associated with dental restorations in adults women aged 16-49 years: United States, 1999-2000. O Environ. Med. 2005, 62, 368-375. Lau, A. T.; He, Q. Y.; Chiu, J. F. Proteomic technology and its biomedical applications. A Biophys. Sin. 2003, 35, 965-975. Jungblut, P. R.; Zimny-Arndt, U.; Zeindl-Eberhart, E.; Stulik, J.; Koupilova, K.; Pleissner, K. P.; Otto, A.; Muller, E. C.; Sokolowska-Kohler, W.; Grabher, G.; Stoffler, G. Proteomics in human disease: cancer, heart and infectious diseases. Electrophoresis. 1999, 20, 2100-2110. Hanash, S. M.; Madoz-Gurpide, J.; Misek, D. E. Identification of novel targets for cancer therapy using expression proteomics. L 2002, 16, 478-485. Lau, A. T.; He, Q. Y.; Chiu, J. F. A proteome analysis of the arsenite response in cultured lung cells: evidence for in vitro oxidative stress-induced apoptosis. J. 2004, 382, 641-650. Chowdhury, U. K.; Aposhian, H. V. Protein expression in the livers and urinary bladders of hamsters exposed to sodium arsenite. A N. Y. Acad. Sci. 2008, 1140, 325-334. Sampayo-Reyes, A.; Zakharyan, R. A.; Healy, S. M.; Aposhian, A. V. Monomethylarsonic acid reductase and monomethylarsonou acid in hamster tissue. Chem. Res. Toxicol. 2000, 13, 1181-1186.

AbstractThe goal of this study was to gather information about freshwater fishes in Letchworth State Park (42.615275° N, −77.992825° W), a portion of New York State‐owned land located in the Genesee River Watershed that lacks known data about its fish diversity. Fish collection took place between 2017 and 2019 in the Genesse River upstream and downstream of the falls using electrofishing, gill, hoop, and seine netting. This was the first attempt at a comprehensive survey of this portion of the river, which allowed for a baseline to be established regarding fish biodiversity in the region. The updated total number of species found in this portion of the Genesee River was 25, 22 of which were newly identified downstream of the falls in Letchworth State Park. We encourage further collection and continuation of this survey with consistent sampling techniques to raise awareness about the importance of freshwater fish diversity in stream ecosystems across the globe.

Previous studies contend that Philippines is still a ‘collectivist’ society (Cf. Hofstede Center; Cukur et al. 2004:613-634). In this collectivist or community-oriented society, individualism is not something that is highly valued. Being ‘individualistic’ is often associated to being narcissistic, loner, asocial, selfish, etc. However, one may ask whether the youth in the Philippines are not spared from this insidious culture of individualism, notwithstanding the seemingly dominant collective and communitarian character of the society. Although the overwhelming poverty is still the main problem in the Philippines, where according to Wostyn (2010:26) “only the wonderland of movies gives some respite to their consciousness of suffering and oppression”, the Filipino youth of today are also exposed to the consumeristic values of the ‘city’ and are not spared from the contradictions and insecurities posed by the pluralistic society. They are citizens of an increasing social and cultural pluralism characteristic of many liberal societies. Is it possible that individualism may also exist within this culture, especially among the younger generation? Is individualism slowly creeping in as caused by their exposure and easy access to modern technology, to higher education, mobility, interactions with other cultures, etc. Would this individualistic tendency have any influence on their religious beliefs, especially their belief on salvation? What would be the implications and challenges of these findings to the families in the Philippines? These are the questions we wish to answer in this study. This paper is structured in four parts: first, we will discuss the theoretical framework of individualism and salvation; second, we will examine the empirical attitudes on individualism and salvation; third, we will explore the relationship between individualism and salvation; and finally, we will draw some pastoral implication especially in relation to the document “Lineamenta - The Vocation and Mission of the Family in the church and Contemporary Word” (henceforth, Lineamenta). References Atkins, P. (2004). Memory and Liturgy. The Place of Memory in the Composition and Practice of Liturgy. Hampshire: Ashgate Publishing. Bauman, Z. (1993). Postmodern Ethics. Oxford/Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. Beck, U. (1992). Risk society. London: Sage Publications. Bellah, R. N. , Madsen, R., Sullivan, W., Swidler, A., Tipton, S. (1985). Habits of the Heart: Individualism and Commitment in American Life. Berkeley/Los Angeles/London: University of California Press. Berger, P. (1970). A Rumour of Angels: Modern Society and Rediscovery of the Supernatural. New York: Doubleday.Berger, Peter L. (1967). The Sacred Canopy. New York: Anchor Books. Bosch, D. (1995). Believing in the Future. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania: Trinity Press International. Billiet, J.B. (1995). Church Involvement, individualism, and ethnic prejudice among Flemish Roman Catholics: New evidence of a moderating effect. Journal for the Scientifica Study of Religion, 34, 224-233. Brazal, A. (2004). Reinventing Pakikipagkapwa: An Exploration of Its potential for Promoting Respect for Plurality and Difference. In D. Gonzalez (Ed.), Fundamentalism and Pluralism. Manila: DAKATEO, 50-70. Burnett, G. (2001). Paul and the Salvation of the Individual. Leiden: Brill. Capucao, D. (2010). Religion and Ethnocentrism. Leiden/New York: Brill. Carter, A. (1990). On Individualism, Collectivism and Interrelationism. Heythrop Journal, 23-38. Chaves, Mark. (1994). Secularization as Declining Religious Authority. Social Forces 72, 749-774. Cukur, C. S., De Guzman, Maria Rosario T., and Carlo, Gustavo. (2004). Religiosity, Values, and Horizontal and Vertical Individualism – Collectivism: A Study of Turkey, the United States, and the Philippines. The Journal of Social Psychology, 144(6). Washington, DC: Heldref Publications, Helen Dwight Reid Educational Foundation, 613-634. Curran, Mary Bernard. (2013). Expressive Individualism: A Change in the Idea of the Good and of Happiness. Heythrop Journal. LIV, 978-991. Davie, Grace. (2002). Europe: The Exceptional Case: Parameters of Faith in the Modern World. London: Dartman, Longman, and Todd. De Mesa, J. (1987). In Solidarity with the Culture. : Studies in Theological Re-rooting. Quezon City: Maryhill School of Theology. De Vellis, R.F. (1991). Scale Development: Theory and applications. Newbury, Ca: Sage. Dobbelaere, K. (2001). Individualisation: A Multi-Dimensional Process?. In A. Harskamp & A. Musschenga (Eds.), The Many Faces of Individualism. Leuven: Peeters, 47-61. Doorman, M. (2004): The Romantic Imperative. Amsterdam: Prometheus/Bert Bakker. Dupuis, J. (1999). The Truth Will set you Free. Louvain Studies, 24, 211-263. Duriez, B., Luyten, P. Snauwaert, B., and Hutsebaut, D. (2002). The relative importance of religiosity and value orientations in predicting political attitudes: Empirical evidence for the continuing importance of religiosity in Flanders (Belgium). Mental Health, Religion & Culture, 5, 35-54. Durkheim, Emile. (2009). Sociology and Philosophy. Taylor and Francis. ISBN ISBN 978-0-415-55770-2. Accessed May 8, 2015. Edwards, D.L. (1997). Christianity: The First Two Thousand Years. New York: Orbis books. Ester, P., Halman, L. & De Moor, R. (Eds.). (1994). The Individualizing Society. Tilburg: Tilburg University Press. Federation of Asian Bishop’s Conferences (FABC). Office of the Laity and Family-Youth Desk.(2009). Asian Youth and the Eucharist. A Regional survey 2008. Taytay, Rizal: FABC-OLF-Youth Desk. Fiske, A. (2002). Using Individualism and Collectivism to Compare Cultures – A Critique of the Validity of Measurement of the Constructs: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, Vol. 128, No. 1, 78-88. Froese, Paul D. (2009). The Plot to Kill God: Findings from the Soviet Experiment in Secularization. Berkeley: University of California Press. Furnham, A. (1990). A content, correlational and factor analysis study of seven questionnaire measures of the Protestant work ethic. Human Relations, 43, 383-399. Giddens, A. (1991). Modernity and Self-Identity. Cambridge: Polity Press Giddens, A., Beck, U., and Lash, S. (1994). Reflexive Modernization: Politics, Tradition and Aesthetics in the Modern Social Order. Cambridge: Polity Press. Goffman, E. (1971). Relations in Public. London: Allen Lane. Gonzalez, D. (Eds.). (2004). Fundamentalism and Pluralism in the Church. Manila: DAKATEO. Gorospe, V. (1988). Filipino Values Revisited. Manila: National bookstore. Gorski, Philip & Altinordu, A. (2008). After Secularization. Annual Review of Sociology 34:55-85. Gorski, Philip. (2005). The Return of the Repressed: Religion and the Political Unconscious of Historical Sociology. In J. Adams, E. Clemens, and A.Orloff. (Eds.). Remaking Modernity. Durham: Duke University Press. Goizueta, Roberto S. (1991). Democratic Capitalism and the Spirit of Individualism: An Analysis of Thought of Michael Novak. Voices from the Third World: Journal of the Ecumenical Association of Third World Theologians, Volume 14, 147-69. Halman, Loek. (2001). Individualism in Contemporary Europe. In A. Harskamp & A. W. Musschenga. (Eds.). The Many Faces of Individualism. Leuven: Peeters, . 25-45. Harskamp, A.V. & Musschenga, A. (2001). The Many Faces of Individualism. Leuven: Peeters. Heitmeyer, W. (2001). Lack of Recognition: The Socially Destructive Consequences of New Capitalis. In A. V. Harskamp, A.V. & Musschenga, A. (Eds.), The Many Faces of Individualism. Leuven: Peeters. Hellemans, S. (2001). From ‘Cathokicism Against Modernity’ to the Problematic ‘Modernity of Catholicism. Ethical Perspectives 8, 2, 117-127. Hellemans, S. & Wissink, J. (Eds). (2012). Towards a New Catholic Church in Advanced Modernity. Transformations, Visions, Tensions. Zúrich/Múnster: LIT Verlag. Hofstede Center. Philippines. http://geert-hofstede.com/philippines.html. Accessed May 2, 2015. Huismans, S. (1994). The impact of differences in religion on the relation between religiosity and values. In A. Bouvy, F.J.R. van de Vijver, P. Boski, and P. Schmitz (Eds.), Journeys into cross-cultural psychology. Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger, 255-268. Ikalwese. (2013). Family, For real? Ppeople and friends,Philippine society,thoughts, Thoughts - Philippines. Blog Entry posted October 24, 2013. Accessed from: https://whenthenailsticksout.wordpress.com/2013/10/24/philippines-japan-collectivism-and-i/. Inglehart, R. & W. Baker (2000). Modernization, Cultural Change, and the Persistence of Traditional Values. American Sociological Review, Vol. 65, no. 1, 2000, 81–82. Inglehart, R. (1990). Culture Shift in Advanced Industrial Society. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Inglehart, R. (1997). Modernization and Postmodernization. Cultural, Economic, and Political Change in 43 Countries. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Iyengar, Sheena. (2010). The Art of Choosing. New York: Hachette Book Group, 34-35. Jeurissen, R. (1993). Peace & Religion. Kamken Kok Pharos Publishing House. Jocano, F. L. (1992). Issues and Challenges in Filipino Value Formation. Punlad Research Paper No. 1. Series on Filipino Values. Quezon City: Punlad Research House. Jocano, F. L. (1992a). Notion of Value in Filipino Culture. The concept of Pamantayan. Punlad Research Paper No. 2 . Series on Filipino Values. Quezon City: Punlad Research House. Kagitcibasi, C. (1997). Individualism and Collectivism. In J. W. Berry, M.H. Segall, and C. Kagitcibasi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology Vol. 3. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon, 1-5. Kerkhofs, J. (1998). Some European Reflections about Individualism. Ethical Perspectives 5, 2, 102-108. Lambert, Y. (2004). A Turning Point in Religious Evolution in Europe. Journal of Contemporary Religion, Vol. 19, no. 1, 29–45. Lane, D. (2011). Stepping stones to other religions: a Christian Theology of Inter-religious Dialogue. Maryknoll, NY: Orbis Books Luckmann, Th. (1979). Persönliche Identität, Soziale Rolle und Rollendistanz. In O. Marquardt (Ed.), Identität. München: Fink, 293-313. Luhmann, N. (1989). Individuum, Individualität, Individualismus. Gesellschaftsstruktur und Semantik. Studien zur Wissensoziologie, Bd. 3, Frankfurt a.M.:Suhrkamp, 149-259. Mangahas, M & Labucay, I. (2013). “9% of Catholics Sometimes Think of Leaving the Church”, SWS Special Report, 7 April 2013. http://www.sws.org.ph/pr20130407.htm, Accessed: 30 April 2013. Martin, David. (1991). The Secularization Issue: Prospect and Retrospect. British Journal of Sociology 42 (3), 465-74. Menamparampil, T. (2012). Between secularization and Fundamentalism. Omnis Terra. n. 425, XLVI, 143- 155. Miranda, D. (1989). Loob: The Filipino Within. Manila: Divine word Publications. Musschenga, A. (2001). “Introduction. The Many Faces of Individualism,” In Harskamp, A.V. & Musschenga, A. The Many Faces of Individualism. Leuven: Peeters, pp. 3-23. Norris, P. & Inglehart, R. (2004). Sacred and Secular: Religion and Politics Worldwide. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.Oyserman, D., Coon H.M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluationof theoretical assumptions and meta-analyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3-73. Ponce, R. (2005). Spirituality and quality of Life. An Empirical-Theological Exploration among Filipino Migrants in the Netherlands. Quezon City: Institute of Spirituality in Asia. Pope, Stephen. Expressive Individualism and True Self-Love: A Thomistic Perspective. Journal of Religion, 383-399. Research Hub. “Secularization”. http://wiki.thearda.com/tcm/theories/secularization/. Accessed: 28 May 2015. Rokeach, M. (1973). The Nature of Human Values. New York: Free Press. Sampson, E.E. (2000). Reinterpreting individualism and collectivism. Their religious roots and monologic versus dialogic person-other relationship. American Psychologist 55, 1425-1432. Schreiter, R. (1997). The New Catholicity. Maryknoll, New York: Orbis. Schroeder, R. (1992). Max Weber and the sociology of culture. Newbury park, London: Sage. Sevilla, C.G., Ochave, J.A., Punsalan, T.G., Regala, B.P., Uriarte, G.G. (1992). Research Methods. Rev. ed. Manila: Rex Bookstore. Singelis, T.M., Triandis, H.C., Bhawuk, D.S., & Gelfand, M. (1995). Horizontal and Vertical dimensions of individualism and Collectivism: A Theoretical and measurement refinement. Cross Cultural Research, 29. Smith, Christian. (2003). The Secular Revolution. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 240-275. Sinha, D. & Tripathi, R.C. (1994). Individualism in a collective culture: A case of coexistence of opposites. Theoretical and methodological approaches to study of collectivism and individualism. In U. Kim, H.C. Triandis, C. Kagitcibasi, S. Choi, and G. Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and collectivism: Theory, method, and application. London: Sage, 123-137. Stark, Rodney. (1999). Secularization, R.I.P. Sociology of Religion, vol. 60, no. 3, 249–73. Schwartz, S.H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 1-65. Schwartz, S.H. (1994). Beyond individualism/collectivism: New Cultural Dimensions of Values: Theoretical and Methodological approaches to study of collectivism and invidualism. In U. Kim, H.c. Triandis, C. Kagitcibasi, S. Choi, and G. Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and collectivism. Theory, method, and application . London: Sage, 85-123. Stark, R. and Bainbridge, W.S. (1985). The future of Religion. Secularization, Revival, and Cult formation. Berkeley. Stark, R. and Bainbridge, W.S. (1987). A Theory of Religion. New York Taylor, Charles. (2007). A Secular Age. Cambridge/London: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. Taylor, Charles. (1975). Hegel. London/New York: Cambridge University Press. Tschannen, Oliver. (1991). The Secularization Paradigm: A Systematization. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 30, 395-415. Triandis, H.C. (1994). Theoretical and methodological approaches to study of collectivism and individualism. In U. Kin, H.C. Triandis, C. Kagitcibasi, S. Choi, and G. Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and Collectivism: Theory, method, and application. London: Sage, 19-41. Triandis, H.C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview. Triandis, H.C. (1996). The Psychological measurement of cultural syndromes. American Psychologist, 51, 407-415. Triandis, H.C., & Gelfand, M.J. (1998). Converging measurements of horizontal and vertical individualism and collectivism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 275-289. Van der Loo, H. & W. Van Reijen. (1993). Paradoxen van modernisering. Muiderberg: Coutinho. Van der Ven, J. (1993). Practical Theology. Kampen: Kok Pharos. Van der Ven, J. (1998). Education for Reflective Ministry. Louvain: Peeters. Veenhoeven, R. (1996). Leefbaarheid van landen. Utrecht: Research Papers Onderzoekschool Arbeid, Welzijn en Sociaal Beleid, nr. 7. Volf, M. (2006). The End of Memory. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans. Walzer, M. (1984). Liberalism and the Art of Separation. Political Theory 12, 315-333. Wostyn, L. (2010). In Search of A Human Jesus. n.p. Ziebertz, H-G. & Kay, W. K. (eds.). (2005). Youth in Europe 1. An International empirical study about Life Perspectives. Münster: LIT.

At a time when almost every human transgression, illness, profession and other personal aspect of life has been chronicled in autobiographical writing (Rak)—in 1998 Zinsser called ours “the age of memoir” (3)—writing about fat is one of the most recent subjects to be addressed in this way. This article surveys a range of contemporary autobiographical texts that are titled with, or revolve around, that powerful and most evocative word, “fat”. Following a number of cultural studies of fat in society (Critser; Gilman, Fat Boys; Fat: A Cultural History; Stearns), this discussion views fat in socio-cultural terms, following Lupton in understanding fat as both “a cultural artefact: a bodily substance or body shape that is given meaning by complex and shifting systems of ideas, practices, emotions, material objects and interpersonal relationships” (i). Using a case study approach (Gerring; Verschuren), this examination focuses on a range of texts from autobiographical cookbooks and memoirs to novel-length graphic works in order to develop a preliminary taxonomy of these works. In this way, a small sample of work, each of which (described below) explores an aspect (or aspects) of the form is, following Merriam, useful as it allows a richer picture of an under-examined phenomenon to be constructed, and offers “a means of investigating complex social units consisting of multiple variables of potential importance in understanding the phenomenon” (Merriam 50). Although the sample size does not offer generalisable results, the case study method is especially suitable in this context, where the aim is to open up discussion of this form of writing for future research for, as Merriam states, “much can be learned from […] an encounter with the case through the researcher’s narrative description” and “what we learn in a particular case can be transferred to similar situations” (51). Pro-Fat Autobiographical WritingAlongside the many hundreds of reduced, low- and no-fat cookbooks and weight loss guides currently in print that offer recipes, meal plans, ingredient replacements and strategies to reduce fat in the diet, there are a handful that promote the consumption of fats, and these all have an autobiographical component. The publication of Jennifer McLagan’s Fat: An Appreciation of a Misunderstood Ingredient, with Recipes in 2008 by Ten Speed Press—publisher of Mollie Katzen’s groundbreaking and influential vegetarian Moosewood Cookbook in 1974 and an imprint now known for its quality cookbooks (Thelin)—unequivocably addressed that line in the sand often drawn between fat and all things healthy. The four chapter titles of this cookbook— “Butter,” subtitled “Worth It,” “Pork Fat: The King,” “Poultry Fat: Versatile and Good For You,” and, “Beef and Lamb Fats: Overlooked But Tasty”—neatly summarise McLagan’s organising argument: that animal fats not only add an unreplaceable and delicious flavour to foods but are fundamental to our health. Fat polarised readers and critics; it was positively reviewed in prominent publications (Morris; Bhide) and won influential food writing awards, including 2009 James Beard Awards for Single Subject Cookbook and Cookbook of the Year but, due to its rejection of low-fat diets and the research underpinning them, was soon also vehemently criticised, to the point where the book was often described in the media as “controversial” (see Smith). McLagan’s text, while including historical, scientific and gastronomic data and detail, is also an outspokenly personal treatise, chronicling her sensual and emotional responses to this ingredient. “I love fat,” she begins, continuing, “Whether it’s a slice of foie gras terrine, its layer of yellow fat melting at the edges […] hot bacon fat […] wilting a plate of pungent greens into submission […] or a piece of crunchy pork crackling […] I love the way it feels in my mouth, and I love its many tastes” (1). Her text is, indeed, memoir as gastronomy / gastronomy as memoir, and this cookbook, therefore, an example of the “memoir with recipes” subgenre (Brien et al.). It appears to be this aspect – her highly personal and, therein, persuasive (Weitin) plea for the value of fats – that galvanised critics and readers.Molly Chester and Sandy Schrecengost’s Back to Butter: A Traditional Foods Cookbook – Nourishing Recipes Inspired by Our Ancestors begins with its authors’ memoirs (illness, undertaking culinary school training, buying and running a farm) to lend weight to their argument to utilise fats widely in cookery. Its first chapter, “Fats and Oils,” features the familiar butter, which it describes as “the friendly fat” (22), then moves to the more reviled pork lard “Grandma’s superfood” (22) and, nowadays quite rarely described as an ingredient, beef tallow. Grit Magazine’s Lard: The Lost Art of Cooking with Your Grandmother’s Secret Ingredient utilises the rhetoric that fat, and in this case, lard, is a traditional and therefore foundational ingredient in good cookery. This text draws on its publisher’s, Grit Magazine (published since 1882 in various formats), long history of including auto/biographical “inspirational stories” (Teller) to lend persuasive power to its argument. One of the most polarising of fats in health and current media discourse is butter, as was seen recently in debate over what was seen as its excessive use in the MasterChef Australia television series (see, Heart Foundation; Phillipov). It is perhaps not surprising, then, that butter is the single fat inspiring the most autobiographical writing in this mode. Rosie Daykin’s Butter Baked Goods: Nostalgic Recipes from a Little Neighborhood Bakery is, for example, typical of a small number of cookbooks that extend the link between baking and nostalgia to argue that butter is the superlative ingredient for baking. There are also entire cookbooks dedicated to making flavoured butters (Vaserfirer) and a number that offer guides to making butter and other (fat-based) dairy products at home (Farrell-Kingsley; Hill; Linford).Gabrielle Hamilton’s Blood, Bones and Butter: The Inadvertent Education of a Reluctant Chef is typical among chef’s memoirs in using butter prominently although rare in mentioning fat in its title. In this text and other such memoirs, butter is often used as shorthand for describing a food that is rich but also wholesomely delicious. Hamilton relates childhood memories of “all butter shortcakes” (10), and her mother and sister “cutting butter into flour and sugar” for scones (15), radishes eaten with butter (21), sautéing sage in butter to dress homemade ravoli (253), and eggs fried in browned butter (245). Some of Hamilton’s most telling references to butter present it as an staple, natural food as, for instance, when she describes “sliced bread with butter and granulated sugar” (37) as one of her family’s favourite desserts, and lists butter among the everyday foodstuffs that taste superior when stored at room temperature instead of refrigerated—thereby moving butter from taboo (Gwynne describes a similar process of the normalisation of sexual “perversion” in erotic memoir).Like this text, memoirs that could be described as arguing “for” fat as a substance are largely by chefs or other food writers who extol, like McLagan and Hamilton, the value of fat as both food and flavouring, and propose that it has a key role in both ordinary/family and gourmet cookery. In this context, despite plant-based fats such as coconut oil being much lauded in nutritional and other health-related discourse, the fat written about in these texts is usually animal-based. An exception to this is olive oil, although this is never described in the book’s title as a “fat” (see, for instance, Drinkwater’s series of memoirs about life on an olive farm in France) and is, therefore, out of the scope of this discussion.Memoirs of Being FatThe majority of the other memoirs with the word “fat” in their titles are about being fat. Narratives on this topic, and their authors’ feelings about this, began to be published as a sub-set of autobiographical memoir in the 2000s. The first decade of the new millennium saw a number of such memoirs by female writers including Judith Moore’s Fat Girl (published in 2005), Jen Lancaster’s Such a Pretty Fat: One Narcissist’s Quest to Discover If Her Life Makes Her Ass Look Big, or Why Pie Is Not the Answer, and Stephanie Klein’s Moose: A Memoir (both published in 2008) and Jennifer Joyne’s Designated Fat Girl in 2010. These were followed into the new decade by texts such as Celia Rivenbark’s bestselling 2011 You Don’t Sweat Much for a Fat Girl, and all attracted significant mainstream readerships. Journalist Vicki Allan pulled no punches when she labelled these works the “fat memoir” and, although Sidonie Smith and Julia Watson’s influential categorisation of 60 genres of life writing does not include this description, they do recognise eating disorder and weight-loss narratives. Some scholarly interest followed (Linder; Halloran), with Mitchell linking this production to feminism’s promotion of the power of the micro-narrative and the recognition that the autobiographical narrative was “a way of situating the self politically” (65).aken together, these memoirs all identify “excess” weight, although the response to this differs. They can be grouped as: narratives of losing weight (see Kuffel; Alley; and many others), struggling to lose weight (most of these books), and/or deciding not to try to lose weight (the smallest number of works overall). Some of these texts display a deeply troubled relationship with food—Moore’s Fat Girl, for instance, could also be characterised as an eating disorder memoir (Brien), detailing her addiction to eating and her extremely poor body image as well as her mother’s unrelenting pressure to lose weight. Elena Levy-Navarro describes the tone of these narratives as “compelled confession” (340), mobilising both the conventional understanding of confession of the narrator “speaking directly and colloquially” to the reader of their sins, failures or foibles (Gill 7), and what she reads as an element of societal coercion in their production. Some of these texts do focus on confessing what can be read as disgusting and wretched behavior (gorging and vomiting, for instance)—Halloran’s “gustatory abject” (27)—which is a feature of the contemporary conceptualisation of confession after Rousseau (Brooks). This is certainly a prominent aspect of current memoir writing that is, simultaneously, condemned by critics (see, for example, Jordan) and popular with readers (O’Neill). Read in this way, the majority of memoirs about being fat are about being miserable until a slimming regime of some kind has been undertaken and successful. Some of these texts are, indeed, triumphal in tone. Lisa Delaney’s Secrets of a Former Fat Girl is, for instance, clear in the message of its subtitle, How to Lose Two, Four (or More!) Dress Sizes—And Find Yourself Along the Way, that she was “lost” until she became slim. Linden has argued that “female memoir writers frequently describe their fat bodies as diseased and contaminated” (219) and “powerless” (226). Many of these confessional memoirs are moving narratives of shame and self loathing where the memoirist’s sense of self, character, and identity remain somewhat confused and unresolved, whether they lose weight or not, and despite attestations to the contrary.A sub-set of these memoirs of weight loss are by male authors. While having aspects in common with those by female writers, these can be identified as a sub-set of these memoirs for two reasons. One is the tone of their narratives, which is largely humourous and often ribaldly comic. There is also a sense of the heroic in these works, with male memoirsts frequently mobilising images of battles and adversity. Texts that can be categorised in this way include Toshio Okada’s Sayonara Mr. Fatty: A Geek’s Diet Memoir, Gregg McBride and Joy Bauer’s bestselling Weightless: My Life as a Fat Man and How I Escaped, Fred Anderson’s From Chunk to Hunk: Diary of a Fat Man. As can be seen in their titles, these texts also promise to relate the stratgies, regimes, plans, and secrets that others can follow to, similarly, lose weight. Allen Zadoff’s title makes this explicit: Lessons Learned on the Journey from Fat to Thin. Many of these male memoirists are prompted by a health-related crisis, diagnosis, or realisation. Male body image—a relatively recent topic of enquiry in the eating disorder, psychology, and fashion literature (see, for instance, Bradley et al.)—is also often a surprising motif in these texts, and a theme in common with weight loss memoirs by female authors. Edward Ugel, for instance, opens his memoir, I’m with Fatty: Losing Fifty Pounds in Fifty Miserable Weeks, with “I’m haunted by mirrors … the last thing I want to do is see myself in a mirror or a photograph” (1).Ugel, as that prominent “miserable” in his subtitle suggests, provides a subtle but revealing variation on this theme of successful weight loss. Ugel (as are all these male memoirists) succeeds in the quest be sets out on but, apparently, despondent almost every moment. While the overall tone of his writing is light and humorous, he laments every missed meal, snack, and mouthful of food he foregoes, explaining that he loves eating, “Food makes me happy … I live to eat. I love to eat at restaurants. I love to cook. I love the social component of eating … I can’t be happy without being a social eater” (3). Like many of these books by male authors, Ugel’s descriptions of the food he loves are mouthwatering—and most especially when describing what he identifies as the fattening foods he loves: Reuben sandwiches dripping with juicy grease, crispy deep friend Chinese snacks, buttery Danish pastries and creamy, rich ice cream. This believable sense of regret is not, however, restricted to male authors. It is also apparent in how Jen Lancaster begins her memoir: “I’m standing in the kitchen folding a softened stick of butter, a cup of warmed sour cream, and a mound of fresh-shaved Parmesan into my world-famous mashed potatoes […] There’s a maple-glazed pot roast browning nicely in the oven and white-chocolate-chip macadamia cookies cooling on a rack farther down the counter. I’ve already sautéed the almonds and am waiting for the green beans to blanch so I can toss the whole lot with yet more butter before serving the meal” (5). In the above memoirs, both male and female writers recount similar (and expected) strategies: diets, fasts and other weight loss regimes and interventions (calorie counting, colonics, and gastric-banding and -bypass surgery for instance, recur); consulting dieting/health magazines for information and strategies; keeping a food journal; employing expert help in the form of nutritionists, dieticians, and personal trainers; and, joining health clubs/gyms, and taking up various sports.Alongside these works sit a small number of texts that can be characterised as “non-weight loss memoirs.” These can be read as part of the emerging, and burgeoning, academic field of Fat Studies, which gathers together an extensive literature critical of, and oppositional to, dominant discourses about obesity (Cooper; Rothblum and Solovay; Tomrley and Naylor), and which include works that focus on information backed up with memoir such as self-described “fat activist” (Wann, website) Marilyn Wann’s Fat! So?: Because You Don’t Have to Apologise, which—when published in 1998—followed a print ’zine and a website of the same title. Although certainly in the minority in terms of numbers, these narratives have been very popular with readers and are growing as a sub-genre, with well-known actress Camryn Manheim’s New York Times-bestselling memoir, Wake Up, I'm Fat! (published in 1999) a good example. This memoir chronicles Manheim’s journey from the overweight and teased teenager who finds it a struggle to find friends (a common trope in many weight loss memoirs) to an extremely successful actress.Like most other types of memoir, there are also niche sub-genres of the “fat memoir.” Cheryl Peck’s Fat Girls and Lawn Chairs recounts a series of stories about her life in the American Midwest as a lesbian “woman of size” (xiv) and could thus be described as a memoir on the subjects of – and is, indeed, catalogued in the Library of Congress as: “Overweight women,” “Lesbians,” and “Three Rivers (Mich[igan]) – Social life and customs”.Carol Lay’s graphic memoir, The Big Skinny: How I Changed My Fattitude, has a simple diet message – she lost weight by counting calories and exercising every day – and makes a dual claim for value of being based on both her own story and a range of data and tools including: “the latest research on obesity […] psychological tips, nutrition basics, and many useful tools like simplified calorie charts, sample recipes, and menu plans” (qtd. in Lorah). The Big Skinny could, therefore, be characterised with the weight loss memoirs above as a self-help book, but Lay herself describes choosing the graphic form in order to increase its narrative power: to “wrap much of the information in stories […] combining illustrations and story for a double dose of retention in the brain” (qtd. in Lorah). Like many of these books that can fit into multiple categories, she notes that “booksellers don’t know where to file the book – in graphic novels, memoirs, or in the diet section” (qtd. in O’Shea).Jude Milner’s Fat Free: The Amazing All-True Adventures of Supersize Woman! is another example of how a single memoir (graphic, in this case) can be a hybrid of the categories herein discussed, indicating how difficult it is to neatly categorise human experience. Recounting the author’s numerous struggles with her weight and journey to self-acceptance, Milner at first feels guilty and undertakes a series of diets and regimes, before becoming a “Fat Is Beautiful” activist and, finally, undergoing gastric bypass surgery. Here the narrative trajectory is of empowerment rather than physical transformation, as a thinner (although, importantly, not thin) Milner “exudes confidence and radiates strength” (Story). ConclusionWhile the above has identified a number of ways of attempting to classify autobiographical writing about fat/s, its ultimate aim is, after G. Thomas Couser’s work in relation to other sub-genres of memoir, an attempt to open up life writing for further discussion, rather than set in placed fixed and inflexible categories. Constructing such a preliminary taxonomy aspires to encourage more nuanced discussion of how writers, publishers, critics and readers understand “fat” conceptually as well as more practically and personally. It also aims to support future work in identifying prominent and recurrent (or not) themes, motifs, tropes, and metaphors in memoir and autobiographical texts, and to contribute to the development of a more detailed set of descriptors for discussing and assessing popular autobiographical writing more generally.References Allan, Vicki. “Graphic Tale of Obesity Makes for Heavy Reading.” Sunday Herald 26 Jun. 2005. Alley, Kirstie. How to Lose Your Ass and Regain Your Life: Reluctant Confessions of a Big-Butted Star. Emmaus, PA: Rodale, 2005.Anderson, Fred. From Chunk to Hunk: Diary of a Fat Man. USA: Three Toes Publishing, 2009.Bhide, Monica. “Why You Should Eat Fat.” Salon 25 Sep. 2008.Bradley, Linda Arthur, Nancy Rudd, Andy Reilly, and Tim Freson. “A Review of Men’s Body Image Literature: What We Know, and Need to Know.” International Journal of Costume and Fashion 14.1 (2014): 29–45.Brien, Donna Lee. “Starving, Bingeing and Writing: Memoirs of Eating Disorder as Food Writing.” TEXT: Journal of Writers and Writing Courses Special Issue 18 (2013).Brien, Donna Lee, Leonie Rutherford, and Rosemary Williamson. “Hearth and Hotmail: The Domestic Sphere as Commodity and Community in Cyberspace.” M/C Journal 10.4 (2007).Brooks, Peter. Troubling Confessions: Speaking Guilt in Law and Literature. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000.Chester, Molly, and Sandy Schrecengost. Back to Butter: A Traditional Foods Cookbook – Nourishing Recipes Inspired by Our Ancestors. Vancouver: Fair Winds Press, 2014.Cooper, Charlotte. “Fat Studies: Mapping the Field.” Sociology Compass 4.12 (2010): 1020–34.Couser, G. Thomas. “Genre Matters: Form, Force, and Filiation.” Lifewriting 2.2 (2007): 139–56.Critser, Greg. Fat Land: How Americans Became the Fattest People in the World. New York: First Mariner Books, 2004. Daykin, Rosie. Butter Baked Goods: Nostalgic Recipes from a Little Neighborhood Bakery. New York: Random House, 2015.Delaney, Lisa. Secrets of a Former Fat Girl: How to Lose Two, Four (or More!) Dress Sizes – and Find Yourself along the Way. New York: Plume/Penguin, 2008.Drinkwater, Carol. The Olive Farm: A Memoir of Life, Love and Olive Oil in the South of France. New York: Little, Brown and Company, 2001.Farrell, Amy Erdman. Fat Shame: Stigma and the Fat Body in American Culture. New York: New York University Press, 2011.Farrell-Kingsley, Kathy. The Home Creamery: Make Your Own Fresh Dairy Products; Easy Recipes for Butter, Yogurt, Sour Cream, Creme Fraiche, Cream Cheese, Ricotta, and More! North Adams, MA: Storey Publishing, 2008.Gerring, John. Case Study Research: Principles and Practices. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006. Gill, Jo. “Introduction.” Modern Confessional Writing: New Critical Essays, ed. Jo Gill. London: Routledge, 2006. 1–10.Gilman, Sander L. Fat Boys: A Slim Book. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press, 2004.———. Fat: A Cultural History of Obesity. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2008.Grit Magazine Editors. Lard: The Lost Art of Cooking with Your Grandmother’s Secret Ingredient. Kansas City: Andrews McMeel, 2012.Gwynne, Joel. Erotic Memoirs and Postfeminism: The Politics of Pleasure. Houndsmills, UK: Palgrave MacMillan, 2013.Halloran, Vivian Nun. “Biting Reality: Extreme Eating and the Fascination with the Gustatory Abject.” Iowa Journal of Cultural Studies 4 (2004): 27–42.Hamilton, Gabrielle. Blood, Bones and Butter: The Inadvertent Education of a Reluctant Chef. New York: Random House, 2013.Heart Foundation [Australia]. “To Avoid Trans Fat, Avoid Butter Says Heart Foundation: Media Release.” 27 Sep. 2010.Hill, Louella. Kitchen Creamery: Making Yogurt, Butter & Cheese at Home. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 2015.Jordan, Pat. “Dysfunction for Dollars.” New York Times 28 July 2002.Joyne, Jennifer. Designated Fat Girl: A Memoir. Guilford, CT: Skirt!, 2010.Katzen, Mollie. The Moosewood Cookbook. Berkeley: Ten Speed Press, 1974.Klein, Stephanie. Moose: A Memoir. New York: HarperCollins, 2008.Kuffel, Frances. Passing for Thin: Losing Half My Weight and Finding My Self. New York: Broadway, 2004. Lancaster, Jen. Such a Pretty Fat: One Narcissist’s Quest to Discover If Her Life Makes Her Ass Look Big, or Why Pie Is Not the Answer. New York: New American Library/Penguin, 2008.Lay, Carol. The Big Skinny: How I Changed My Fattitude. New York: Villard Books, 2008.Levy-Navarro, Elena. “I’m the New Me: Compelled Confession in Diet Discourse.” The Journal of Popular Culture 45.2 (2012): 340–56.Library of Congress. Catalogue record 200304857. Linder, Kathryn E. “The Fat Memoir as Autopathography: Self-Representations of Embodied Fatness.” Auto/biography Studies 26.2 (2011): 219–37.Linford, Jenny. The Creamery Kitchen. London: Ryland Peters & Small, 2014.Lorah, Michael C. “Carol Lay on The Big Skinny: How I Changed My Fattitude.” Newsarama 26 Dec. 2008. Lupton, Deborah. Fat. Milton Park, UK: Routledge, 2013.Manheim, Camryn. Wake Up, I’m Fat! New York: Broadway Books, 2000.Merriam, Sharan B. Qualitative Research: A Guide to Design and Implementation. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 2009.McBride, Gregg. Weightless: My Life as a Fat Man and How I Escaped. Las Vegas, NV: Central Recovery Press, 2014.McLagan, Jennifer. Fat: An Appreciation of a Misunderstood Ingredient, with Recipes. Berkeley: Ten Speed Press, 2008.Milner, Jude. Fat Free: The Amazing All-True Adventures of Supersize Woman! New York: Jeremy P. Tarcher/Penguin, 2006.Mitchell, Allyson. “Big Judy: Fatness, Shame, and the Hybrid Autobiography.” Embodied Politics in Visual Autobiography, eds. Sarah Brophy and Janice Hladki. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2014. 64–77.Moore, Judith. Fat Girl: A True Story. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 2005. Morris, Sophie. “Fat Is Back: Rediscover the Delights of Lard, Dripping and Suet.” The Independent 12 Mar. 2009. Multiple Sclerosis Society, New York. “Books for a Better Life Awards: 2007 Finalists.” Book Reporter 2006. Okada, Toshio. Sayonara Mr. Fatty: A Geek’s Diet Memoir. Trans. Mizuho Tiyishima. New York: Vertical Inc., 2009.O’Neill, Brendan. “Misery Lit … Read On.” BBC News 17 Apr. 2007. O’Shea, Tim. “Taking Comics with Tim: Carol Lay.” Robot 6 16 Feb. 2009. Peck, Cheryl. Fat Girls and Lawn Chairs. New York: Warner Books, 2004. Phillipov, M.M. “Mastering Obesity: MasterChef Australia and the Resistance to Public Health Nutrition.” Media, Culture and Society 35.4 (2013): 506–15.Rak, Julie. Boom! Manufacturing Memoir for the Popular Market. Waterloo, ON: Wilfrid Laurier University Press, 2013.Rivenbark, Celia. You Don’t Sweat Much for a Fat Girl: Observations on Life from the Shallow End of the Pool. New York: St. Martin’s Griffin, 2011.Rothblum, Esther, and Sondra Solovay, eds. The Fat Studies Reader. New York: New York University Press, 2009.Smith, Shaun. “Jennifer McLagan on her Controversial Cookbook, Fat.” CBC News 15. Sep. 2008. Smith, Sidonie, and Julia Watson. Reading Autobiography: A Guide for Interpreting Life Narratives. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2010.Stearns, Peter N. Fat History: Bodies and Beauty in the Modern West. New York and London: New York University Press, 2002.Story, Carol Ann. “Book Review: ‘Fat Free: The Amazing All-True Adventures of Supersize Women’.” WLS Lifestyles 2007. Teller, Jean. “As American as Mom, Apple Pie & Grit.” Grit History Grit. c. 2006. Thelin, Emily Kaiser. “Aaron Wehner Transforms Ten Speed Press into Cookbook Leader.” SF Gate 7 Oct. 2014. Tomrley, Corianna, and Ann Kaloski Naylor. Fat Studies in the UK. York: Raw Nerve Books, 2009.Ugel, Edward. I’m with Fatty: Losing Fifty Pounds in Fifty Miserable Weeks. New York: Weinstein Books, 2010.Vaserfirer, Lucy. Flavored Butters: How to Make Them, Shape Them, and Use Them as Spreads, Toppings, and Sauces. Boston, MA: Harvard Common Press, 2013.Verschuren, Piet. “Case Study as a Research Strategy: Some Ambiguities and Opportunities.” International Journal of Social Research Methodology 6.2 (2003): 121–39.Wann, Marilyn. Fat!So?: Because You Don’t Have to Apologize for Your Size. Berkeley, CA: Ten Speed Press, 1998.———. Fat!So? n.d. Weitin, Thomas. “Testimony and the Rhetoric of Persuasion.” Modern Language Notes 119.3 (2004): 525–40.Zadoff, Allen. Lessons Learned on the Journey from Fat to Thin. Boston, MA: Da Capo Press, 2007.Zinsser, William, ed. Inventing the Truth: The Art and Craft of Memoir. New York: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1998.

Background: Maternal social support promotes healthy infant feeding practices, which influence healthy growth and development. Less is known about how the interplay of social support networks and multicultural health beliefs may influence infant feeding practices, particularly among immigrant Chinese American mothers with economic disadvantage and low breastfeeding rates. Research Aim: To explore the role of social support networks in the development of infant feeding practices in immigrant Chinese American mothers with infants. Methods: This was a prospective, cross-sectional qualitative study where we conducted semi-structured interviews in Mandarin, Cantonese, or English with Chinese American mothers of infants ( N = 25) at a federally qualified health center in the Sunset Park neighborhood of Brooklyn, New York. Data were analyzed by a multicultural, multidisciplinary team using qualitative thematic analysis and the constant comparative method to identify and iteratively refine emerging codes. Results: Three themes emerged describing how broad transnational communities and close family and friends influence maternal-infant feeding practices: (1) Gathering and processing infant feeding information from broad transnational resources (i.e., from both the mother’s country of residence and the mother’s country of origin); (2) aligning maternal feeding attitudes with cultural health beliefs of local social networks; and (3) gaining confidence with transactional maternal–infant feeding interactions. Conclusions: Strategies to promote healthy infant feeding should consider how family supports and culturally-relevant coaching can help align multilevel transnational social networks with healthy infant feeding practices.

Introduction: Acute temporary pacing lead dislodgment may result in cardiac perforation, loss of pacing capture and proarrhythmia by means of under-sensing or mechanical stimulation. We report the results of a single-center retrospective study of the safety and efficacy of the Tempo® Temporary Pacing Lead (BioTrace Medical, Menlo Park, CA), which has a novel active fixation mechanism designed to enhance pacing stability and a soft tip to mitigate perforation. Methods: Twelve consecutive patients (83% male, mean age 71.3 ± 10.1 years) who underwent Tempo Lead placement for temporary pacing (75% symptomatic bradyarrhythmia, 25% other indication) were retrospectively reviewed. Safety (including perforation, new pericardial effusion, and sustained device-related arrhythmias) and efficacy (clinically acceptable pacing thresholds with stable pace capture over the temporary implant duration) data were assessed. The study also evaluated post-procedural practices such as ambulation. Results: The Tempo Lead was successfully positioned and fixed in the right ventricle in all 12 cases with no perforations, pericardial effusions, or device-related arrhythmias. Access was femoral in 8 patients (67%) and jugular in 3 patients (25%), with one access point not indicated. Procedural mean pace capture threshold (PCT) was 0.96 ± 0.74 mA (n=10). Mean lead indwelling duration was 53.5 hours with a range of 20.9 hours to 5.9 days (n= 11). Three patients were ambulatory (at least bed-to-chair) with the Tempo Lead in place without complications and with maintenance of thresholds <1mA. Conclusions: This single-center retrospective analysis demonstrates that the Tempo Lead is safe and effective for temporary pacing and early ambulation in cardiac electrophysiology procedures.

Special Care Notice This article contains images of deceased people that might cause sadness or distress to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander readers. Introduction Like many cities, Perth was founded on wetlands that have been integral to its history and culture (Seddon 226–32). However, in order to promote a settlement agenda, early mapmakers sought to erase the city’s wetlands from cartographic depictions (Giblett, Cities). Since the colonial era, inner-Perth’s swamps and lakes have been drained, filled, significantly reduced in size, or otherwise reclaimed for urban expansion (Bekle). Not only have the swamps and lakes physically disappeared, the memories of their presence and influence on the city’s development over time are also largely forgotten. What was the site of Perth, specifically its wetlands, like before British settlement? In 2014, an interdisciplinary team at Edith Cowan University developed a digital visualisation process to re-imagine Perth prior to colonisation. This was based on early maps of the Swan River Colony and a range of archival information. The images depicted the city’s topography, hydrology, and vegetation and became the centerpiece of a physical exhibition entitled Re-imagining Perth’s Lost Wetlands and a virtual exhibition hosted by the Western Australian Museum. Alongside historic maps, paintings, photographs, and writings, the visual reconstruction of Perth aimed to foster appreciation of the pre-settlement environment—the homeland of the Whadjuck Nyoongar, or Bibbulmun, people (Carter and Nutter). The exhibition included the narrative of Fanny Balbuk, a Nyoongar woman who voiced her indignation over the “usurping of her beloved home ground” (Bates, The Passing 69) by flouting property lines and walking through private residences to reach places of cultural significance. Beginning with Balbuk’s story and the digital tracing of her walking route through colonial Perth, this article discusses the project in the context of contemporary pressures on the city’s extant wetlands. The re-imagining of Perth through historically, culturally, and geographically-grounded digital visualisation approaches can inspire the conservation of its wetlands heritage. Balbuk’s Walk through the City For many who grew up in Perth, Fanny Balbuk’s perambulations have achieved legendary status in the collective cultural imagination. In his memoir, David Whish-Wilson mentions Balbuk’s defiant walks and the lighting up of the city for astronaut John Glenn in 1962 as the two stories that had the most impact on his Perth childhood. From Gordon Stephenson House, Whish-Wilson visualises her journey in his mind’s eye, past Government House on St Georges Terrace (the main thoroughfare through the city centre), then north on Barrack Street towards the railway station, the site of Lake Kingsford where Balbuk once gathered bush tucker (4). He considers the footpaths “beneath the geometric frame of the modern city […] worn smooth over millennia that snake up through the sheoak and marri woodland and into the city’s heart” (Whish-Wilson 4). Balbuk’s story embodies the intertwined culture and nature of Perth—a city of wetlands. Born in 1840 on Heirisson Island, Balbuk (also known as Yooreel) (Figure 1) had ancestral bonds to the urban landscape. According to Daisy Bates, writing in the early 1900s, the Nyoongar term Matagarup, or “leg deep,” denotes the passage of shallow water near Heirisson Island where Balbuk would have forded the Swan River (“Oldest” 16). Yoonderup was recorded as the Nyoongar name for Heirisson Island (Bates, “Oldest” 16) and the birthplace of Balbuk’s mother (Bates, “Aboriginal”). In the suburb of Shenton Park near present-day Lake Jualbup, her father bequeathed to her a red ochre (or wilgi) pit that she guarded fervently throughout her life (Bates, “Aboriginal”).Figure 1. Group of Aboriginal Women at Perth, including Fanny Balbuk (far right) (c. 1900). Image Credit: State Library of Western Australia (Image Number: 44c). Balbuk’s grandparents were culturally linked to the site. At his favourite camp beside the freshwater spring near Kings Park on Mounts Bay Road, her grandfather witnessed the arrival of Lieutenant-Colonel Frederick Irwin, cousin of James Stirling (Bates, “Fanny”). In 1879, colonial entrepreneurs established the Swan Brewery at this significant locale (Welborn). Her grandmother’s gravesite later became Government House (Bates, “Fanny”) and she protested vociferously outside “the stone gates guarded by a sentry [that] enclosed her grandmother’s burial ground” (Bates, The Passing 70). Balbuk’s other grandmother was buried beneath Bishop’s Grove, the residence of the city’s first archibishop, now Terrace Hotel (Bates, “Aboriginal”). Historian Bob Reece observes that Balbuk was “the last full-descent woman of Kar’gatta (Karrakatta), the Bibbulmun name for the Mount Eliza [Kings Park] area of Perth” (134). According to accounts drawn from Bates, her home ground traversed the area between Heirisson Island and Perth’s north-western limits. In Kings Park, one of her relatives was buried near a large, hollow tree used by Nyoongar people like a cistern to capture water and which later became the site of the Queen Victoria Statue (Bates, “Aboriginal”). On the slopes of Mount Eliza, the highest point of Kings Park, at the western end of St Georges Terrace, she harvested plant foods, including zamia fruits (Macrozamia riedlei) (Bates, “Fanny”). Fanny Balbuk’s knowledge contributed to the native title claim lodged by Nyoongar people in 2006 as Bennell v. State of Western Australia—the first of its kind to acknowledge Aboriginal land rights in a capital city and part of the larger Single Nyoongar Claim (South West Aboriginal Land and Sea Council et al.). Perth’s colonial administration perceived the city’s wetlands as impediments to progress and as insalubrious environments to be eradicated through reclamation practices. For Balbuk and other Nyoongar people, however, wetlands were “nourishing terrains” (Rose) that afforded sustenance seasonally and meaning perpetually (O’Connor, Quartermaine, and Bodney). Mary Graham, a Kombu-merri elder from Queensland, articulates the connection between land and culture, “because land is sacred and must be looked after, the relation between people and land becomes the template for society and social relations. Therefore all meaning comes from land.” Traditional, embodied reliance on Perth’s wetlands is evident in Bates’ documentation. For instance, Boojoormeup was a “big swamp full of all kinds of food, now turned into Palmerston and Lake streets” (Bates, “Aboriginal”). Considering her cultural values, Balbuk’s determination to maintain pathways through the increasingly colonial Perth environment is unsurprising (Figure 2). From Heirisson Island: a straight track had led to the place where once she had gathered jilgies [crayfish] and vegetable food with the women, in the swamp where Perth railway station now stands. Through fences and over them, Balbuk took the straight track to the end. When a house was built in the way, she broke its fence-palings with her digging stick and charged up the steps and through the rooms. (Bates, The Passing 70) One obstacle was Hooper’s Fence, which Balbuk broke repeatedly on her trips to areas between Kings Park and the railway station (Bates, “Hooper’s”). Her tenacious commitment to walking ancestral routes signifies the friction between settlement infrastructure and traditional Nyoongar livelihood during an era of rapid change. Figure 2. Determination of Fanny Balbuk’s Journey between Yoonderup (Heirisson Island) and Lake Kingsford, traversing what is now the central business district of Perth on the Swan River (2014). Image background prepared by Dimitri Fotev. Track interpolation by Jeff Murray. Project Background and Approach Inspired by Fanny Balbuk’s story, Re-imagining Perth’s Lost Wetlands began as an Australian response to the Mannahatta Project. Founded in 1999, that project used spatial analysis techniques and mapping software to visualise New York’s urbanised Manhattan Island—or Mannahatta as it was called by indigenous people—in the early 1600s (Sanderson). Based on research into the island’s original biogeography and the ecological practices of Native Americans, Mannahatta enabled the public to “peel back” the city’s strata, revealing the original composition of the New York site. The layers of visuals included rich details about the island’s landforms, water systems, and vegetation. Mannahatta compelled Rod Giblett, a cultural researcher at Edith Cowan University, to develop an analogous model for visualising Perth circa 1829. The idea attracted support from the City of Perth, Landgate, and the University. Using stories, artefacts, and maps, the team—comprising a cartographer, designer, three-dimensional modelling expert, and historical researchers—set out to generate visualisations of the landscape at the time of British colonisation. Nyoongar elder Noel Nannup approved culturally sensitive material and contributed his perspective on Aboriginal content to include in the exhibition. The initiative’s context remains pressing. In many ways, Perth has become a template for development in the metropolitan area (Weller). While not unusual for a capital, the rate of transformation is perhaps unexpected in a city less than 200 years old (Forster). There also remains a persistent view of existing wetlands as obstructions to progress that, once removed, are soon forgotten (Urban Bushland Council). Digital visualisation can contribute to appreciating environments prior to colonisation but also to re-imagining possibilities for future human interactions with land, water, and space. Despite the rapid pace of change, many Perth area residents have memories of wetlands lost during their lifetimes (for example, Giblett, Forrestdale). However, as the clearing and drainage of the inner city occurred early in settlement, recollections of urban wetlands exist exclusively in historical records. In 1935, a local correspondent using the name “Sandgroper” reminisced about swamps, connecting them to Perth’s colonial heritage: But the Swamps were very real in fact, and in name in the [eighteen-] Nineties, and the Perth of my youth cannot be visualised without them. They were, of course, drying up apace, but they were swamps for all that, and they linked us directly with the earliest days of the Colony when our great-grandparents had founded this City of Perth on a sort of hog's-back, of which Hay-street was the ridge, and from which a succession of streamlets ran down its southern slope to the river, while land locked to the north of it lay a series of lakes which have long since been filled to and built over so that the only evidence that they have ever existed lies in the original street plans of Perth prepared by Roe and Hillman in the early eighteen-thirties. A salient consequence of the loss of ecological memory is the tendency to repeat the miscues of the past, especially the blatant disregard for natural and cultural heritage, as suburbanisation engulfs the area. While the swamps of inner Perth remain only in the names of streets, existing wetlands in the metropolitan area are still being threatened, as the Roe Highway (Roe 8) Campaign demonstrates. To re-imagine Perth’s lost landscape, we used several colonial survey maps to plot the location of the original lakes and swamps. At this time, a series of interconnecting waterbodies, known as the Perth Great Lakes, spread across the north of the city (Bekle and Gentilli). This phase required the earliest cartographic sources (Figure 3) because, by 1855, city maps no longer depicted wetlands. We synthesised contextual information, such as well depths, geological and botanical maps, settlers’ accounts, Nyoongar oral histories, and colonial-era artists’ impressions, to produce renderings of Perth. This diverse collection of primary and secondary materials served as the basis for creating new images of the city. Team member Jeff Murray interpolated Balbuk’s route using historical mappings and accounts, topographical data, court records, and cartographic common sense. He determined that Balbuk would have camped on the high ground of the southern part of Lake Kingsford rather than the more inundated northern part (Figure 2). Furthermore, she would have followed a reasonably direct course north of St Georges Terrace (contrary to David Whish-Wilson’s imaginings) because she was barred from Government House for protesting. This easier route would have also avoided the springs and gullies that appear on early maps of Perth. Figure 3. Townsite of Perth in Western Australia by Colonial Draftsman A. Hillman and John Septimus Roe (1838). This map of Perth depicts the wetlands that existed overlaid by the geomentric grid of the new city. Image Credit: State Library of Western Australia (Image Number: BA1961/14). Additionally, we produced an animated display based on aerial photographs to show the historical extent of change. Prompted by the build up to World War II, the earliest aerial photography of Perth dates from the late 1930s (Dixon 148–54). As “Sandgroper” noted, by this time, most of the urban wetlands had been drained or substantially modified. The animation revealed considerable alterations to the formerly swampy Swan River shoreline. Most prominent was the transformation of the Matagarup shallows across the Swan River, originally consisting of small islands. Now traversed by a causeway, this area was transformed into a single island, Heirisson—the general site of Balbuk’s birth. The animation and accompanying materials (maps, images, and writings) enabled viewers to apprehend the changes in real time and to imagine what the city was once like. Re-imagining Perth’s Urban Heart The physical environment of inner Perth includes virtually no trace of its wetland origins. Consequently, we considered whether a representation of Perth, as it existed previously, could enhance public understanding of natural heritage and thereby increase its value. For this reason, interpretive materials were exhibited centrally at Perth Town Hall. Built partly by convicts between 1867 and 1870, the venue is close to the site of the 1829 Foundation of Perth, depicted in George Pitt Morrison’s painting. Balbuk’s grandfather “camped somewhere in the city of Perth, not far from the Town Hall” (Bates, “Fanny”). The building lies one block from the site of the railway station on the site of Lake Kingsford, the subsistence grounds of Balbuk and her forebears: The old swamp which is now the Perth railway yards had been a favourite jilgi ground; a spring near the Town Hall had been a camping place of Maiago […] and others of her fathers' folk; and all around and about city and suburbs she had gathered roots and fished for crayfish in the days gone by. (Bates, “Derelicts” 55) Beginning in 1848, the draining of Lake Kingsford reached completion during the construction of the Town Hall. While the swamps of the city were not appreciated by many residents, some organisations, such as the Perth Town Trust, vigorously opposed the reclamation of the lake, alluding to its hydrological role: That, the soil being sand, it is not to be supposed that Lake Kingsford has in itself any material effect on the wells of Perth; but that, from this same reason of the sandy soil, it would be impossible to keep the lake dry without, by so doing, withdrawing the water from at least the adjacent parts of the townsite to the same depth. (Independent Journal of Politics and News 3) At the time of our exhibition, the Lake Kingsford site was again being reworked to sink the railway line and build Yagan Square, a public space named after a colonial-era Nyoongar leader. The project required specialised construction techniques due to the high water table—the remnants of the lake. People travelling to the exhibition by train in October 2014 could have seen the lake reasserting itself in partly-filled depressions, flush with winter rain (Figure 4).Figure 4. Rise of the Repressed (2014). Water Rising in the former site of Lake Kingsford/Irwin during construction, corner of Roe and Fitzgerald Streets, Northbridge, WA. Image Credit: Nandi Chinna (2014). The exhibition was situated in the Town Hall’s enclosed undercroft designed for markets and more recently for shops. While some visited after peering curiously through the glass walls of the undercroft, others hailed from local and state government organisations. Guest comments applauded the alternative view of Perth we presented. The content invited the public to re-imagine Perth as a city of wetlands that were both environmentally and culturally important. A display panel described how the city’s infrastructure presented a hindrance for Balbuk as she attempted to negotiate the once-familiar route between Yoonderup and Lake Kingsford (Figure 2). Perth’s growth “restricted Balbuk’s wanderings; towns, trains, and farms came through her ‘line of march’; old landmarks were thus swept away, and year after year saw her less confident of the locality of one-time familiar spots” (Bates, “Fanny”). Conserving Wetlands: From Re-Claiming to Re-Valuing? Imagination, for philosopher Roger Scruton, involves “thinking of, and attending to, a present object (by thinking of it, or perceiving it, in terms of something absent)” (155). According to Scruton, the feelings aroused through imagination can prompt creative, transformative experiences. While environmental conservation tends to rely on data-driven empirical approaches, it appeals to imagination less commonly. We have found, however, that attending to the present object (the city) in terms of something absent (its wetlands) through evocative visual material can complement traditional conservation agendas focused on habitats and species. The actual extent of wetlands loss in the Swan Coastal Plain—the flat and sandy region extending from Jurien Bay south to Cape Naturaliste, including Perth—is contested. However, estimates suggest that 80 per cent of wetlands have been lost, with remaining habitats threatened by climate change, suburban development, agriculture, and industry (Department of Environment and Conservation). As with the swamps and lakes of the inner city, many regional wetlands were cleared, drained, or filled before they could be properly documented. Additionally, the seasonal fluctuations of swampy places have never been easily translatable to two-dimensional records. As Giblett notes, the creation of cartographic representations and the assignment of English names were attempts to fix the dynamic boundaries of wetlands, at least in the minds of settlers and administrators (Postmodern 72–73). Moreover, European colonists found the Western Australian landscape, including its wetlands, generally discomfiting. In a letter from 1833, metaphors failed George Fletcher Moore, the effusive colonial commentator, “I cannot compare these swamps to any marshes with which you are familiar” (220). The intermediate nature of wetlands—as neither land nor lake—is perhaps one reason for their cultural marginalisation (Giblett, Postmodern 39). The conviction that unsanitary, miasmic wetlands should be converted to more useful purposes largely prevailed (Giblett, Black 105–22). Felicity Morel-EdnieBrown’s research into land ownership records in colonial Perth demonstrated that town lots on swampland were often preferred. By layering records using geographic information systems (GIS), she revealed modifications to town plans to accommodate swampland frontages. The decline of wetlands in the region appears to have been driven initially by their exploitation for water and later for fertile soil. Northern market gardens supplied the needs of the early city. It is likely that the depletion of Nyoongar bush foods predated the flourishing of these gardens (Carter and Nutter). Engaging with the history of Perth’s swamps raises questions about the appreciation of wetlands today. In an era where numerous conservation strategies and alternatives have been developed (for example, Bobbink et al. 93–220), the exploitation of wetlands in service to population growth persists. On Perth’s north side, wetlands have long been subdued by controlling their water levels and landscaping their boundaries, as the suburban examples of Lake Monger and Hyde Park (formerly Third Swamp Reserve) reveal. Largely unmodified wetlands, such as Forrestdale Lake, exist south of Perth, but they too are in danger (Giblett, Black Swan). The Beeliar Wetlands near the suburb of Bibra Lake comprise an interconnected series of lakes and swamps that are vulnerable to a highway extension project first proposed in the 1950s. Just as the Perth Town Trust debated Lake Kingsford’s draining, local councils and the public are fiercely contesting the construction of the Roe Highway, which will bisect Beeliar Wetlands, destroying Roe Swamp (Chinna). The conservation value of wetlands still struggles to compete with traffic planning underpinned by a modernist ideology that associates cars and freeways with progress (Gregory). Outside of archives, the debate about Lake Kingsford is almost entirely forgotten and its physical presence has been erased. Despite the magnitude of loss, re-imagining the city’s swamplands, in the way that we have, calls attention to past indiscretions while invigorating future possibilities. We hope that the re-imagining of Perth’s wetlands stimulates public respect for ancestral tracks and songlines like Balbuk’s. Despite the accretions of settler history and colonial discourse, songlines endure as a fundamental cultural heritage. Nyoongar elder Noel Nannup states, “as people, if we can get out there on our songlines, even though there may be farms or roads overlaying them, fences, whatever it is that might impede us from travelling directly upon them, if we can get close proximity, we can still keep our culture alive. That is why it is so important for us to have our songlines.” Just as Fanny Balbuk plied her songlines between Yoonderup and Lake Kingsford, the traditional custodians of Beeliar and other wetlands around Perth walk the landscape as an act of resistance and solidarity, keeping the stories of place alive. Acknowledgments The authors wish to acknowledge Rod Giblett (ECU), Nandi Chinna (ECU), Susanna Iuliano (ECU), Jeff Murray (Kareff Consulting), Dimitri Fotev (City of Perth), and Brendan McAtee (Landgate) for their contributions to this project. The authors also acknowledge the traditional custodians of the lands upon which this paper was researched and written. References Bates, Daisy. “Fanny Balbuk-Yooreel: The Last Swan River (Female) Native.” The Western Mail 1 Jun. 1907: 45.———. “Oldest Perth: The Days before the White Men Won.” The Western Mail 25 Dec. 1909: 16–17.———. “Derelicts: The Passing of the Bibbulmun.” The Western Mail 25 Dec. 1924: 55–56. ———. “Aboriginal Perth.” The Western Mail 4 Jul. 1929: 70.———. “Hooper’s Fence: A Query.” The Western Mail 18 Apr. 1935: 9.———. The Passing of the Aborigines: A Lifetime Spent among the Natives of Australia. London: John Murray, 1966.Bekle, Hugo. “The Wetlands Lost: Drainage of the Perth Lake Systems.” Western Geographer 5.1–2 (1981): 21–41.Bekle, Hugo, and Joseph Gentilli. “History of the Perth Lakes.” Early Days 10.5 (1993): 442–60.Bobbink, Roland, Boudewijn Beltman, Jos Verhoeven, and Dennis Whigham, eds. Wetlands: Functioning, Biodiversity Conservation, and Restoration. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 2006. Carter, Bevan, and Lynda Nutter. Nyungah Land: Records of Invasion and Theft of Aboriginal Land on the Swan River 1829–1850. Guildford: Swan Valley Nyungah Community, 2005.Chinna, Nandi. “Swamp.” Griffith Review 47 (2015). 29 Sep. 2015 ‹https://griffithreview.com/articles/swamp›.Department of Environment and Conservation. Geomorphic Wetlands Swan Coastal Plain Dataset. Perth: Department of Environment and Conservation, 2008.Dixon, Robert. Photography, Early Cinema, and Colonial Modernity: Frank Hurley’s Synchronized Lecture Entertainments. London: Anthem Press, 2011. Forster, Clive. Australian Cities: Continuity and Change. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2004.Giblett, Rod. Postmodern Wetlands: Culture, History, Ecology. Edinburgh: Edinburgh UP, 1996. ———. Forrestdale: People and Place. Bassendean: Access Press, 2006.———. Black Swan Lake: Life of a Wetland. Bristol: Intellect, 2013.———. Cities and Wetlands: The Return of the Repressed in Nature and Culture. London: Bloomsbury, 2016. Chapter 2.Graham, Mary. “Some Thoughts about the Philosophical Underpinnings of Aboriginal Worldviews.” Australian Humanities Review 45 (2008). 29 Sep. 2015 ‹http://www.australianhumanitiesreview.org/archive/Issue-November-2008/graham.html›.Gregory, Jenny. “Remembering Mounts Bay: The Narrows Scheme and the Internationalization of Perth Planning.” Studies in Western Australian History 27 (2011): 145–66.Independent Journal of Politics and News. “Perth Town Trust.” The Perth Gazette and Independent Journal of Politics and News 8 Jul. 1848: 2–3.Moore, George Fletcher. Extracts from the Letters of George Fletcher Moore. Ed. Martin Doyle. London: Orr and Smith, 1834.Morel-EdnieBrown, Felicity. “Layered Landscape: The Swamps of Colonial Northbridge.” Social Science Computer Review 27 (2009): 390–419. Nannup, Noel. Songlines with Dr Noel Nannup. Dir. Faculty of Regional Professional Studies, Edith Cowan University (2015). 29 Sep. 2015 ‹https://vimeo.com/129198094›. (Quoted material transcribed from 3.08–3.39 of the video.) O’Connor, Rory, Gary Quartermaine, and Corrie Bodney. Report on an Investigation into Aboriginal Significance of Wetlands and Rivers in the Perth-Bunbury Region. Perth: Western Australian Water Resources Council, 1989.Reece, Bob. “‘Killing with Kindness’: Daisy Bates and New Norcia.” Aboriginal History 32 (2008): 128–45.Rose, Deborah Bird. Nourishing Terrains: Australian Aboriginal Views of Landscape and Wilderness. Canberra: Australian Heritage Commission, 1996.Sanderson, Eric. Mannahatta: A Natural History of New York City. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 2009.Sandgroper. “Gilgies: The Swamps of Perth.” The West Australian 4 May 1935: 7.Scruton, Roger. Art and Imagination. London: Methuen, 1974.Seddon, George. Sense of Place: A Response to an Environment, the Swan Coastal Plain, Western Australia. Melbourne: Bloomings Books, 2004.South West Aboriginal Land and Sea Council and John Host with Chris Owen. “It’s Still in My Heart, This is My Country:” The Single Noongar Claim History. Crawley: U of Western Australia P, 2009.Urban Bushland Council. “Bushland Issues.” 2015. 29 Sep. 2015 ‹http://www.bushlandperth.org.au/bushland-issues›.Welborn, Suzanne. Swan: The History of a Brewery. Crawley: U of Western Australia P, 1987.Weller, Richard. Boomtown 2050: Scenarios for a Rapidly Growing City. Crawley: U of Western Australia P, 2009. Whish-Wilson, David. Perth. Sydney: NewSouth Publishing, 2013.

The etiology of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) is multifactorial. Some studies suggest that vitamin D deficiency has a role in both the development of IBD and disease severity. Moreover, it has also been shown that IBD results in a vitamin D deficient condition. Thus, the goal of this study was to evaluate the ability of a diet containing whole egg to maintain vitamin D balance in rats with dextran sodium sulfate (DSS)‐induced colitis. We hypothesized that because eggs are an excellent source of vitamin D, particularly 25‐(OH)‐vitamin D (25D), they represent a viable dietary strategy to maintain vitamin D balance during colitis development. In an initial dose response study, 5‐wk old Sprague‐Dawley rats (N=24) were randomly assigned to 4 groups (n=6 per group) of DSS‐treated drinking water (%, w/v): 0, 3, 4, and 5%. All rats were maintained on an AIN93 casein‐based diet for 5 wk. DSS‐treated drinking water replaced tap water for the final 7 d of the study period. Food and water were provided ad libitum. Prior to sacrifice, animals were placed in metabolism cages for 12 h for the collection of urine and to ensure they were in a fasted state. Urinary creatinine, 25D, and vitamin D binding protein (DBP), as well as serum 25D, were analyzed. Mean values were compared using a one‐way ANOVA (P< 0.05). Although urinary creatinine and 25D concentrations were not different across DSS groups, urinary DBP was significantly higher in the 3, 4 and 5% DSS groups compared to the 0% control (P= 0.025). Serum 25D concentrations exhibited a dose‐response with respect to DSS concentration and were significantly lower in the 4 and 5% DSS groups as compared to the 0 and 3% DSS‐treated rats. In a follow‐up study, rats (N=36) were randomly assigned to three diet groups (n=12 per group): a control AIN93 casein‐based diet, the same diet containing whole egg in place of casein, or a casein‐based diet with supplemented cholecalciferol (i.e., vitamin D3) at the same concentration (12.6 μg/kg diet) provided by the whole egg‐based diet. All diets were formulated to provide 20% (w/w) protein; thus, corn oil was added to the casein‐based diets to achieve the same total lipid content as the whole egg‐based diet. For the final 7 d of the 6 wk study, half of the rats in each diet group received 3.5% DSS drinking water. Control and DSS‐treated rats fed the whole egg‐based diet had serum 25D concentrations that were 61% higher than rats fed the casein‐based diets (P<0.001). Control casein‐fed rats supplemented with cholecalciferol had serum 25D concentrations that were 20% higher than control rats not receiving cholecalciferol supplementation (P= 0.009); however, cholecalciferol supplementation was without effect on serum 25D concentrations in DSS‐treated rats. These data strongly suggest that dietary consumption of whole egg results in: (1) an increase in serum 25D concentrations in control and IBD rats; and (2) increased serum 25D concentrations that were greater than an equivalent amount of supplemental cholecalciferol. Taken together, these results may support new dietary recommendations regarding whole egg consumption as a viable strategy for the management and/or prevention of vitamin D deficiency in IBD.Support or Funding InformationEgg Nutrition Center, Park Ridge, IL.

Abstract Context Walking groups run by trained individuals, lasting under an hour in a natural environment, may be a cost-effective way by which to encourage sustainable changes in physical activity as well as foster companionship and a shared experience of wellness among participants. Walk with a Doc (WWaD) is a national program that provides a platform for medical professionals, including physicians and medical students, to deliver a short talk on a health topic prior to walking side by side with patients and community members. Objectives To evaluate the WWaD Chapter at Stony Brook following implementation, a questionnaire was designed utilizing a mixed-methods approach (i.e., containing qualitative and quantitative items) and administered to all attendees monthly prior to the health discussion. The aim of the questionnaire was fourfold: first, to obtain participant demographics; second, to obtain information on attendees’ own perceptions of their health status and the role exercise plays in their health; third, to gain data on physical activity levels, including lengths of exercise sessions and types of activities performed; and fourth, to learn more about attendees’ motivations and goals for participating in the walks. Methods We received an IRB exemption. Physician and medical student volunteers were recruited from Stony Brook University Hospital, a suburban tertiary care center, to oversee program logistics. WWaD was scheduled to take place on the third Sunday of every month for 1 h at Heritage Park in Mount Sinai, New York. The event was advertised by volunteers to colleagues, peers, patients, and community members utilizing word of mouth, printed flyers, emails to listservs, and social media outlets. Each month, a physician volunteer oversaw a brief discussion (approximately 10 min in length). Results Over the course of the 5 month evaluation period, 91 individuals participated in the walks, including repeat attendees. After excluding duplicate or incomplete entries, data from 30 participants were included in this analysis. The majority of participants were female (n=24) with a mean age of 50 years (range, 23–98 years). Feedback on WWaD program elements was largely positive. Participants commended the monthly speakers for “informative talks” (n=6) on “interesting topics” (n=4), with plans to review the supplemental information in educational pamphlets following the walk (n=4). The brochures were also deemed “helpful.” Overwhelmingly, patients referred to the community gathering and team building aspects of WWaD as the “most enjoyable” aspect of the program (n=8) and a key driver for participation. Conclusions This mixed-methods study of the WWaD chapter at Stony Brook contributes to a growing body of evidence highlighting the value of walking groups as effective avenues for collaboration in producing accessible healthy behavior.

Research has shown that inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) results in a vitamin D deficient condition. Moreover, studies also suggest that vitamin D deficiency may play a role in both the pathogenesis and progression of IBD. Thus, the aim of this study was to investigate the ability of a diet containing whole egg to maintain vitamin D homeostasis in rats with dextran sodium sulfate (DSS)‐induced colitis. Because eggs are an excellent source of vitamin D, particularly 25‐(OH)‐vitamin D3 (25D), they represent a viable dietary strategy to maintain vitamin D balance during colitis progression. Five week‐old Sprague‐Dawley rats (N=54) were randomly assigned to 3 diet groups: a control AIN93 casein‐based diet, the same diet containing whole egg in place of casein, or a casein‐based diet with supplemental cholecalciferol (i.e., vitamin D3) at the same total vitamin D concentration (37.6 mg/kg diet) provided by the whole egg‐based diet. All diets were formulated to provide 20% (w/w) protein; thus, it required addition of corn oil to the casein‐based diets to achieve the same total lipid content as the whole egg‐based diet. The study was divided into a 6 wk pre‐DSS period and a 6 wk post‐DSS period, where tap water was replaced by 3.5% DSS‐treated drinking water for 7 d. Rats in the pre‐DSS treatment period were fed their respective diets prior to DSS administration: casein‐based (n=30), casein supplemented with D3 (n=12), or whole egg‐based (n=12). Of the 30 rats fed casein only, 24 received DSS drinking water as well as half of the rats in the supplemental D3 and whole egg groups. All but 18 of the casein‐fed rats were sacrificed after the 7 d DSS administration. Following 7 d of DSS consumption, the 18 post‐DSS treatment rats were divided into the same 3 dietary treatment groups for the final 6 wk. For all rats at all time points, food and water were provided ad libitum. Prior to sacrifice, animals were placed in metabolism cages for 12 h for the collection of urine and to ensure they were in a fasted state. Pre‐treatment control and DSS‐treated rats fed the whole egg‐based diet had serum 25D concentrations that were 78% higher than rats fed the casein‐based diets (P<0.001). However, D3 supplementation was without effect on serum 25D concentrations regardless of IBD status (P = 0.996). Similar patterns were observed in the post‐treatment period. Rats whose diet was changed to whole egg after DSS‐administration had serum 25D concentrations that were 74% higher than rats fed casein and supplemental D3 (P<0.008). These data strongly suggest that dietary consumption of whole egg results in: (1) an increase in serum 25D concentrations in control and IBD rats; and (2) increased serum 25D concentrations that were greater than an equivalent amount of supplemental D3. These results may support new dietary recommendations regarding whole egg consumption as a viable prevention and treatment strategy for the management of vitamin D deficiency in IBD.Support or Funding InformationEgg Nutrition Center, Park Ridge, IL.

In a 1999 interview with the online magazine The AV Club, a subsidiary of satirical news website, The Onion, Bret Easton Ellis claimed: “I’ve never written a single scene that I can say took place, I’ve never written a line of dialogue that I’ve heard someone say or that I have said” (qtd. in Klein). Ten years later, in the same magazine, Ellis was reminded of this quote and asked why most of his novels have been perceived as veiled autobiographies. Ellis responded:Well, they are autobiographical in the sense that they reflect who I was at a particular moment in my life. There was talk of a memoir, and I realized why I couldn’t write a memoir, because the books are the memoir—they completely sum up how I was feeling, what I was thinking about, what my obsessions were, what I was fantasizing about, who I was, in a fictional context over the last 25 years or so (qtd. in Tobias).Despite any protestations to the contrary, Bret Easton Ellis’s novels have included various intentional and unintentional disclosures which reflect the author’s personal experiences. This pattern of self-disclosure became most overt in his most recent novel, Lunar Park (2005), in which the narrator shares a name, vocation and many aspects of his personal history with Ellis himself. After two decades and many assumptions made about Ellis’s personal life in the public media, it seems on the surface as if this novel uses disclosure as the site of closure for several rumours and relationships which have haunted his career. It is possible to see how this fictional text transgresses the boundaries between fiction and fact in an attempt to sever the feedback loop between the media’s representation of Ellis and the interpretation of his fictional texts. Yet it is important to note that with Ellis, there is always more beneath the surface. This is evident after only one chapter of Lunar Park when the novel changes form from an autobiography into a fictional ghost story, both of which are told by Bret Easton Ellis, a man who simultaneously reflects and refracts aspects of the real life author.Before analysing Lunar Park, it is helpful to consider the career trajectory which led to its creation. Bret Easton Ellis made his early fame writing semi-fictional accounts of rich, beautiful, young, yet ambitionless members of generation-X, growing up in the 1980s in America. His first novel, Less Than Zero (1985), chronicled the exploits of his protagonists as they drifted from party to party, from one meaningless sexual encounter to another; all while anesthetised on a cocktail of Valium, Prozac, Percocet and various illegal drugs. The brutal realism of his narrative, coupled with the structure—short vignettes like snapshots and short chapters told in simplistic style—led the text to be hailed as the first “MTV Novel” (Annesley 90; see also: Freese).It is not difficult to discover the many similarities that exist between the creator of Less Than Zero and his fictional creation, Clay, the novel’s narrator-protagonist. Both grew up in Los Angeles and headed east to attend a small liberal-arts college. Both Ellis’s and Clay’s parents were divorced and both young men grew up living in a house with their mother and their two sisters. Ellis’s relationship with his father was, by all accounts, as strained as what is represented in the few meetings Clay has with his own father in Less Than Zero. In these scenes, Clay describes a brief, perfunctory lunch meeting in an expensive restaurant in which Clay’s father is too preoccupied by work to acknowledge his son’s presence.Ellis’s second novel, The Rules of Attraction (1987), is set at Camden College, the same college that Clay attends in Less Than Zero. At one point, Clay even guest-narrates a chapter of The Rules of Attraction; the phrase, “people are afraid to walk across campus after midnight” (205) recalls the opening line of Less Than Zero, “people are afraid to merge on highways in Los Angeles” (5). Camden bears quite a few similarities with Bennington College, the college which Ellis himself was attending when Less Than Zero was published and Ellis was catapulted into the limelight. Even Ellis himself has admitted that the book is, “a completely fictionalized portrait of a group of people, all summations of friends I knew” (qtd. in Tobias).The authenticity of Ellis’s narrative voice was considered as an insight which came from participation (A Conversation with Bret Easton Ellis). The depiction of disenfranchised youth in the Reagan era in America was so compelling because Ellis seemed to personify and even embody the malaise and listlessness of his narrators in his public performances and interviews. In the minds of many readers and critics, Ellis’s narrators were a fictional extrapolation of Ellis himself. The association of Ellis to his fictional narrators backfired when Ellis’s third novel, American Psycho (1991), was published. The novel was criticised for its detached depiction of Patrick Bateman, who narrates in minute detail his daily routine which includes an extensive beauty regime, lunchtimes and dinnertimes spent in extravagant New York restaurants, a relationship with a fiancée and a mistress, a job on Wall Street in which he seems to do no real “work,” and his night-time hobby where brutally murders women, homeless men, gay men and even a small child. Bateman’s choice of victims can be interpreted as unconsciously aimed at anyone why may threaten his dominant position as a wealthy, white, heterosexual male. While Bateman kills as many men as he does women, his male victims are killed quickly in sudden bursts of violence. Bateman’s female victims are the subject of brutal torture, prolonged violent sexualized attacks, and in many cases inhumane post-mortem disfigurement and dismemberment.The public reception of American Psycho has been analysed as much as the text itself, (see: Murphet; Brien). Because American Psycho is narrated in the first-person voice of Bateman, there is no escape from his subjectivity. Many, including the National Organization of Women, interpreted this lack of authorial comment as Ellis’s tacit agreement and acceptance of Bateman’s behaviour. Another similar interpretation was made by Roger Rosenblatt in his pre-publication review of American Psycho in which he forthrightly encourages readers to “Snuff this Book” (Rosenblatt). Rosenblatt finds no ironic critique in Ellis’s representation of Bateman, instead finding himself at a loss to understand Ellis’s intention in writing American Psycho, saying “one only assumes, Mr. Ellis disapproves. It's a bit hard to tell what Mr. Ellis intends exactly, because he languishes so comfortably in the swamp he purports to condemn” (n.p.).In much the same way as Ellis’s previous narrators had reflected his experience and opinions, Ellis was considered as accepting and even glorifying the actions of a misogynistic serial killer. Ellis himself has commented on the popularised “misreading” of his novel: “Because I never step in anywhere and say, ‘Hey, this is all wrong,’ people get upset. That’s outrageous to me! Who’s going to say that serial killing is wrong?! Isn’t that a given? There’s no need to say that” (qtd. in. Klein)Ellis himself was treated as if he had committed the actual crimes that Patrick Bateman describes. The irony being that, as I have argued elsewhere (Phillips), there are numerous signs within the text which point to the possibility that Patrick Bateman did not commit the crimes as he claims: he can be interpreted as an unreliable narrator. Although the unreliability is Bateman’s narration doesn’t remove the effect which the reader experiences, it does indicate a distance between the author and the narrator. This distance was overlooked by many critics who interpreted Ellis as agreeing and condoning Bateman’s views and actions.When Ellis’s fourth novel, Glamorama was published, the decadent lifestyle represented in the text was again considered to be a reflection of Ellis’s personal experience. The star-studded parties and glamorous night clubs seemed to be lifted straight out of Ellis’s experience (although, no-one would ever claim that Ellis was a fashion-model-turned-international-terrorist like his narrator, Victor). One reviewer notes that “even when Bret Easton Ellis writes about killer yuppies and terrorist fashion models, a lot of people still think he's writing about himself” (Waldren).With the critical tendency to read an autobiographical confession out of Ellis’s fictional works firmly in place, it is not hard to see why Ellis decided to make the narrator of his fifth novel, Lunar Park, none other than Bret Easton Ellis himself. It is my contention that Lunar Park is the site of disclosures based on the real life of Bret Easton Ellis. I believe that Ellis chose the form of a mock-autobiography-turned-ghost-story as the site of exorcism for the many ghosts which have haunted his career, namely, his public persona and the publication of American Psycho. Ultimately, it is the exorcism of a more personal ghost, namely his father Robert Martin Ellis which provides the most private disclosure in the text and therefore the most touching, truthful and abiding site of closure for the entire novel and for Ellis himself. For ease, I will refer to the narrator of Lunar Park as Bret and the author of Lunar Park as Ellis.On the surface, it appears that Lunar Park is an autobiographical memoir. In one of the many mixed reviews of the novel (see: Murray; "Behind Bret's Mask"; Hand), Steve Almond’s title describes how Ellis masquerading as Ellis “is not a pretty sight” (Almond). The opening chapter is told in autobiographical style and charts Bret’s meteoric rise from college student to member of the literary brat pack (alongside Jay McInerney and Tama Jancowitz), to reviled author of American Psycho (1991) reaching his washed-up, drug-addled and near-death nadir during the Glamorama (1998) book tour. However, careful reading of this chapter reveals that the real-life Ellis is obscuring as much about himself as he appears to be revealing. Although it takes the form of a candid disclosure of his personal life, there are elements of the narrator’s story which do not agree with the public record of the author Ellis.The fictional Bret claims to have attended Camden College, and that his manuscript for Less Than Zero was a college project, discovered by his professor. While the plot of this story does reflect Ellis’s actual experience, he has set Bret’s story at Camden College, the fictional setting of The Rules of Attraction. By adding an element of fiction into the autobiographical account, Ellis is indicating that he is not identical to his narrating counterpart. It also signifies the Bret that exists in the fictional space whereas Ellis resides in the “real world.”In Lunar Park, Bret also talks about his relationship with Jayne Dennis. Jayne is described as a model-turned-actress, an up and coming Hollywood superstar who in the 1980s performed in films alongside Keanu Reeves. Jayne is one of the truly fictional characters in Lunar Park. She doesn’t exist outside of the text, except in two websites which were established to promote the publication of Lunar Park in 2005 (www.jaynedennis.com and www.jayne-dennis.com). While Bret and Jayne are dating, Jayne falls pregnant. Bret begs her to have an abortion. When Jayne decides to keep the child, her relationship with Bret falls apart. Bret meets his son Robby only twice from birth until the age of 10. The relationship between the fictional Bret and the fictional Jayne creates Robby, a fictional offspring who shares a name with Robert Martin Ellis (Bret and Ellis’s father).Many have been tempted to participate in Ellis’s game, to sift fact from fiction in the opening chapter of Lunar Park. Holt and Abbot published a two page point-by-point analysis of where the real-life Ellis diverged from the fictional Bret. The promotional website established by Ellis’s publisher was named www.twobrets.com to invite such a comparison. Although this game is invited by Ellis, he has also publicly stated that there is more to Lunar Park than the comparison between himself and his fictional counterpart:My worry is that people will want to know what’s true and what’s not […] All the things that are in the book—my quote-unquote autobiography—I just don’t want to answer any of those questions. I don’t like demystifying the text (qtd. in Wyatt n.p.)Although Ellis refuses to demystify the text, one of the purposes of inserting himself into the text is to trap readers in this very game, and to confuse fact with fiction. Although the text opens with a chapter which reads like Ellis’s autobiography, careful reading of the textual Bret against the extra-textual Ellis reveals that this chapter contains almost as much fiction as the “ghost story” which fills the remaining 400-odd pages. This ghost story could have been told by any first-person narrator. By writing himself into the text, Ellis is writing his public persona into the fictional character of Bret. One of the effects of blurring the lines between public and private, reality and fiction is that Ellis’s real-life disclosures invite the reader to read the fictional text against their extra-textual knowledge of Ellis himself. In this way, Ellis is able to address the many ghosts which have haunted his career—most importantly the public reception of American Psycho and his public persona. A more personal ghost is the ghost of Ellis’s father who has been written into the text, literally haunting Bret’s home with messages from beyond the grave. Closure occurs when these ghosts have been exorcised. The question is: is Lunar Park Ellis’s attempt to close down the public debates, or to add more fuel to the fire?One of the areas in which Ellis seeks to find closure is in the controversy surrounding American Psycho. Ellis uses his fictional voice to re-write the discourse surrounding the creation and reception of the text. There are deliberate contradictions in Bret’s version of writing American Psycho. In Lunar Park, Bret describes the writing process of American Psycho. In an oddly ornate passage for Ellis (who seldom uses adverbs), Bret describes how he would “fearfully watch my hands as the pen swept across the yellow legal pads” (19) blaming the “spirit” of Patrick Bateman for visiting and causing the book to be written. When it was finished, the “spirit” was “disgustingly satisfied” and stopped “gleefully haunting” Bret’s dreams. This shift in writing style may be an indication of a shift from reality into a fictionalised account of the writing of American Psycho. Much of the plot of Lunar Park is taken up with the consequences of American Psycho, when a madman starts replicating crimes exactly as they appear in the novel. It is almost as if Patrick Bateman is haunting Bret and his family. When informed that his fictional violence has disrupted his quiet suburban existence, Bret laments, “this was the moment that detractors of the book had warned me about: if anything happened to anyone as a result of the publication of this novel, Bret Easton Ellis was to blame” (181-2). By the end of Lunar Park Bret decides to “kill” Patrick Bateman once and for all, by writing an epilogue in which Bateman is burnt alive.On the surface, it appears that Lunar Park is the site of an apology about American Psycho. However, this is not entirely the case. Much of Bret’s description of writing American Psycho is contradictory to Ellis’s personal accounts where he consciously researched the gruesome details of Bateman’s crimes using an FBI training manual (Rose). Although Patrick Bateman is destroyed by the end of Lunar Park, extra-textually, neither Bret nor Ellis is not entirely apologetic for his creation. Bret argues that American Psycho was “about society and manners and mores, and not about cutting up women. How could anyone who read the book not see this?” (182). Extra-textually, in an interview Ellis admitted that when he re-read “the violence sequences I was incredibly upset and shocked […] I can't believe that I wrote that. Looking back, I realize, God, you really sort of stepped over a line there” (qtd. in Wyatt n.p.). However, in that same interview, Ellis admits to lying to reporters if he feels that the reporter is “out to get” him. Therefore, Ellis’s apology may not actually be an apology at all.Lunar Park presents an explanation about how and why American Psycho was written. This explanation is much akin to claiming that “the devil made me do it”, by arguing that Bret was possessed by “the spirit of this madman” (18). While it may seem that this explanation is an attempt to close the vast amount of discussion surrounding why American Psycho was written, Ellis is actually using his fictional persona to address the public outcry about his most controversial novel, providing an apology for a text, which is really no apology at all. Ultimately, the reliability of Bret’s account depends on the reader’s knowledge of Ellis’s public persona. This interplay between the fictional Bret and the real-life Ellis can be seen in Lunar Park’s account of the Glamorama publicity tour. In Lunar Park, Bret describes his own version of the Glamorama book tour. For Bret, this tour functions as his personal nadir, the point in his life where he hits rock bottom and looks to Jayne Dennis as his saviour. Throughout the tour, Bret describes taking all manner of drugs. At one point, threatened by his erratic behaviour, Bret’s publishers asked a personal minder to join the book tour, reporting back on Bret’s actions which include picking at nonexistent scabs, sobbing at his appearance in a hotel mirror and locking himself in a bookstore bathroom for over an hour before emerging and claiming that he had a snake living in his mouth (32-33).The reality of the Glamorama book tour is not anywhere near as wild as that described by Bret in Lunar Park. In reviews and articles addressing the real-life Glamorama book tour, there are no descriptions of these events. One article, from the The Observer (Macdonald), does describe a meeting over lunch where Ellis admits to drinking way too much the night before and then having to deal with phone calls from fans he can’t remember giving his phone-number to. However, as previously mentioned, in that same article a friend of Ellis’s is quoted as saying that Ellis frequently lies to reporters. Bret’s fictional actions seem to confirm Ellis’s real life “party boy” persona. For Moran, “the name of the author [him]self can become merely an image, either used to market a literary product directly or as a kind of free floating signifier within contemporary culture” (61). Lunar Park is about all of the connotations of the name Bret Easton Ellis. It is also a subversion of those expectations. The fictional Glamorama book tour shows Ellis’s media persona taken to an extreme until it becomes a self-embodying parody. In Lunar Park, Ellis is deliberately amplifying his public persona, accepting that no amount of truthful disclosure will erase the image of Bret-the-party-boy. However, the remainder of the novel turns this image on its head by removing Bret from New York and placing him in middle-American suburbia, married, and with two children in tow.Ultimately, although the novel appears as a transgression of fact and fiction, Bret may be the most fictional of all of Ellis’s narrators (with the exception of Patrick Bateman). Bret is married where Ellis is single. Bret is heterosexual whereas Ellis is homosexual, and used the site of Lunar Park to confirm his homosexuality. Bret has children whereas Ellis is childless. Bret has settled down into the heartland of American suburbia, a wife and two children in tow whereas Ellis has made it clear that this lifestyle is not one he is seeking. The novel is presented as the site of Ellis’s personal disclosure, and yet only creates more fictional fodder for the public image of Ellis, there are elements of true and personal disclosures from Ellis life, which he is using the text as the site for his own brand of closure. The most genuine and heartfelt closure is achieved through Ellis’s disclosure of his relationship with his father.The death of Ellis’s father, Robert Martin Ellis has an impact on both the textual and extra-textual levels of Lunar Park. Textually, the novel takes the form of a ghost story, and it is Robert himself who is haunting Bret. These spectral disturbances manifest themselves in Bret’s house which slowly transforms into a representation of his childhood home. Bret also receives nightly e-mails from the bank in which his father’s ashes have been stored in a safe-deposit box. These e-mails contain an attached video file showing the last few moments of Robert Martin Ellis’s life. Bret never finds out who filmed the video. Extra-textually, the death of Robert Martin Ellis is clearly signified in the fact that Lunar Park is dedicated to him as well as Michael Wade Kaplan, two men close to Ellis who have died. The trope of fathers haunting their sons is further highlighted by Ellis’s inter-textual references to Shakespeare’s Hamlet including a quote in the epigraph: “From the table of my memory / I’ll wipe away all trivial fond records, / all saws of books, all forms, all pressures past / that youth and observation copied there” (1.5.98-101). The names of various geographical locations in Bret’s neighbourhood: Bret and Jayne live on Elsinore Lane, named for Elsinore castle, Bret also visits Fortinbras Mall, Osric hotel and Ophelia Boulevard. In Hamlet, the son is called upon by the ghost of his father to avenge his death. In Lunar Park, Bret is called upon to avenge himself against the wrongs inflicted upon him by his own father.The ambiguity of the relationships between fathers and sons is summarised in the closing passage of the novel. So, if you should see my son, tell him I say hello, be good, that I am thinking of him and that I know he’s watching over me somewhere, and not to worry: that he can always find me here, whenever he wants, right here, my arms held out and waiting, in the pages, behind the covers, at the end of Lunar Park (453).Although Bret earlier signals the reader to interpret this passage as a message from Bret to his son Robby (45), it is also possible to interpret is as a message from the fictional Robert Martin Ellis to the fictional Bret. In this reading, Lunar Park is not just a novel, a game or a post-modern deconstruction of the fact and fiction binary, it instead becomes an exorcism for the author. The process of writing Lunar Park to casts the spectre of the real-life Robert Martin Ellis out of his life to a place where Bret (and Ellis) can always find him. This relationship is the site not only of disclosure – reflecting Ellis’s own personal angst with his late father – but of closure, where Ellis has channelled his relationship and indeed exorcised his father into the text.Lunar Park contains several forms of disclosures, most of which transgress the line between fiction and fact. Lunar Park does not provide a closure from the tendency to read autobiography into Ellis’s texts, instead, chapter one provides as much fiction as fact, as evident in the discussions of American Psycho and the Glamorama book tour. Although chapter one presents in an autobiographical form, the remainder of the text reveals how fictional “Bret Easton Ellis” really is. Much of Lunar Park can be interpreted as a puzzle whose answer depends on the reader’s knowledge and understanding of the public perception, persona and profile of Bret Easton Ellis himself. Although seeming to provide closure on the surface, by playing with fiction and fact, Lunar Park only opens up more ground for discussion of Ellis, his novels, his persona and his fictional worlds. These are discussions I look forward to participating in, particularly as 2010 will see the publication of Ellis’s sixth novel (and sequel to Less Than Zero), Imperial Bedrooms.Although much of Ellis’s game in Lunar Park is to tease the reader by failing to provide true disclosures or meaningful and finite closure, the ending of the Lunar Park indicates the most honest, heartfelt and abiding closure for the text and for Ellis himself. Devoid of games and extra-textual riddles, the end of the novel is a message from a father to his son. By disclosing details of his troubled relationship with his father, both Ellis and his fictional counterpart Bret are able to exorcise the ghost of Robert Martin Ellis. As the novel closes, the ghost who haunts the text has indeed been exorcised and is now standing, with “arms held out and waiting, in the pages, behind the covers, at the end of Lunar Park” (453). ReferencesAlmond, Steve. "Ellis Masquerades as Ellis, and It Is Not a Pretty Sight." Boston Globe 14 Aug. 2005.Annesley, James. Blank Fictions: Consumerism, Culture and the Contemporary American Novel. London: Pluto Press, 1998."Behind Bret's Mask." Manchester Evening News 10 Oct. 2005.Brien, Donna Lee. "The Real Filth in American Psycho: A Critical Reassessment." M/C Journal 9.5 (2006). 30 Nov. 2009 < http://journal.media-culture.org.au/0610/01-brien.php >.Ellis, Bret Easton. Less than Zero. London: Vintage, 1985.–––. The Rules of Attraction. London: Vintage, 1987.–––. American Psycho. London: Picador, 1991.–––. Glamorama. New York: Knopf, 1998.–––. Lunar Park. New York: Knopf, 2005.Freese, Peter. "Bret Easton Ellis, Less than Zero; Entropy in the 'Mtv Novel'?" Modes of Narrative: Approaches to American, Canadian and British Fiction. Eds. Reingard Nishik and Barbara Korts. Wurzburg: Konighausen and Naumann, 1990. 68–87. Hand, Elizabeth. "House of Horrors; Bret Easton Ellis, the Author of 'American Psycho,' Rips into His Most Frightening Subject Yet—Himself." The Washington Post 21 Aug. 2005.Klein, Joshua. "Interview with Bret Easton Ellis." The Onion AV Club 17 Mar.(1999). 5 Sep. 2009 < http://www.avclub.com/articles/bret-easton-ellis,13586/ >.Macdonald, Marianna. “Interview—Bret Easton Ellis—All Cut Up.” The Observer 28 June 1998.Moran, Joe. Star Authors. London: Pluto Press, 2000.Murphet, Julian. Bret Easton Ellis's American Psycho: A Reader's Guide. New York: Continuum, 2002.Murray, Noel. "Lunar Park [Review]." The Onion AV Club 2 Aug. 2005. 1 Nov. 2009 < http://www.avclub.com/articles/lunar-park,4393/ >.Phillips, Jennifer. "Unreliable Narration in Bret Easton Ellis’ American Psycho: Interaction between Narrative Form and Thematic Content." Current Narratives 1.1 (2009): 60–68.Rose, Charlie. “A Conversation with Bret Easton Ellis”. The Charlie Rose Show. Prod. Charlie Rose and Yvette Vega. PBS. 7 Sep. 1994. Rosenblatt, Roger. "Snuff This Book! Will Bret Easton Ellis Get Away with Murder?" The New York Times 16 Dec. 1990: Arts.Shakespeare, William. Hamlet. Ed. Graham Holderness and Bryan Loughrey. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1992.Tobias, Scott. "Bret Easton Ellis (Interview)". The Onion AV Club 22 Apr. 2009. 31 Aug. 2009 < http://www.avclub.com/articles/bret-easton-ellis%2C26988/1/ >.Wyatt, Edward. "Bret Easton Ellis: The Man in the Mirror." The New York Times 7 Aug. 2005: Arts.

IntroductionThe 2009 American film Trash Humpers, directed by Harmony Korine, was released at a time when the hipster had become a ubiquitous concept, entering into the common vernacular of numerous cultures throughout the world, and gaining significant press, social media and academic attention (see Žižek; Arsel and Thompson; Greif et al.; Stahl; Ouellette; Reeve; Schiermer; Maly and Varis). Trash Humpers emerged soon after the 2008 Global Financial Crisis triggered Occupy movements in numerous cities, aided by social media platforms, reported on by blogs such as Gawker, and stylized by multi-national youth-subculture brands such as Vice, American Apparel, Urban Outfitters and a plethora of localised variants.Korine’s film, which is made to resemble found VHS footage of old-aged vandals, epitomises the ironic, retro stylizations and “counterculture-meets-kitsch” aesthetics so familiar to hipster culture. As a creative stereotype from 1940s and ‘50s jazz and beatnik subcultures, the hipster re-emerged in the twenty-first century as a negative embodiment of alternative culture in the age of the Internet. As well as plumbing the recent past for things not yet incorporated into contemporary marketing mechanisms, the hipster also signifies the blurring of irony and authenticity. Such “outsiderness as insiderness” postures can be regarded as a continuation of the marginality-from-the-centre logic of cool capitalism that emerged after World War Two. Particularly between 2007 and 2015, the post-postmodern concept of the hipster was a resonant cultural trope in Western and non-Western cultures alike, coinciding with the normalisation of the new digital terrain and the establishment of mobile social media as an integral aspect of many people’s daily lives. While Korine’s 79-minute feature could be thought of as following in the schlocky footsteps of the likes of Rob Zombie’s The Devil’s Rejects (2006), it is decidedly more arthouse, and more attuned to the influence of contemporary alternative media brands and independent film history alike – as if the love child of Jack Smith’s Flaming Creatures (1963) and Vice Video, the latter having been labelled as “devil-may-care hipsterism” (Carr). Upon release, Trash Humpers was described by Gene McHugh as “a mildly hip take on Jackass”; by Mike D’Angelo as “an empty hipster pose”; and by Aaron Hillis as either “the work of an insincere hipster or an eccentric provocateur”. Lacking any semblance of a conventional plot, Trash Humpers essentially revolves around four elderly-looking protagonists – three men and a woman – who document themselves with a low-quality video camera as they go about behaving badly in the suburbs of Nashville, Tennessee, where Korine still lives. They cackle eerily to themselves as they try to stave off boredom, masturbating frantically on rubbish bins, defecating and drinking alcohol in public, fellating foliage, smashing televisions, playing ten-pin bowling, lighting firecrackers and telling gay “hate” jokes to camera with no punchlines. In one purposefully undramatic scene half-way through the film, the humpers are shown in the aftermath of an attack on a man wearing a French maid’s outfit; he lies dead in a pool of blood on their kitchen floor with a hammer at his feet. The humpers are consummate “bad” performers in every sense of the term, and they are joined by a range of other, apparently lower-class, misfits with whom they stage tap dance routines and repetitively sing nursery-rhyme-styled raps such as: “make it, make it, don’t break it; make it, make it, don’t fake it; make it, make it, don’t take it”, which acts as a surrogate theme song for the film. Korine sometimes depicts his main characters on crutches or in a wheelchair, and a baby doll is never too far away from the action, as a silent and Surrealist witness to their weird, sinister and sometimes very funny exploits. The film cuts from scene to scene as if edited on a video recorder, utilising in-house VHS titling sequences, audio glitches and video static to create the sense that one is engaging voyeuristically with a found video document rather than a scripted movie. Mainstream AlternativesAs a viewer of Trash Humpers, one has to try hard to suspend disbelief if one is to see the humpers as genuine geriatric peeping Toms rather than as hipsters in old-man masks trying to be rebellious. However, as Korine’s earlier films such as Gummo (1997) attest, he clearly delights in blurring the line between failure and transcendence, or, in this case, between pretentious art-school bravado and authentic redneck ennui. As noted in a review by Jeannette Catsoulis, writing for the New York Times: “Much of this is just so much juvenile posturing, but every so often the screen freezes into something approximating beauty: a blurry, spaced-out, yellow-green landscape, as alien as an ancient photograph”. Korine has made a career out of generating this wavering uncertainty in his work, polarising audiences with a mix of critical, cinema-verité styles and cynical exploitations. His work has consistently revelled in ethical ambiguities, creating environments where teenagers take Ritalin for kicks, kill cats, wage war with their families and engage in acts of sexual deviancy – all of which are depicted with a photographer’s eye for the uncanny.The elusive and contradictory aspects of Korine’s work – at once ugly and beautiful, abstract and commercial, pessimistic and nostalgic – are evident not just in films such as Gummo, Julien Donkey Boy (1999) and Mister Lonely (2007) but also in his screenplay for Kids (1995), his performance-like appearances on The Tonight Show with David Letterman (1993-2015) and in publications such as A Crackup at the Race Riots (1998) and Pass the Bitch Chicken (2001). As well as these outputs, Korine is also a painter who is represented by Gagosian Gallery – one of the world’s leading art galleries – and he has directed numerous music videos, documentaries and commercials throughout his career. More than just update of the traditional figure of the auteur, Korine, instead, resembles a contemporary media artist whose avant-garde and grotesque treatments of Americana permeate almost everything he does. Korine wrote the screenplay for Kids when he was just 19, and subsequently built his reputation on the paradoxical mainstreaming of alternative culture in the 1990s. This is exemplified by the establishment of music and film genres such “alternative” and “independent”; the popularity of the slacker ethos attributed to Generation X; the increased visibility of alternative press zines; the birth of grunge in fashion and music; and the coining of “cool hunting” – a bottom-up market research phenomenon that aimed to discover new trends in urban subcultures for the purpose of mass marketing. Key to “alternative culture”, and its related categories such as “indie” and “arthouse”, is the idea of evoking artistic authenticity while covertly maintaining a parasitic relationship with the mainstream. As Holly Kruse notes in her account of the indie music scenes of the 1990s, which gained tremendous popularity in the wake of grunge bands such as Nirvana: without dominant, mainstream musics against which to react, independent music cannot be independent. Its existence depends upon dominant music structures and practices against which to define itself. Indie music has therefore been continually engaged in an economic and ideological struggle in which its ‘outsider’ status is re-examined, re-defined, and re-articulated to sets of musical practices. (Kruse 149)Alternative culture follows a similar, highly contentious, logic, appearing as a nebulous, authentic and artistic “other” whose exponents risk being entirely defined by the mainstream markets they profess to oppose. Kids was directed by the artist cum indie-director Larry Clark, who discovered Korine riding his skateboard with a group of friends in New York’s Washington Square in the early 1990s, before commissioning him to write a script. The then subcultural community of skating – which gained prominence in the 1990s amidst the increased visibility of “alternative sports” – provides an important backdrop to the film, which documents a group of disaffected New York teenagers at a time of the Aids crisis in America. Korine has been active in promoting the DIY ethos, creativity and anti-authoritarian branding of skate culture since this time – an industry that, in its attempts to maintain a non-mainstream profile while also being highly branded, has become emblematic of the category of “alternative culture”. Korine has undertaken commercial projects with an array skate-wear brands, but he is particularly associated with Supreme, a so-called “guerrilla fashion” label originating in 1994 that credits Clark and other 1990s indie darlings, and Korine cohorts, Chloë Sevigny and Terry Richardson, as former models and collaborators (Williams). The company is well known for its designer skateboard decks, its collaborations with prominent contemporary visual artists, its hip-hop branding and “inscrutable” web videos. It is also well known for its limited runs of new clothing lines, which help to stoke demand through one-offs – blending street-wear accessibility with the restricted-market and anti-authoritarian sensibility of avant-garde art.Of course, “alternative culture” poses a notorious conundrum for analysis, involving highly subjective demarcations of “mainstream” from “subversive” culture, not to mention “genuine subversion” from mere “corporate alternatives”. As Pierre Bourdieu has argued, the roots of alternative culture lie in the Western tradition of the avant-garde and the “aesthetic gaze” that developed in the nineteenth century (Field 36). In analysing the modernist notion of advanced cultural practice – where art is presented as an alternative to bourgeois academic taste and to the common realm of cultural commodities – Bourdieu proposed a distinction between two types of “fields”, or logics of cultural production. Alternative culture follows what Bourdieu called “the field of restricted production”, which adheres to “art for art’s sake” ideals, where audiences are targeted as if like-minded peers (Field 50). In contrast, the “field of large-scale production” reflects the commercial imperatives of mainstream culture, in which goods are produced for the general public at large. The latter field of large-scale production tends to service pre-established markets, operating in response to public demand. Furthermore, whereas success in the field of restricted production is often indirect, and latent – involving artists who create niche markets without making any concessions to those markets – success in the field of large-scale production is typically more immediate and quantifiable (Field 39). Here we can see that central to the branding of “alternative culture” is the perceived refusal to conform to popular taste and the logic of capitalism more generally is. As Supreme founder James Jebbia stated about his brand in a rare interview: “The less known the better” (Williams). On this, Bourdieu states that, in the field of restricted production, the fundamental principles of all ordinary economies are inversed to create a “loser wins” scenario (Field 39). Profit and cultural esteem become detrimental attributes in this context, potentially tainting the integrity and marginalisation on which alternative products depend. As one ironic hipster t-shirt puts it: “Nothing is any good if other people like it” (Diesel Sweeties).Trash HipstersIn abandoning linear narrative for rough assemblages of vignettes – or “moments” – recorded with an unsteady handheld camera, Trash Humpers positions itself in ironic opposition to mainstream filmmaking, refusing the narrative arcs and unwritten rules of Hollywood film, save for its opening and closing credits. Given Korine’s much publicized appreciation of cinema pioneers, we can understand Trash Humpers as paying homage to independent and DIY film history, including Jack Smith’s Flaming Creatures, William Eggleston’s Stranded in Canton (1973), Andy Warhol’s and Paul Morrissey’s Lonesome Cowboys (1967) and Trash (1970), and John Waters’s Pink Flamingos (1972), all of which jubilantly embraced the “bad” aesthetic of home movies. Posed as fantasized substitutions for mainstream movie-making, such works were also underwritten by the legitimacy of camp as a form of counter-culture critique, blurring parody and documentary to give voice to an array of non-mainstream and counter-cultural identities. The employment of camp in postmodern culture became known not merely as an aesthetic subversion of cultural mores but also as “a gesture of self-legitimation” (Derrida 290), its “failed seriousness” regarded as a critical response to the specific historical problem of being a “culturally over-saturated” subject (Sontag 288).The significant difference between Korine’s film and those of his 1970s-era forbears is precisely the attention he pays to the formal aspects of his medium, revelling in analogue editing glitches to the point of fetishism, in some cases lasting as long as the scenes themselves. Consciously working out-of-step with the media of his day, Trash Humpers in imbued with nostalgia from its very beginning. Whereas Smith, Eggleston, Warhol, Morrissey and Waters blurred fantasy and documentary in ways that raised the social and political identities of their subjects, Korine seems much more interested in “trash” as an aesthetic trope. In following this interest, he rightfully pays homage to the tropes of queer cinema, however, he conveniently leaves behind their underlying commentaries about (hetero-) normative culture. A sequence where the trash humpers visit a whorehouse and amuse themselves by smoking cigars and slapping the ample bottoms of prostitutes in G-strings confirms the heterosexual tenor of the film, which is reiterated throughout by numerous deadpan gay jokes and slurs.Trash Humpers can be understood precisely in terms of Korine’s desire to maintain the aesthetic imperatives of alternative culture, where formal experimentation and the subverting of mainstream genres can provide a certain amount of freedom from explicated meaning, and, in particular, from socio-political commentary. Bourdieu rightly points out how the pleasures of the aesthetic gaze often manifest themselves curiously as form of “deferred pleasure” (353) or “pleasure without enjoyment” (495), which corresponds to Immanuel Kant’s notion of the disinterested nature of aesthetic judgement. Aesthetic dispositions posed in the negative – as in the avant-garde artists who mined primitive and ugly cultural stereotypes – typically use as reference points “facile” or “vulgar” (393) working-class tropes that refer negatively to sensuous pleasure as their major criterion of judgment. For Bourdieu, the pleasures provided by the aesthetic gaze in such instances are not sensual pleasures so much as the pleasures of social distinction – signifying the author’s distance from taste as a form of gratification. Here, it is easy to see how the orgiastic central characters in Trash Humpers might be employed by Korine for a similar end-result. As noted by Jeremiah Kipp in a review of the film: “You don't ‘like’ a movie like Trash Humpers, but I’m very happy such films exist”. Propelled by aesthetic, rather than by social, questions of value, those that “get” the obscure works of alternative culture have a tendency to legitimize them on the basis of the high-degree of formal analysis skills they require. For Bourdieu, this obscures the fact that one’s aesthetic “‘eye’ is a product of history reproduced by education” – a privileged mode of looking, estranged from those unfamiliar with the internal logic of decoding presupposed by the very notion of “aesthetic enjoyment” (2).The rhetorical priority of alternative culture is, in Bourdieu’s terms, the “autonomous” perfection of the form rather than the “heteronomous” attempt to monopolise on it (Field 40). However, such distinctions are, in actuality, more nuanced than Bourdieu sometimes assumed. This is especially true in the context of global digital culture, which makes explicit how the same cultural signs can have vastly different meanings and motivations across different social contexts. This has arguably resulted in the destabilisation of prescriptive analyses of cultural taste, and has contributed to recent “post-critical” advances, in which academics such as Bruno Latour and Rita Felski advocate for cultural analyses and practices that promote relationality and attachment rather than suspicious (critical) dispositions towards marginal and popular subjects alike. Latour’s call for a move away from the “sledge hammer” of critique applies as much to cultural practice as it does to written analysis. Rather than maintaining hierarchical oppositions between authentic versus inauthentic taste, Latour understands culture – and the material world more generally – as having agency alongside, and with, that of the social world.Hipsters with No AlternativeIf, as Karl Spracklen suggests, alternativism is thought of “as a political project of resistance to capitalism, with communicative oppositionality as its defining feature” (254), it is clear that there has been a progressive waning in relevance of the category of “alternative culture” in the age of the Internet, which coincides with the triumph of so-called “neoliberal individualism” (258). To this end, Korine has lost some of his artistic credibility over the course of the 2000s. If viewed negatively, icons of 1990s alternative culture such as Korine can be seen as merely exploiting Dada-like techniques of mimetic exacerbation and symbolic détournement for the purpose of alternative, “arty” branding rather than pertaining to a counter-hegemonic cultural movement (Foster 31). It is within this context of heightened scepticism surrounding alternative culture that the hipster stereotype emerged in cultures throughout the world, as if a contested symbol of the aesthetic gaze in an era of neoliberal identity politics. Whatever the psychological motivations underpinning one’s use of the term, to call someone a hipster is typically to point out that their distinctive alternative or “arty” status appears overstated; their creative decisions considered as if a type of bathos. For detractors of alternative cultural producers such as Korine, he is trying too hard to be different, using the stylised codes of “alternative” to conceal what is essentially his cultural and political immaturity. The hipster – who is rarely ever self-identified – re-emerged in the 2000s to operate as a scapegoat for inauthentic markers of alternative culture, associated with men and women who appear to embrace Realpolitik, sincerity and authentic expressions of identity while remaining tethered to irony, autonomous aesthetics and self-design. Perhaps the real irony of the hipster is the pervasiveness of irony in contemporary culture. R. J Magill Jnr. has argued that “a certain cultural bitterness legitimated through trenchant disbelief” (xi) has come to define the dominant mode of political engagement in many societies since the early 2000s, in response to mass digital information, twenty-four-hour news cycles, and the climate of suspicion produced by information about terrorism threats. He analyses the prominence of political irony in American TV shows including The Daily Show with Jon Stewart, The Simpsons, South Park, The Chappelle Show and The Colbert Report but he also notes its pervasiveness as a twenty-first-century worldview – a distancing that “paradoxically and secretly preserves the ideals of sincerity, honesty and authenticity by momentarily belying its own appearance” (x). Crucially, then, the utterance “hipster” has come to signify instances when irony and aesthetic distance are perceived to have been taken too far, generating the most disdain from those for whom irony, aesthetic discernment and cultural connoisseurship still provide much-needed moments of disconnection from capitalist cultures drowning in commercial hyperbole and grave news hype. Korine himself has acknowledged that Spring Breakers (2013) – his follow-up feature film to Trash Humpers – was created in response to the notion that “alternative culture”, once a legitimate challenge to mainstream taste, had lost its oppositional power with the decentralization of digital culture. He states that he made Spring Breakers at a moment “when there’s no such thing as high or low, it’s all been exploded. There is no underground or above-ground, there’s nothing that’s alternative. We’re at a point of post-everything, so it’s all about finding the spirit inside, and the logic, and making your own connections” (Hawker). In this context, we can understand Trash Humpers as the last of the Korine films to be branded with the authenticity of alternative culture. In Spring Breakers Korine moved from the gritty low-fi sensibility of his previous films and adopted a more digital, light-filled and pastel-coloured palette. Focussing more conventionally on plot than ever before, Spring Breakers follows four college girls who hold up a restaurant in order to fund their spring break vacation. Critic Michael Chaiken noted that the film marks a shift in Korine’s career, from the alternative stylings of the pre-Internet generation to “the cultural heirs [of] the doomed protagonists of Kids: nineties babies, who grew up with the Internet, whose sensibilities have been shaped by the sweeping technological changes that have taken place in the interval between the Clinton and Obama eras” (33).By the end of the 2000s, an entire generation came of age having not experienced a time when the obscure films, music or art of the past took more effort to track down. Having been a key participant in the branding of alternative culture, Korine is in a good position to recall a different, pre-YouTube time – when cultural discernment was still caught up in the authenticity of artistic identity, and when one’s cultural tastes could still operate with a certain amount of freedom from sociological scrutiny. Such ideas seem a long way away from today’s cultural environments, which have been shaped not only by digital media’s promotion of cultural interconnection and mass information, but also by social media’s emphasis on mobilization and ethical awareness. ConclusionI should reiterate here that is not Korine’s lack of seriousness, or irony, alone that marks Trash Humpers as a response to the scepticism surrounding alternative culture symbolised by the figure of the hipster. It is, rather, that Korine’s mock-documentary about juvenile geriatrics works too hard to obscure its implicit social commentary, appearing driven to condemn contemporary capitalism’s exploitations of youthfulness only to divert such “uncool” critical commentaries through unsubtle formal distractions, visual poetics and “bad boy” avant-garde signifiers of authenticity. Before being bludgeoned to death, the unnamed man in the French maid’s outfit recites a poem on a bridge amidst a barrage of fire crackers let off by a nearby humper in a wheelchair. Although easily overlooked, it could, in fact, be a pivotal scene in the film. Spoken with mock high-art pretentions, the final lines of the poem are: So what? Why, I ask, why? Why castigate these creatures whose angelic features are bumping and grinding on trash? Are they not spawned by our greed? Are they not our true seed? Are they not what we’ve bought for our cash? We’ve created this lot, of the ooze and the rot, deliberately and unabashed. Whose orgiastic elation and one mission in creation is to savagely fornicate TRASH!Here, the character’s warning of capitalist overabundance is drowned out by the (aesthetic) shocks of the fire crackers, just as the stereotypical hipster’s ethical ideals are drowned out by their aesthetic excess. The scene also functions as a metaphor for the humpers themselves, whose elderly masks – embodiments of nostalgia – temporarily suspend their real socio-political identities for the sake of role-play. It is in this sense that Trash Humpers is too enamoured with its own artifices – including its anonymous “boys club” mentality – to suggest anything other than the aesthetic distance that has come to mark the failings of the “alternative culture” category. In such instances, alternative taste appears as a rhetorical posture, with Korine asking us to gawk knowingly at the hedonistic and destructive pleasures pursued by the humpers while factoring in, and accepting, our likely disapproval.ReferencesArsel, Zeynep, and Craig J. Thompson. “Demythologizing Consumption Practices: How Consumers Protect Their Field-Dependent Identity Investments from Devaluing Marketplace Myths.” Journal of Consumer Research 37.5 (2011): 791-806.Bourdieu, Pierre. Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Trans. Richard Nice. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1984.Bourdieu, Pierre. The Field of Cultural Production Essays on Art and Literature. Edited by Randal Johnson. London: Polity Press, 1993.Carr, David. “Its Edge Intact, Vice Is Chasing Hard News.” New York Times 24 Aug. 2014. 12 Nov. 2016 <https://www.nytimes.com/2014/08/25/business/media/its-edge-intact-vice-is-chasing-hard-news-.html>.Catsoulis, Jeannette. “Geriatric Delinquents, Rampaging through Suburbia.” New York Times 6 May 2010. 1` Nov. 2016 <http://www.nytimes.com/2010/05/07/movies/07trash.html>.Chaiken, Michael. “The Dream Life.” Film Comment (Mar./Apr. 2013): 30-33.D’Angelo, Mike. “Trash Humpers.” Not Coming 18 Sep. 2009. 12 Nov. 2016 <http://www.notcoming.com/reviews/trashhumpers>.Derrida, Jacques. Positions. London: Athlone, 1981.Diesel Sweeties. 1 Nov. 2016 <https://store.dieselsweeties.com/products/nothing-is-any-good-if-other-people-like-it-shirt>.Felski, Rita. The Limits of Critique. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2015.Greif, Mark. What Was the Hipster? A Sociological Investigation. New York: n+1 Foundation, 2010.Hawker, Philippa. “Telling Tales Out of School.” Sydney Morning Herald 4 May 2013. 12 Nov. 2016 <http://www.smh.com.au/entertainment/movies/telling-tales-out-of-school-20130503-2ixc3.html>.Hillis, Aaron. “Harmony Korine on Trash Humpers.” IFC 6 May 2009. 12 Nov. 2016 <http://www.ifc.com/2010/05/harmony-korine-2>.Jay Magill Jr., R. Chic Ironic Bitterness. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 2007.Kipp, Jeremiah. “Clean Off the Dirt, Scrape Off the Blood: An Interview with Trash Humpers Director Harmony Korine.” Slant Magazine 18 Mar. 2011. 1 Nov. 2016 <http://www.slantmagazine.com/house/article/clean-off-the-dirt-scrape-off-the-blood-an-interview-with-trash-humpers-director-harmony-korine>.Latour, Bruno. “Why Has Critique Run Out of Steam? From Matters of Fact to Matters of Concern.” Critical Inquiry 30.2 (2004): 225-248.Maly, Ico, and Varis, Piia. “The 21st-Century Hipster: On Micro-Populations in Times of Superdiversity.” European Journal of Cultural Studies 19.6 (2016): 637–653.McHugh, Gene. “Monday May 10th 2010.” Post Internet. New York: Lulu Press, 2010.Ouellette, Marc. “‘I Know It When I See It’: Style, Simulation and the ‘Short-Circuit Sign’.” Semiotic Review 3 (2013): 1–15.Reeve, Michael. “The Hipster as the Postmodern Dandy: Towards an Extensive Study.” 2013. 12 Nov. 2016. <http://www.academia.edu/3589528/The_hipster_as_the_postmodern_dandy_towards_an_extensive_study>.Schiermer, Bjørn. “Late-Modern Hipsters: New Tendencies in Popular Culture.” Acta Sociologica 57.2 (2014): 167–181.Sontag, Susan. “Notes on Camp.” Against Interpretation. New York: Octagon, 1964/1982. 275-92. Stahl, Geoff. “Mile-End Hipsters and the Unmasking of Montreal’s Proletaroid Intelligentsia; Or How a Bohemia Becomes BOHO.” Adam Art Gallery, Apr. 2010. 12 May 2015 <http://www.adamartgallery.org.nz/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/adamartgallery_vuwsalecture_geoffstahl.pdf>.Williams, Alex. “Guerrilla Fashion: The Story of Supreme.” New York Times 21 Nov. 2012. 1 Nov. 2016 <http://www.nytimes.com/2012/11/22/fashion/guerrilla-fashion-the-story-of-supreme.html>.Žižek, Slavoj. “L’Etat d’Hipster.” Rhinocerotique. Trans. Henry Brulard. Sep. 2009. 3-10.

Abstract Objectives Emerging adults attending 2- and 4-year tertiary institutions are at high risk for weight gain/excess weight. Developing effective, tailored interventions requires an understanding of behavioral/environmental differences between student populations. The objective of this study was to describe eating behaviors/the food environment of students with overweight/obesity enrolled in 2- and 4-year tertiary institutions. Methods Students ages 18–24, with a BMI ≥25, enrolled in LaGuardia Community College (N = 41) or New York University (N = 51) were recruited. Height and weight were objectively measured. Participants completed a Qualtrics survey, which included: 1) Produce Consumption Self-Efficacy (SEPC) subscale, 2) Fruit and Vegetable Consumption subscale, and 3) questions regarding usual meal location/meal preparer. Descriptive, Mann-Whitney U and chi-square analyses were conducted. Results Ninety-two students (64.8% female, age = 19.6 ± 1.7, BMI 31.4 ± 5.8) from 2- and 4-year tertiary institutions completed the survey. Two year students were significantly older (P = .0001), had a higher BMI (P = .01), and scored higher on: self-reported consumption of at least 5 servings of fruit per day (P = .01), self-efficacy for eating fruits and vegetables as a snack, even if everybody else were eating other snacks (P = .02), and eating 9 half cups of fruits and vegetables each day (P = .0002). A greater percentage of 4-year students reported eating most of their meals “in an on-campus dining hall” (53 vs. 28%; P = .04); while more 2-year students reported “my place of residence” (41 vs. 35%) or “on-the-go, which I previously prepared at home” (21 vs. 4%). Usual meal preparer differed between student populations (P < .001); 4-year students were more likely to identify “the college/university I attend” (69 vs. 13%) while a greater percentage of 2-year students indicated “my parental figures” (38 vs. 4%) or “myself” (33 vs. 19%). Conclusions Community college students tended to have a higher BMI, despite reporting higher fruit/vegetable consumption self-efficacy and being more likely to eat meals, prepared by themselves or their parental figures, at home or on-the go. Differences in eating behaviors, beliefs and meal conditions should be taken into account when designing weight loss interventions for these understudied, high-risk populations. Funding Sources NYU College of Arts and Science Dean's Undergraduate Research Fund Grant (Spring 2018).

The mechanisms for the reaction of methyl radical with ethylamine were determined by the density functional theory using the atomic structures of the reactants, transition states and products optimized at the B3LYP/6-311++G(3df,2p) level of theory. Seven transition states were identified for the production of CH3CHNH2 + CH4 (TS1), CH3CH2NH + CH4 (TS2), CH2CH2NH2 + CH4 (TS3), CH3CH2NHCH3 + H (TS4), CH3CH2 + CH3NH2 (TS5), C2H6 + CH2NH2 (TS6) and C3H8 + NH2 (TS7) with the corresponding barriers, 9.34, 9.90, 13.46, 27.70, 39.12, 45.82 and 69.34 kcal/mol. Thermodynamics analysis and potential energy surface showed that H-abstraction pathways take place easier than NH2-, CH3–abstractions, H-substitution of the NH2 group and CH3-substitution in ethylamine. The H-abstraction in methylene group of ethylamine is the most favourable on the PES of this reaction system. Keywords Methyl, Ethylamine, B3LYP, Transition states References [1] Lobo, V., et al., Free radicals, antioxidants and functional foods: Impact on human health. Pharmacognosy Reviews, 2010. 4(8): p. 118-126.[2] Phaniendra, A., D.B. Jestadi, and L. Periyasamy, Free Radicals: Properties, Sources, Targets, and Their Implication in Various Diseases. Indian Journal of Clinical Biochemistry, 2015. 30(1): p. 11-26.[3] Slagle, I.R., D. Sarzynski, and D. Gutman, Kinetics of the reaction between methyl radicals and oxygen atoms between 294 and 900 K. The Journal of Physical Chemistry, 1987. 91(16): p. 4375-4379.[4] Rutz L., B.H., Bozzelli J. W., Methyl Radical and Shift Reactions with Aliphatic and Aromatic Hydrocarbons: Thermochemical Properties, Reaction Paths and Kinetic Parameters. American Chemical Society, Division Fuel Chemistry, 2004. 49(1): p. 451-452.[5] Peukert, S.L. and J.V. Michael, High-Temperature Shock Tube and Modeling Studies on the Reactions of Methanol with D-Atoms and CH3-Radicals. The Journal of Physical Chemistry A, 2013. 117(40): p. 10186-10195.[6] Poutsma, M.L., Extension of Structure–Reactivity Correlations for the Hydrogen Abstraction Reaction to the Methyl Radical and Comparison to the Chlorine Atom, Bromine Atom, and Hydroxyl Radical. The Journal of Physical Chemistry A, 2016. 120(26): p. 4447-4454.[7] Shi, J., et al., Kinetic mechanisms of hydrogen abstraction reactions from methanol by methyl, triplet methylene and formyl radicals. Computational and Theoretical Chemistry, 2015. 1074: p. 73-82.[8] Peukert, S.L., et al., Direct Measurements of Rate Constants for the Reactions of CH3 Radicals with C2H6, C2H4, and C2H2 at High Temperatures. The Journal of Physical Chemistry A, 2013. 117(40): p. 10228-10238.[9] Sangwan, M., E.N. Chesnokov, and L.N. Krasnoperov, Reaction CH3 + OH Studied over the 294–714 K Temperature and 1–100 bar Pressure Ranges. The Journal of Physical Chemistry A, 2012. 116(34): p. 8661-8670.[10] Tho, N.H. and N.X. Sang, Theoretical study of the addition and hydrogen abstraction reactions of methyl radical with formaldehyde and hydroxymethylene. Journal of the Serbian Chemical Society, 2018. 83: p. 10.[11] Carl, S.A. and J.N. Crowley, Sequential Two (Blue) Photon Absorption by NO2 in the Presence of H2 as a Source of OH in Pulsed Photolysis Kinetic Studies: Rate Constants for Reaction of OH with CH3NH2, (CH3)2NH, (CH3)3N, and C2H5NH2 at 295 K. The Journal of Physical Chemistry A, 1998. 102(42): p. 8131-8141.[12] Gray, P. and A. Jones, Methyl radical reactions with ethylamine and deuterated ethylamines. Transactions of the Faraday Society, 1966. 62(0): p. 112-119.[13] Brinton, R.K. and D.H. Volman, Decomposition of Di‐t‐butyl Peroxide and Kinetics of the Gas Phase Reaction of t‐butoxy Radicals in the Presence of Ethylenimine. The Journal of Chemical Physics, 1952. 20(1): p. 25-28.[14] Brinton, R.K., The abstraction of hydrogen atoms from amines and related compounds. Canadian Journal of Chemistry, 1960. 38(8): p. 1339-1345.[15] M. J. Frisch, G.W.T., H. B. Schlegel, G. E. Scuseria, M. A. Robb, J. R. Cheeseman, G. Scalmani, V. Barone, G. A. Petersson, H. Nakatsuji, X. Li, M. Caricato, A. Marenich, J. Bloino, B. G. Janesko, R. Gomperts, B. Mennucci, H. P. Hratchian, J. V. Ortiz, A. F. Izmaylov, J. L. Sonnenberg, D. Williams-Young, F. Ding, F. Lipparini, F. Egidi, J. Goings, B. Peng, A. Petrone, T. Henderson, D. Ranasinghe, V. G. Zakrzewski, J. Gao, N. Rega, G. Zheng, W. Liang, M. Hada, M. Ehara, K. Toyota, R. Fukuda, J. Hasegawa, M. Ishida, T. Nakajima, Y. Honda, O. Kitao, H. Nakai, T. Vreven, K. Throssell, J. A. Montgomery, Jr., J. E. Peralta, F. Ogliaro, M. Bearpark, J. J. Heyd, E. Brothers, K. N. Kudin, V. N. Staroverov, T. Keith, R. Kobayashi, J. Normand, K. Raghavachari, A. Rendell, J. C. Burant, S. S. Iyengar, J. Tomasi, M. Cossi, J. M. Millam, M. Klene, C. Adamo, R. Cammi, J. W. Ochterski, R. L. Martin, K. Morokuma, O. Farkas, J. B. Foresman, and D. J. Fox, Gaussian 09, Revision C.01. Gaussian, Inc., Wallingford CT., 2010.[16] Hatipoglu, A., et al., Photo-oxidative degradation of toluene in aqueous media by hydroxyl radicals. Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology A: Chemistry, 2010. 215(1): p. 59-68.[17] Eren, B. and Y. Yalcin Gurkan, Possible reaction pathways of the lincomycin molecule according to the DFT calculation method. 2017, 2017. 82(3): p. 11.[18] Becke, A.D., Density‐functional thermochemistry. II. The effect of the Perdew–Wang generalized‐gradient correlation correction. The Journal of Chemical Physics, 1992. 97(12): p. 9173-9177.[19] Becke, A.D., Density‐functional thermochemistry. I. The effect of the exchange‐only gradient correction. The Journal of Chemical Physics, 1992. 96(3): p. 2155-2160.[20] Becke, A.D., Density‐functional thermochemistry. III. The role of exact exchange. The Journal of Chemical Physics, 1993. 98(7): p. 5648-5652.[21] Yang, W., R.G. Parr, and C. Lee, Various functionals for the kinetic energy density of an atom or molecule. Physical Review A, 1986. 34(6): p. 4586-4590.[22] Hehre W. , R.L., Schleyer P. V. R. , and Pople J. A., Ab Initio Molecular Orbital Theory. 1986, New York: Wiley.[23] Andersson, M.P. and P. Uvdal, New Scale Factors for Harmonic Vibrational Frequencies Using the B3LYP Density Functional Method with the Triple-ζ Basis Set 6-311+G(d,p). The Journal of Physical Chemistry A, 2005. 109(12): p. 2937-2941.[24] Herzberg, G., Electronic spectra and electronic structure of polyatomic molecules, 1966, Van Nostrand: New York.[25] Sverdlov L.M., K.M.A., Krainov E. P., Vibrational Spectra of Polyatomic Molecules, 1974, Wiley: New York.[26] Hirota, E., Anharmonic potential function and equilibrium structure of methane. Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy, 1979. 77(2): p. 213-221.[27] Kuchitsu, K., Structure of Free Polyatomic Molecules. 1998: Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg.[28] Hamada, Y., et al., Molecular structural of the gauche and trans conformers of ethylamine as studies by gas electron diffraction. Journal of Molecular Structure, 1986. 146: p. 253-262.[29] Goos, E.B., A.; Ruscic, B., Extended Third Millennium Ideal Gas and Condensed Phase Thermochemical Database for Combustion with Updates from Active Thermochemical Tables. http://garfield.chem.elte.hu/Burcat/burcat.html, March, 2018.

The reaction paths of the reaction of methyl radical with propanol-2 (i-C3H7OH) were investigated in detail using density functional theory at B3LYP/6-311++G(3df,2p) level. There were seven reaction pathways which form seven products including CH4 + (CH3)2COH, CH4 + (CH3)2CHO, CH4 + CH3CHOHCH2, CH3OH + CH3CHCH3, C2H6 + CH3CHOH, (CH3)2CH-O-CH3 + H and (CH3)3CH + OH. The results of analysis of the reaction paths and thermokinetic parameters showed that methane could be generated from three different channels. The removed H-atom from secondary carbon atom in the propanol-2 molecule is the most favorable of this reaction system. Keywords Methyl, propanol-2, B3LYP, transition state References [1] I. R. Slagle, D. Sarzyński, and D. Gutman, “Kinetics of the reaction between methyl radicals and oxygen atoms between 294 and 900 K,” Journal of Physical Chemistry, 1987.[2] L. Rutz, H. Bockhorn, and J. W. Bozzelli, “Methyl radical and shift reactions with aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons: Thermochemical properties, reaction paths and kinetic parameters,” in ACS Division of Fuel Chemistry, Preprints, 2004.[3] N. H. Tho and N. X. Sang, “Theoretical study of the addition and hydrogen abstraction reactions of methyl radical with formaldehyde and hydroxymethylene,” J. Serb. Chem. Soc.; OnLine First - OLF, 2018.[4] D. Ferro-Costas et al., “The Influence of Multiple Conformations and Paths on Rate Constants and Product Branching Ratios. Thermal Decomposition of 1-Propanol Radicals,” Journal of Physical Chemistry A, p. 4790−4800, 2018.[5] M. T. Holtzapple et al., “Biomass Conversion to Mixed Alcohol Fuels Using the MixAlco Process,” Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology, 1999.[6] C. R. Shen and J. C. Liao, “Metabolic engineering of Escherichia coli for 1-butanol and 1-propanol production via the keto-acid pathways,” Metabolic Engineering, 2008.[7] A. Frassoldati et al., “An experimental and kinetic modeling study of n-propanol and iso-propanol combustion,” Combustion and Flame, vol. 157, pp. 2–16, 2010.[8] M. Z. Jacobson, “Effects of ethanol (E85) versus gasoline vehicles on cancer and mortality in the United States,” Environmental Science and Technology, 2007.[9] P. Gray and A. A. Herod, “Methyl radical reactions with ethanol and deuterated ethanols,” Transactions of the Faraday Society, 1968.[10] Z. F. Xu, J. Park, and M. C. Lin, “Thermal decomposition of ethanol. III. A computational study of the kinetics and mechanism for the CH3+C2H5OH reaction,” Journal of Chemical Physics, 2004.[11] N. H. Tho and D. T. Quang, “Nghiên cứu lý thuyết đường phản ứng của gốc metyl với etanol,” Vietnam Journal of Chemistry, vol. 56, no. 3, pp. 373–378, Jun. 2018.[12] N. H. Tho and N. X. Sang, “Kinetics of the Reaction of Methyl Radical with Methanol,” VNU Journal of Science: Natural Sciences and Technology; Vol 34 No 1DO - 10.25073/2588-1140/vnunst.4725 , Mar. 2018.[13] T. W. Shannon and A. G. Harrison, “The reaction of methyl radicals with methyl alcohol,” Canadian Journal of Chemistry, vol. 41, pp. 2455–2461, 1963.[14] S. L. Peukert and J. V. Michael, “High-temperature shock tube and modeling studies on the reactions of methanol with d-atoms and CH3-radicals,” Journal of Physical Chemistry A, 2013.[15] P. Gray and A. A. Herod, “Methyl radical reactions with isopropanol and methanol, their ethers and their deuterated derivatives,” Transactions of the Faraday Society, 1968.[16] A. D. Becke, “Density functional thermochemistry. I. The effect of the exchange only gradient correction,” Journal of Chemical Physics, vol. 96, p. 2155, 1992.[17] A. D. Becke, “Density-functional thermochemistry. II. The effect of the Perdew-Wang generalized-gradient correlation correction,” The Journal of Chemical Physics, vol. 97, p. 9173, 1992.[18] A. D. Becke, “Density-functional thermochemistry. III. The role of exact exchange,” The Journal of Chemical Physics, vol. 98, p. 5648, 1993.[19] W. Yang, R. G. Parr, and C. Lee, “Various functionals for the kinetic energy density of an atom or molecule,” Physical Review A, vol. 34 (6), pp. 4586–4590, 1986.[20] W. J. Hehre, L. Radom, P. V. R. Schleyer, and J. A. Pople, Ab Initio Molecular Orbital Theory. 1986.[21] M. P. Andersson and P. Uvdal, “New scale factors for harmonic vibrational frequencies using the B3LYP density functional method with the triple-zeta basis set 6-311+G(d,p).,” The journal of physical chemistry. A, vol. 109, pp. 2937–2941, 2005.[22] Frisch, M. J.; Trucks, G. W.; Schlegel, H.B.; Scuseria, G.E.; Robb, M.A.; Cheeseman, J. R., M. Scalmani, G.; Barone, V.; Mennucci, B.; Petersson, G. A.; Nakatsuji, H.; Caricato, J. L. Li, X.; Hratchian, H. P.; Izmaylov, A. F.; Bloino, J.; Zheng, G.; Sonnenberg, T. Hada, M.; Ehara, M.; Toyota, K.; Fukuda, R.; Hasegawa, J.; Ishida, M.; Nakajima, and Y. . et al. Honda, “Gaussian 09 Revision C.01, Gaussian Inc. Wallingford CT.,” Gaussian 09 Revision C.01. 2010.[23] G. Herzberg, Electronic Spectra and Electronic Structure of Polyatomic Molecules. 1966.[24] L. M. Sverdlov, M. A. Kovner, and E. P. Krainov, Vibrational spectra of polyatomic molecules. New York; Chichester; Jerusalem; London: Wiley ; Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1974.[25] E. Hirota, “Anharmonic potential function and equilibrium structure of methane,” Journal of Molecular Spectroscopy, vol. 77, pp. 213–221, 1979.[26] P. Venkateswarlu and W. Gordy, “Methyl alcohol. II. Molecular structure,” The Journal of Chemical Physics, 1955.[27] E. . B. Goos A.; Ruscic, B., “Extended Third Millennium Ideal Gas and Condensed Phase Thermochemical Database for Combustion with Updates from Active Thermochemical Tables,” http://garfield.chem.elte.hu/Burcat/burcat.html August-2018.

Introduction The steady rise of Wikipedia.org and the Open Source software movement has been one of the big surprises of the 21st century, threatening stalwarts such as Microsoft and Britannica, while simultaneously offering insights into the emergence of large-scale peer production and the growth of gift economies. Many questions arise when confronted with the streamlined efficacy and apparent lack of organisation and motivation of these new global enterprises, not least “how does this work?” Stigmergic collaboration provides a hypothesis as to how the collaborative process could jump from being untenable with numbers above 25 people, towards becoming a new driver in global society with numbers well over 25,000. Stigmergic Collaboration Pierre-Paul Grasse first coined the term stigmergy in the 1950s in conjunction with his research on termites. Grasse showed that a particular configuration of a termite’s environment (as in the case of building and maintaining a nest) triggered a response in a termite to modify its environment, with the resulting modification in turn stimulating the response of the original or a second worker to further transform its environment. Thus the regulation and coordination of the building and maintaining of a nest was dependent upon stimulation provided by the nest, as opposed to an inherent knowledge of nest building on the individual termite’s part. A highly complex nest simply self-organises due to the collective input of large numbers of individual termites performing extraordinarily simple actions in response to their local environment. Since Grasse’s research, stigmergy has been applied to the self-organisation of ants, artificial life, swarm intelligence and more recently, the Internet itself. As stigmergy is a method of communication in which individuals communicate with one another by modifying their local environment, it is a logical extension to apply the term to many types (if not all) of Web-based communication, especially media such as the wiki. The concept of stigmergy therefore provides an intuitive and easy-to-grasp theory for helping understand how disparate, distributed, ad hoc contributions could lead to the emergence of the largest collaborative enterprises the world has seen. However, is it correct to call these enterprises “collaboration”? References to collaboration can be found in a staggering number of topics including, but not limited to, art, science, industry, business, education, technology, software design, medicine, and civil society. The research being conducted in these diverse areas, however, is still confined to institutional silos. This makes it challenging to develop a cross-disciplinary theoretical framework that goes beyond a dictionary definition and provides insight into the collaborative process in application-oriented contexts. The following represents some of the current findings of the author’s PhD research on and around collaboration and stigmergic collaboration, and comprises the core components of the theoretical framework guiding this article: Collaboration is dependent upon communication, and communication is a network phenomenon. Collaboration is inherently composed of two primary components, without either of which collaboration cannot take place: social negotiation and creative output. Collaboration in small groups (roughly 2-25) relies upon social negotiation to evolve and guide its process and creative output. Collaboration in large groups (roughly 25-n) is enabled by stigmergy. 1. Collaboration is dependent upon communication, and communication is a network phenomenon. Collaboration being dependent upon communication (in some form or another) is self-evident and requires no explanation (collaboration cannot be a solo venture), and the notion that communication is a network phenomenon is also reasonably intuitive. However it should be stressed that communication not only makes use of networks as channels, but also generates networks through its very being—entities communicating using any medium become connected nodes. Both these factors—collaboration requiring communication, and communication being a network phenomenon—make collaboration especially well suited to the Internet’s hyperlinked network structure. 2. Collaboration is inherently composed of two primary components, without either of which collaboration cannot take place: social negotiation and creative output. That collaboration is inherently composed of two primary components—social negotiation and creative output—is not to say that there aren’t other important components, but rather that these two are fundamental to the process as it is generally regarded. In formulating a theory of stigmergic collaboration, it is important to note that the social negotiation that takes place during collaboration may be implicit and unknown to the participants. As collaboration is a fundamental biological behaviour which takes place anywhere humans work together, it is not necessary to ‘know’ that one must negotiate one’s identity, values and ideas prior to and during collaboration. By simply being in the presence of other humans one can collaborate without having any regard for or knowledge of the process’s existence. However, even if it is unconscious, social negotiation (the delineation and identification of personal boundaries, interests, stakes, objectives, etc.) must take place as the result of the communication required by collaboration. Another caveat to the second primary component, creative output, is that the output may take the form of an ongoing process instead of a final conclusion. An example would be an intimate relationship—the parties involved may collaborate very closely towards the successful continuance of the collaborative process. 3. Collaboration in small groups (roughly 2-25) relies upon social negotiation to evolve and guide its process and creative output. Research has shown that the ideal size for collaborating groups (where technology is not being used in any way) is 2-8, with an upper limit of around 25 (Lipnack & Stamps 180-1). In these smaller groups, successful collaboration is generally reliant upon social negotiation to evolve and guide the development of the group’s creative output. In such scenarios, discussion plays a key role in the negotiation of emergent, shared understandings—this is, perhaps, the essence of face-to-face collaboration. Discussion acts as a point of mediation between the individual collaborators and the creative outcome which may or may not eventuate. It is in this shared space, the space ‘between’ the participants, where the traditional collaborative process develops its third member—that is, the member who is the sum of the whole and who seems to guide the process while developing ideas that are beyond the individual contributors’ capacities. 4. Collaboration in large groups (roughly 25-n) is dependent upon stigmergy. Although social mediation is an inherent part of collaboration, when applied in traditional face-to-face collaboration social mediation can provide a barrier to the rapid and seamless integration of contributions that characterises projects such as Wikipedia.org and the Open Source software movement. It may be that there is simply so much complex information to be negotiated when people communicate directly that the negotiations of the many collapse under their own weight without the mediation of an administrative/stigmergic system. This is not to say that social negotiation does not take place in stigmergic collaborative contexts—it may even be essential to developing the collaborative community—but rather that negotiation takes a back seat in terms of the creative drafting process. Most (if not all) stigmergic wiki collaborations have discussions associated with the content being developed, but it is possible to contribute (to Wikipedia.org, for instance) without discussing what you are contributing to or creating. Conversely, it is also possible to take part in discussion without editing an article. Although such discussions are most certainly an important and perhaps crucial form of contribution, they are typically secondary to the objectives of the overall project. For an example of a discussion accompanying mass collaboration, see the Israel talk page at Wikipedia.org. In addition to such points of discussion, bulletin boards, IRC (chat) and e-mail lists often support and augment the negotiation. Stigmergic Wiki Collaboration as Distinct from Co-Authoring From the perspective of individual sites of work within a stigmergic collaboration (effectively Web pages in the context of a wiki), the activity may appear to be identical to that of co-authoring—with the exception that the process is augmented by a few key elements. The most prominent of these elements is the aforementioned lack of discourse required to initiate and partake in collaboration. The use of stigmergic communication to sidestep social negotiation effectively fast-tracks the creative gestation period, removes social boundaries and as a consequence lowers the ‘costs’ of contribution by eliminating the need to become acquainted with and maintain relationships with fellow contributors. This is not to say that developing and maintaining relationships with co-authors isn’t a valuable thing to do, or that it isn’t possible during a stigmergic collaboration, but rather that it isn’t a fundamental part of this collaborative process, whereas it is in traditional co-authorship. Backing away from the perspective of individual collaborative loci and taking a wider view, multiple contributions to stigmergic collaborations naturally form clusters representing the contributors’ interests. One’s contributions might also overlap with those of others, thereby generating sets of collaborators linked via their contributions, personal interests and shared discourse. These “contributor groups” form networks that may operate either implicitly or explicitly, with groups actively working together or (and perhaps more frequently) remaining largely unknown to each other. Networks that allow such user groups to self-organise, known as ’group forming networks’, have been identified in research as being one of the more powerful drivers of network value which may have contributed significantly to the growth of giants such as Ebay, Wikipedia.org, the Open Source software movement and even the Internet itself. The interdependence of collaborative loci, drafted by a large number of people and mediated by the encoding of a local environment, is what gives stigmergic collaboration one of its most distinguishing features and sets it apart from traditional co-authorship: a coherent collaborative domain emerging from the interrelated, implicitly coordinated efforts of many individuals and groups of contributors. Non-Textual Mass Collaboration It is important to note that although the examples of stigmergic collaboration given in this article are of wiki collaborations, the process is not limited to the use of the wiki, or for that matter, the textual medium. The Open Source software movement may provide examples outside of the use of wikis, although the code collaboratively created still exists as a language utilizing a textual (ASCII) medium. SourceForge.net provides many examples of such code-based stigmergic collaborations with its source code repositories. An example for stigmergic collaboration that transcends and includes the textual medium is the IHMC CMapTools server network. CMapTools is essentially open source concept mapping software with the additional functionality of allowing for maps to be accessed via the Internet”. Once accessed (if permissions are granted by the map owner), additional collaborators can add/edit/delete the contents of a map or link to another map in a similar way that an editor might in a wiki collaboration, linking from page to page. The CMap software also allows for synchronous collaboration, functionality which goes beyond the current asynchronous editing of wikis, providing the participant with a more connected sense of their collaborator’s engagement. However, it might be that such connection may disrupt a sense of distance that enables a wiki editor to contribute with less self-consciousness about their work than they would have if they knew someone was watching their drafting process. The value of a real-time wiki has yet to be extensively evaluated, although the functionality is emerging. It might be that such features will change the dynamics of stigmergic collaboration, returning them to a more traditional collaborative process by stimulating direct social engagement between contributors, however it is equally if not more likely that the ability to edit synchronously while maintaining stigmergic mediation, will only produce more novel collaborative dynamics. Beyond these examples, there is no immediate reason why the stigmergic collaborative process couldn’t work in non-textual media such as sound or image—imagine a ‘wiki style’ documentary or concerto. It is likely, given the wide range of experimentation taking place on the Internet today, that such projects are already being developed. In these directions the strongest innovations could be made, as this would provide for the availability of all media for expression. This would not only open up collaborative opportunities to new media, but also to new user groups. Providing the systems were intuitive and easy to use, having the ability to collaborate in non-textual media could significantly reduce literacy hurdles to and provide incentive for those currently less inclined to seek access to the Internet’s wealth of information and opportunities. With the ability to upload, share and edit common media, it may be that Flickr, YouTube and especially JumpCut having the ability to ‘remix’ a shared video work using an online editor, may already be developing in this direction. Conclusion The phenomenon of stigmergic collaboration as described in this paper (collective, distributed action in which social negotiation is stigmergically mediated by Internet-based technologies) is most surely still in its infancy and will continue to evolve with technology and its social/cultural applications. Further, it seems likely that this process will expand to include the pantheon of core media—text, audio, still and moving image—and will play an increasing part in the creation and dissemination of the entertainment, news, and policy of the future. Considering this, future research into the dynamics of stigmergy might focus on the cross-disciplinary transfer of knowledge from work carried out in the insect, robotics and artificial intelligence worlds in order to learn how to better apply and extend this new collaborative process. References Crabtree, Andy. Designing Collaborative Systems: A Practical Guide to Ethnography. London: Springer-Verlag, 2003. Désilets, A., S. Paquet. Wiki as a Tool for Web-based Collaborative Story Telling in Primary School: A Case Study. 2005. National Research Council Canada. 25 Feb. 2006. <http://iit-iti.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca/publications/nrc-48234_e.html>. Emigh, William, Susan C. Herring. “Collaborative Authoring on the Web: A Genre Analysis of Online Encyclopedias.” Proceedings from the Thirty-Eighth Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences. 21 Feb. 2006. http://www.slis.indiana.edu/faculty/herring/pubs.html>. Kelly, Kevin. Out of Control: The New Biology of Machines. London: Fourth Estate, 1994. Lipnack, J., J. Stamps. Virtual Teams. Canada: John Wiley & Sons, 2000. Metacollab.net. 1 Mar. 2006 http://metacollab.net>. Rheingold, Howard. Smart Mobs. Cambridge MA.: Basic Books, 2002. Saveri, Andrea, Howard Rheingold, Alex Soojung-Kim Pang, Kathi Vian. Cooperation in Business: Managing Dilemmas in the 21st Century. Menlo Park, CA: Institute for the Future, 2004. Viegas, Fernanda, Martin Wattenberg, Kushal Dave. Studying Cooperation and Conflict between Authors with History Flow Visualisations. 2004. Available at MIT’s Free / Opensource Research Community Website. 19 Aug. 2005 http://opensource.mit.edu/online_papers.php>. Wenger, Etienne. Communites of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge UP, 1998. Wikipedia.org. 4 Mar. 2006 http://en.wikipedia.org/>. Wright, Robert. Nonzero: The Logic of Human Destiny. NY: Pantheon Books, 2000. Citation reference for this article MLA Style Elliott, Mark. "Stigmergic Collaboration: The Evolution of Group Work." M/C Journal 9.2 (2006). echo date('d M. Y'); ?> <http://journal.media-culture.org.au/0605/03-elliott.php>. APA Style Elliott, M. (May 2006) "Stigmergic Collaboration: The Evolution of Group Work," M/C Journal, 9(2). Retrieved echo date('d M. Y'); ?> from <http://journal.media-culture.org.au/0605/03-elliott.php>.

The study was conducted to identify fraudulent financial statements at listed companies (DNNY) on the Ho Chi Minh City Stock Exchange (HOSE) through the Triangular Fraud Platform This is a test of VSA 240. At the same time, the conformity assessment of this model in the Vietnamese market. The results show that the model is based on two factors: the ratio of sales to total assets and return on assets; an Opportunity Factor (Education Level); and two factors Attitude (change of independent auditors and opinion of independent auditors). This model is capable of accurately forecasting more than 78% of surveyed sample businesses and nearly 72% forecasts for non-research firms. Keywords Triangle fraud, financial fraud report, VSA 240 References Nguyễn Tiến Hùng & Võ Hồng Đức (2017), “Nhận diện gian lận báo cáo tài chính: Bằng chứng thực nghiệm tại các doanh nghiệp niêm yết ở Việt Nam”, Tạp chí Công Nghệ Ngân Hàng, số 132 (5), tr. 58-72.[2]. Hà Thị Thúy Vân (2016), “Thủ thuật gian lận trong lập báo cáo tài chính của các công ty niêm yết”, Tạp chí tài chính, kỳ 1, tháng 4/2016 (630). [3]. Cressey, D. R. (1953). Other people's money; a study of the social psychology of embezzlement. New York, NY, US: Free Press.[4]. Bộ Tài Chính Việt Nam, (2012). Chuẩn mực kiểm toán Việt Nam số 240 – Trách nhiệm của kiểm toán viên đối với gian lận trong kiểm toán báo cáo tài chính. [5]. Jensen, M. C., & Meckling, W. H. (1976). Theory of the firm: Managerial behavior, agency costs and ownership structure. Journal of financial economics, 3(4), 305-360.[6]. Võ Hồng Đức & Phan Bùi Gia Thủy (2014), Quản trị công ty: Lý thuyết và cơ chế kiểm soát, Ấn bản lần 1, Tp.HCM, Nxb Thanh Niên.[7]. Freeman, R. E. (1984). Strategic management: A stakeholder approach. Boston: Pitman independence on corporate fraud. Managerial Finance 26 (11): 55-67.[9]. Skousen, C. J., Smith, K. R., & Wright, C. J. (2009). Detecting and predicting financial statement fraud: The effectiveness of the fraud triangle and SAS No. 99. Available at SSRN 1295494.[10]. Lou, Y. I., & Wang, M. L. (2011). Fraud risk factor of the fraud triangle assessing the likelihood of fraudulent financial reporting. Journal of Business and Economics Research (JBER), 7(2).[11]. Perols, J. L., & Lougee, B. A. (2011). The relation between earnings management and financial statement fraud. Advances in Accounting, 27(1), 39-53.[12]. Trần Thị Giang Tân, Nguyễn Trí Tri, Đinh Ngọc Tú, Hoàng Trọng Hiệp và Nguyễn Đinh Hoàng Uyên (2014), “Đánh giá rủi ro gian lận báo cáo tài chính của các công ty niêm yết tại Việt Nam”, Tạp chí Phát triển kinh tế, số 26 (1) tr.74-94.[13]. Kirkos, E., Spathis, C., & Manolopoulos, Y. (2007). Data mining techniques for the detection of fraudulent financial statements. Expert Systems with Applications, 32(4), 995-1003.[14]. Amara, I., Amar, A. B., & Jarboui, A. (2013). Detection of Fraud in Financial Statements: French Companies as a Case Study. International Journal of Academic Research in Accounting, Finance and Management Sciences, 3(3), 40-51.[15]. Beasley, M. S. (1996). An empirical analysis of the relation between the board of director composition and financial statement fraud. Accounting Review, 443-465.[16]. Beneish, M. D. (1999). The detection of earnings manipulation. Financial Analysts Journal, 55(5), 24-36.[17]. Persons, O. S. (1995). Using financial statement data to identify factors associated with fraudulent financial reporting. Journal of Applied Business Research (JABR), 11(3), 38-46.[18]. Summers, S. L., & Sweeney, J. T. (1998). Fraudulently misstated financial statements and insider trading: An empirical analysis. Accounting Review, 131-146.[19]. Dechow, P. M., Sloan, R. G., & Sweeney, A. P. (1996). Causes and consequences of earnings manipulation: An analysis of firms subject to enforcement actions by the SEC. Contemporary accounting research, 13(1), 1-36.[20]. Loebbecke, J. K., Eining, M. M., & Willingham, J. J. (1989). Auditors experience with material irregularities – Frequency, nature, and detectability. Auditing – A journal of practice and Theory, 9(1), 1-28. [21]. Abbott, L. J., Park, Y., & Parker, S. (2000). The effects of audit committee activity and independence on corporate fraud. Managerial Finance, 26(11), 55-68.[22]. Farber, D. B. (2005). Restoring trust after fraud: Does corporate governance matter?. The Accounting Review, 80(2), 539-561.[23]. Stice, J. D. (1991). Using financial and market information to identify pre-engagement factors associated with lawsuits against auditors. Accounting Review, 516-533.[24]. Beasley, M. S., Carcello, J. V., & Hermanson, D. R. (1999). COSO's new fraud study: What it means for CPAs. Journal of Accountancy, 187(5), 12.[25]. Neter, J., Wasserman, W., & Kutner, M. H. (1990). Applied statistical models.Richard D. Irwin, Inc., Burr Ridge, IL.[26]. Gujarati, D. N. (2009). Basic econometrics. Tata McGraw-Hill Education.[27]. McFadden, D. (1974). Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualita-tive Choice Behavior," in Frontiers in Econometrics, P. Zarenm-bka, ed. New York: Academic Press, 105-42.(1989). A Method of Simulated Moments for Estimation of Discrete Response Models Without Numerical Integration," Econometrica, 54(3), 1027-1058.[28]. DA Cohen, ADey, TZ Lys. (2008), “Accrual-Based Earnings Management in the Pre-and Post-Sarbanes-Oxley Periods”. The accounting review.

Photo by Sharon McCutcheon on Unsplash ABSTRACT COVID-19 highlighted a disproportionate impact upon marginalized communities that needs to be addressed. Specifically, a focus on equity rather than equality would better address and prevent the disparities seen in COVID-19. A distributive justice framework can provide this great benefit but will succeed only if the medical community engages in outreach, anti-racism measures, and listens to communities in need. INTRODUCTION COVID-19 disproportionately impacted communities of color and lower socioeconomic status, sparking political discussion about existing inequities in the US.[1] Some states amended their guidelines for allocating resources, including vaccines, to provide care for marginalized communities experiencing these inequities, but there has been no clear consensus on which guidelines states should amend or how they should be ethically grounded. In part, this is because traditional justice theories do not acknowledge the deep-seated institutional and interpersonal discrimination embedded in our medical system. Therefore, a revamped distributive justice approach that accounts for these shortcomings is needed to guide healthcare decision-making now and into the post-COVID era. BACKGROUND Three terms – health disparity, health inequities, and health equity – help frame the issue. A health disparity is defined as any difference between populations in terms of disease incidence or adverse health events, such as morbidity or mortality. In contrast, health inequities are health disparities due to avoidable systematic structures rooted in racial, social, and economic injustice.[2] For example, current data demonstrate that Black, Latino, Indigenous Americans, and those living in poverty suffer higher morbidity and mortality rates from COVID-19.[3] Finally, health equity is the opportunity for anyone to attain his or her full health potential without interference from systematic structures and factors that generate health inequities, including race, socioeconomic status, gender, ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation, or geography.[4] ANALYSIS Health inequities for people of color with COVID-19 have led to critiques of states that do not account for race in their resource allocation guidelines.[5] For example, the Massachusetts Department of Public Health revised its COVID-19 guidelines regarding resource allocation to patients with the best chance of short-term survival.[6] Critics have argued that this change addresses neither preexisting structural inequities nor provider bias that may have led to comorbidities and increased vulnerability to COVID-19. By failing to address race specifically, they argue the policy will perpetuate poorer outcomes in already marginalized groups. As the inequities in COVID-19 outcomes continue to be uncovered and the data continue to prove that marginalized communities suffered disproportionately, we, as healthcare providers, must reconsider our role in addressing the injustices. Our actions must be ethically grounded in the concept of justice. l. Primary Theories of Justice The principle of justice in medical ethics relates to how we ought to treat people and allocate resources. Multiple theories have emerged to explain how justice should be implemented, with three of the most prominent being egalitarianism, utilitarianism, and distributive. This paper argues that distributive justice is the best framework for remedying past actions and enacting systemic changes that may persistently prevent injustices. An egalitarian approach to justice states all individuals are equal and, therefore, should have identical access to resources. In the allocation of resources, an egalitarian approach would support a strict distribution of equal value regardless of one’s attributes or characteristics. Putting this theory into practice would place a premium on guidelines based upon first-come, first-served basis or random selection.[7] However, the egalitarian approach taken in the UK continues to worsen health inequities due to institutional and structural discrimination.[8] A utilitarian approach to justice emphasizes maximizing overall benefits and achieving the greatest good for the greatest number of people. When resources are limited, the utilitarian principle historically guides decision-making. In contrast to the egalitarian focus on equal distribution, utilitarianism focuses on managing distributions to maximize numerical outcomes. During the COVID-19 pandemic, guidelines for allocating resources had utilitarian goals like saving the most lives, which may prioritize the youthful and those deemed productive in society, followed by the elderly and the very ill. It is important to reconsider using utilitarian approaches as the default in the post-COVID healthcare community. These approaches fail to address past inequity, sacrificing the marginalized in their emphasis on the greatest amount of good rather than the type of good. Finally, a distributive approach to justice mandates resources should be allocated in a manner that does not infringe individual liberties to those with the greatest need. Proposed by John Rawls in a Theory of Justice, this approach requires accounting for societal inequality, a factor absent from egalitarianism and utilitarianism.[9] Naomi Zack elaborates how distributive justice can be applied to healthcare, outlining why racism is a social determinant of health that must be acknowledged and addressed.[10] Until there are parallel health opportunities and better alignment of outcomes among different social and racial groups, the underlying systemic social and economic variables that are driving the disparities must be fixed. As a society and as healthcare providers, we should be striving to address the factors that perpetuate health inequities. While genetics and other variables influence health, the data show proportionately more exposure, more cases, and more deaths in the Black American and Hispanic populations. Preexisting conditions and general health disparities are signs of health inequity that increased vulnerability. Distributive justice as a theoretical and applied framework can be applied to preventable conditions that increase vulnerability and can justify systemic changes to prevent further bias in the medical community. During a pandemic, egalitarian and utilitarian approaches to justice are prioritized by policymakers and health systems. Yet, as COVID-19 has demonstrated, they further perpetuate the death and morbidity of populations that face discrimination. These outcomes are due to policies and guidelines that overall benefit white communities over communities of color. Historically, US policy that looks to distribute resources equally (focusing on equal access instead of outcomes), in a color-blind manner, has further perpetuated poor outcomes for marginalized communities.[11] ll. Historical and Ongoing Disparities Across socio-demographic groups, the medical system exacerbates historical and current inequities. Members of marginalized races,[12] women,[13] LGBTQ people,[14] and poor people[15] experience trauma caused by discrimination, marginalization, and failure to access high-quality public and private goods. Through the unequal treatment of marginalized communities, these historic traumas continue. In the US, people of color do not receive equal and fair medical treatment. A meta-analysis found that Hispanics and Black Americans were significantly undertreated for pain compared to their white counterparts over the last 20 years.[16] This is partly due to provider bias. Through interviewing medical trainees, a study by the National Academy of Science found that half of medical students and residents harbored racist beliefs such as “Black people’s nerve endings are less sensitive than white people’s” or “Black people’s skin is thicker than white people’s skin.”[17] More than 3,000 Indigenous American women were coerced, threatened, and deliberately misinformed to ensure cooperation in forced sterilization.[18] Hispanic people have less support in seeking medical care, in receiving culturally appropriate care, and they suffer from the medical community’s lack of resources to address language barriers.[19] In the US, patients of different sexes do not receive the same quality of healthcare. Despite having greater health needs, middle-aged and older women are more likely to have fewer hospital stays and fewer physician visits compared to men of similar demographics and health risk profiles.[20] In the field of critical care, women are less likely to be admitted to the ICU, less likely to receive interventions such as mechanical ventilation, and more likely to die compared to their male ICU counterparts.[21] In the US, patients of different socioeconomic statuses do not receive the same quality of healthcare. Low-income patients are more likely to have higher rates of infant mortality, chronic disease, and a shorter life span.[22] This is partly due to the insurance-based discrimination in the medical community.[23] One in three deaths of those experiencing homelessness could have been prevented by timely and effective medical care. An individual experiencing homelessness has a life expectancy that is decades shorter than that of the average American.[24] lll. Action Needed: Policy Reform While steps need to be taken to provide equitable care in the current pandemic, including the allocation of vaccines, they may not address the historical failures of health policy, hospital policy, and clinical care to eliminate bias and ensure equal treatment of patients. According to an applied distributive justice framework, inequities must be corrected. Rather than focusing primarily on fair resource allocation, medicine must be actively anti-racist, anti-sexist, anti-transphobic, and anti-discriminatory. Evidence has shown that the health inequities caused by COVID-19 are smaller in regions that have addressed racial wealth gaps through forms of reparations.[25] Distributive justice calls for making up for the past using tools of allocation as well as tools to remedy persistent problems. For example, Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston, MA, began “Healing ARC,” a pilot initiative that involves acknowledgement, redress, and closure on an institutional level.[26] Acknowledgement entails informing patients about disparities at the hospital, claiming responsibility, and incorporating community ideas for redress. Redress involves a preferential admission option for Black and Hispanic patients to specialty services, especially cardiovascular services, rather than general medicine. Closure requires that community and patient stakeholders work together to ensure that a new system is in place that will continue to prioritize equity. Of note, redress could take the form of cash transfers, discounted or free care, taxes on nonprofit hospitals that exclude patients of color,[27] or race-explicit protocol changes (such as those being instituted by Brigham and Women’s Hospital that admit patients historically denied access to certain forms of medical care). In New York, for instance, the New York State Bar Association drafted the COVID-19 resolutions to ensure that emergency regulations and guidelines do not discriminate against communities of color, and even mandate that diverse patient populations be included in clinical trials.[28] Also, physicians must listen to individuals from marginalized communities to identify needs and ensure that community members take part in decision-making. The solution is not to simply build new health centers in communities of color, as this may lead to tiers of care. Rather, local communities should have a chance to impact existing hospital policy and should also use their political participation to further their healthcare interests. Distributive justice does not seek to disenfranchise groups that hold power in the system. It aims to transform the system so that those in power do not continue to obtain unfair benefits at the expense of others. The framework accounts for unjust historical oppression and current injustices in our system to provide equitable outcomes to all who access the system. In this vein, we can begin to address the flagrant disparities between communities that have always – and continue to – exist in healthcare today.[29] CONCLUSION As equality focuses on access, it currently fails to do justice. Instead of outcomes, it is time to focus on equity. A focus on equity rather than equality would better address and prevent the disparities seen in COVID-19. A distributive justice framework can gain traction in clinical decision-making guidelines and system-level reallocation of resources but will succeed only if the medical community engages in outreach, anti-racism measures, and listens to communities in need. There should be an emphasis on implementing a distributive justice framework that treats all patients equitably, accounts for historical harm, and focuses on transparency in allocation and public health decision-making. [1] APM Research Lab Staff. 2020. “The Color of Coronavirus: COVID-19 Deaths by Race and Ethnicity in the U.S.” APM Research Lab. https://www.apmresearchlab.org/covid/deaths-by-race. [2] Bharmal, N., K. P. Derose, M. Felician, and M. M. Weden. 2015. “Understanding the Upstream Social Determinants of Health.” California: RAND Corporation 1-18. https://www.rand.org/pubs/working_papers/WR1096.html. [3] Yancy, C. W. 2020. “COVID-19 and African Americans.” JAMA. 323 (19): 1891-2. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2020.6548; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 2020. “COVID-19 in Racial and Ethnic Health Disparities.” Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/community/health-equity/racial-ethnic-disparities/index.html. [4] Braveman, P., E. Arkin, T. Orleans, D. Proctor, and A. Plough. 2017. “What is Health Equity?” Robert Wood Johnson Foundation. https://www.rwjf.org/en/library/research/2017/05/what-is-health-equity-.html. [5] Bedinger, M. 2020 Apr 22. “After Uproar, Mass. Revises Guidelines on Who Gets an ICU Bed or Ventilator Amid COVID-19 Surge.” Wbur. https://www.wbur.org/commonhealth/2020/04/20/mass-guidelines-ventilator-covid-coronavirus; Wigglesworth, A. 2020 May 11. “Institutional Racism, Inequity Fuel High Minority Death Toll from Coronavirus, L.A. Officials Say.” Los Angeles Times. https://www.latimes.com/california/story/2020-05-11/institutional-racism-inequity-high-minority-death-toll-coronavirus. [6] Executive Office of Health and Human Services Department of Public Health. 2020 Oct 20. “Crises Standards of Care Planning and Guidance for the COVID-19 Pandemic.” Commonwealth of Massachusetts. https://www.mass.gov/doc/crisis-standards-of-care-planning-guidance-for-the-covid-19-pandemic. [7] Emanuel, E. J., G. Persad, R. Upshur, et al. 2020. “Fair Allocation of Scarce Medical Resources in the Time of Covid-19. New England Journal of Medicine 382: 2049-55. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMsb2005114. [8] Salway, S., G. Mir, D. Turner, G. T. Ellison, L. Carter, and K. Gerrish. 2016. “Obstacles to "Race Equality" in the English National Health Service: Insights from the Healthcare Commissioning Arena.” Social Science and Medicine 152: 102-110. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2016.01.031. [9] Rawls, J. A Theory of Justice (Revised Edition) (Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1999). [10] Zack, N. Applicative Justice: A Pragmatic Empirical Approach to Racial Injustice (New York: The Rowman & Littlefield Publishing Group, 2016). [11] Charatz-Litt, C. 1992. “A Chronicle of Racism: The Effects of the White Medical Community on Black Health.” Journal of the National Medical Association 84 (8): 717-25. http://hdl.handle.net/10822/857182. [12] Washington, H. A. Medical Apartheid: The Dark History of Medical Experimentation on Black Americans from Colonial Times to the Present (New York: Doubleday, 2006). [13] d'Oliveira, A. F., S. G. Diniz, and L. B. Schraiber. 2002. “Violence Against Women in Health-care Institutions: An Emerging Problem.” Lancet. 359 (9318): 1681-5. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(02)08592-6. [14] Hafeez, H., M. Zeshan, M. A. Tahir, N. Jahan, and S. Naveed. 2017. “Health Care Disparities Among Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Youth: A Literature Review. Cureus 9 (4): e1184. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.1184; Drescher, J., A. Schwartz, F. Casoy, et al. 2016. “The Growing Regulation of Conversion Therapy.” Journal of Medical Regulation 102 (2): 7-12. https://doi.org/10.30770/2572-1852-102.2.7; Stroumsa, D. 2014. “The State of Transgender Health Care: Policy, Law, and Medical Frameworks.” American Journal of Public Health. 104 (3): e31-8. https://doi.org/10.2105/AJPH.2013.301789. [15] Stepanikova, I., and G. R. Oates. 2017. “Perceived Discrimination and Privilege in Health Care: The Role of Socioeconomic Status and Race.” American Journal of Preventative Medicine. 52 (1s1): S86-s94. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2016.09.024; Swartz, K. “Health Care for the Poor: For Whom, What Care, and Whose Responsibility?” In Cancian, M., and S. Danziger (Eds.). Changing Poverty, Changing Policies (New York: Russell Sage Foundation Press, 2009), 69-74. [16] Meghani, S. H., E. Byun, and R. M. Gallagher. 2012. “Time to Take Stock: A Meta-analysis and Systematic Review of Analgesic Treatment Disparities for Pain in the United States.” Pain Medicine 13 (2): 150-74. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1526-4637.2011.01310.x; Williams, D. R., and T. D. Rucker. 2000. “Understanding and Addressing Racial Disparities in Health Care.” Health Care Financing Review 21 (4): 75-90. https://scholar.harvard.edu/davidrwilliams/dwilliam/publications/understanding-and-addressing-racial-disparities-health. [17] Hoffman, K. M., S. Trawalter, J. R. Axt, and M. N. Oliver. 2016. “Racial Bias in Pain assessment and treatment recommendations, and false beliefs about biological Differences Between Blacks and Whites.” PNAS 113 (16): 4296-4301. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1516047113. [18] Pacheco, C. M., S. M. Daley, T. Brown, M. Filipp, K. A. Greiner, and C. M. Daley. 2013. “Moving Forward: Breaking the Cycle of Mistrust Between American Indians and Researchers.” American Journal of Public Health. 103 (12): 2152-9. https://doi.org/10.2105/AJPH.2013.301480. [19] Velasco-Mondragon, E., A. Jimenez, A. G. Palladino-Davis, D. Davis, and J. A. Escamilla-Cejudo. 2016. “Hispanic Health in the USA: A Scoping Review of the Literature.” Public Health Reviews 37:31. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40985-016-0043-2. [20] Cameron, K. A., J. Song, L. M. Manheim, and D. D. Dunlop. 2010. “Gender Disparities in Health and Healthcare Use Among Older Adults.” Journal of Women’s Health (Larchmt) 19 (9): 1643-50. https://doi.org/10.1089/jwh.2009.1701. [21] Bierman, A. S. 2007. “Sex Matters: Gender Disparities in Quality and Outcomes of Care. Canadian Medical Association Journal 177 (12): 1520-1. https://doi.org/10.1503/cmaj.071541; Fowler, R. A., S. Sabur, P. Li, et al. 2007. “Sex-and Age-based Differences in the Delivery and Outcomes of Critical Care. Canadian Medical Association Journal 177 (12): 1513-9. https://doi.org/10.1503/cmaj.071112. [22] McLaughlin, D. K., and C. S. Stokes. 2002. “Income Inequality and Mortality in US Counties: Does Minority Racial Concentration Matter?” American Journal of Public Health 92 (1): 99-104. https://doi.org/.10.2105/ajph.92.1.99; Shea, S., J. Lima, A. Diez-Roux, N. W. Jorgensen, and R. L. McClelland. 2016. “Socioeconomic Status and Poor Health Outcome at 10 years of Follow-up in the Multi-ethnic Study of Atherosclerosis.” PLoS One 11 (11): e0165651. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0165651. [23] Han, X., K. T. Call, J. K. Pintor, G. Alarcon-Espinoza, and A. B. Simon. 2015. “Reports of Insurance-based Discrimination in Health care and its Association with Access to Care.” American Journal of Public Health 105 Suppl 3 (Suppl 3): S517-25. https://doi.org/10.2105/AJPH.2015.302668. [24] Aldridge, R. W., D. Menezes, D. Lewer, et al. 2019. “Causes of Death Among Homeless People: A Population-based Cross-sectional Study of Linked Hospitalization and Mortality Data in England.” Wellcome Open Research 4:49. https://doi.org/10.12688/wellcomeopenres.15151.1. [25] Richardson, E. T., M. M. Malik, W. A. Darity Jr., et al. 2021. “Reparations for Black American Descendants of Persons Enslaved in the U.S. and their Potential Impact on SARS-CoV-2 Transmission.” Social Science and Medicine 276: 113741. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2021.113741. [26] Wispelwey, B., and M. Morse. 2021. “An Antiracist Agenda for Medicine.” Boston Review. http://bostonreview.net/science-nature-race/bram-wispelwey-michelle-morse-antiracist-agenda-medicine. [27] Johnson, S. F., A. Ojo, and H. J. Warraich. 2021. “Academic Health Centers’ Antiracism Strategies Must Extend to their Business Practices.” Annals of Internal Medicine 174 (2): 254-5. https://doi.org/10.7326/M20-6203; Golub, M., N. Calman, C. Ruddock, et al. 2011. “A Community Mobilizes to End Medical Apartheid.” Progress in Community Health Partnerships: Research, Education, and Action 5 (3): 317-25. https://doi.org/10.1353/cpr.2011.0041. [28] New York State Bar Association. 2020. “New York State Bar Association House of Delegates: Revised COVID-19 Resolutions.” https://nysba.org/app/uploads/2020/10/Final-Health-Law-Section-COVID-19-Resolutions_10-8-20-1-1.pdf. [29] Egede, L. E. 2006. “Race, Ethnicity, Culture, and Disparities in Health Care.” Journal of General Internal Medicine 21 (6): 667-669. https://doi.org/10.1111%2Fj.1525-1497.2006.0512.x

ObjectiveTo improve timeliness and sensitivity of legionellosis clusterdetection in New York City (NYC) by using all addresses availablefor each patient in one analysis.IntroductionThe Bureau of Communicable Disease (BCD) at the NYCDepartment of Health and Mental Hygiene performs daily automatedanalyses using SaTScan to detect spatio-temporal clusters for37 reportable diseases.1Initially, we analyzed one address per patient,prioritizing home address if available. On September 25, 2015, aBCD investigator noticed two legionellosis cases with similar workaddresses. A third case was identified in a nearby residential facility,and an investigation was initiated to identify a common exposuresource. Four days later, after additional cases living nearby werereported, the SaTScan analysis detected a corresponding cluster.In response to this signaling delay, we implemented a multiple address(MA) analysis to improve upon single address (SA) analyses by usingall location data available on possible exposure sites.2MethodsPositiveLegionellatest results for NYC residents are reported toBCD with patient demographic and address data. BCD interviews allcases to elicit additional locations of potential exposure and enters theaddresses into a disease surveillance database (Maven). Addressesare assigned X/Y coordinates in near real-time via integration with ageocoding webservice.We used the prospective space-time permutation scan statistic inSaTScan,3enabling the advanced input feature on the spatial neighborstab to “include location ID in the scanning window if at least one setof coordinates is included.” This option considered a case as includedin a given cluster ifanyof the case’s addresses were within the cluster.The case file included: unique case ID (as the location ID), number ofcases, onset date, and day of week. The coordinate file included: caseID and X/Y coordinates for each address per case, resulting in one ormore rows per case. We searched for alive clusters with a temporalrange of 2 to 30 days and a maximum spatial size of 50% of observedcases. The study period was 1 year. Monte Carlo simulations (N=999)were used to determine statistical significance.We mimicked prospective surveillance to determine when theSeptember 2015 cluster would have been detected had this analysisbeen in place, by performing daily SA and MA analyses fromSeptember 21 (when the first outbreak-linked case was reported)to September 29 (when the initial SaTScan analysis signaled). Anycluster with a recurrence interval (RI)≥100 days was summarized ina map and linelist. Prospective, automated analyses were launchedin April 2016 and run daily using Microsoft Task Scheduler, SAS9.4, and SaTScan 9.4.1. Signals through July 2016 were summarized.ResultsIn mimicked prospective analysis, the SA and MA SaTScananalyses identified clusters of 13 and 11 cases, respectively, startingSeptember 27, 2015. The MA cluster was more spatially focused(2.11 km vs. 5.42 km) and more unlikely to occur by chance alone(RI of 16,256 days vs. 8,758 days). In prospective analyses, a MAcluster of 6 cases was identified on July 5, 2016 with a radius of1.69 km (RI=100 days). On July 6, the MA cluster case countincreased to 7 and maintained the same radius (RI=685 days), whilea cluster of the same 7 cases was identified by the SA analysis witha larger radius (1.97 km) and lower RI (292 days). The RI for bothclusters peaked on July 7 (MA: 2348 days, SA: 713 days).ConclusionsIn preliminary evaluation, the MA analysis facilitated clusterdetection using non-residential possible exposure sites, such asworkplaces. Timeliness was slightly improved, but the larger practicalbenefit was identifying more spatially focused clusters. Smallerclusters are useful for more precisely targeting legionellosis infectionsource identification and remediation activities, especially in urbanenvironments with high population and building densities.

Photo by Karl Raymund Catabas on Unsplash The interests of patients at most levels of policymaking are represented by a disconnected patchwork of groups … “After Buddha was dead, they still showed his shadow in a cave for centuries – a tremendous, gruesome shadow. God is dead; but given the way people are, there may still for millennia be caves in which they show his shadow. – And we – we must still defeat his shadow as well!” – Friedrich Nietzsche[1] INTRODUCTION Friedrich Nietzsche famously declared that “God is dead!”[2] but lamented that his contemporaries remained living in the shadow of God. For Nietzsche, the morality of his time was still based in the Christian tradition, even though faith in God was waning. Bioethics lives under a similar shadow: the shadow of Enlightenment Era-rationalism. Bioethics curricula focus on principles derived from Kantian deontology and utilitarianism. The allure of maintaining a moral framework that provides a rational method that can be handily applied to any situation remains strong. The principlist approach advanced by Tom Beauchamp and James Childress is taught to nearly all medical students in the United States,[3] and is essentially the canonical ethical framework of bioethics. In this model, the principle of autonomy is Kantian in nature, and the principles of beneficence and non-maleficence are utilitarian in nature.[4] Moreover, the presented framework is an approach that, when applied rationally to any healthcare scenario, will yield an outcome “considered moral.”[5] This reflects a faulty conception of philosophy that plagues much of bioethics, wherein the only contribution of philosophy pertinent to bioethics is moral philosophy elucidated by European thinkers in the Enlightenment Era. The landscape of moral philosophy has evolved significantly from the 18th century. However, the bioethical world has not kept up with the philosophical world, remaining instead in the shadow of antiquated moral thinking. Also lacking in bioethics are other disciplines of philosophy, such as philosophy of language, existentialism, and aesthetics, which are often given no consideration at all. The inclusion of both modern moral philosophy and other philosophical fields is necessary if bioethics is to survive its transition into modernity. l. The Shadow of Enlightenment Enlightenment Era philosophers such as Immanuel Kant argued that one need only employ reason to obtain knowledge; emotion bore no relevance when determining ethical behavior. Kant’s moral theories thus privileged a duty to act according to moral imperatives over feelings. Other Enlightenment Era philosophers such as John Locke developed systems that attempted to quantify human goods and human ills. This quantification potentially reduces human welfare and suffering to utility. Today, in the world of philosophy, such a “neutral analysis,” as Cora Diamond noted, is “dead or moribund.”[6] Bernard Williams remarked that such moral philosophy is “empty and boring,”[7] and G. E. M. Anscombe stated that it “no longer generally survives.”[8] And yet, just as the atheists in Nietzsche’s world dwelt in the moral code of a dead God, bioethicists still pursue a unified moral system that takes an input, applies some moral rules, and generates a moral outcome, like the four principles approach that Beauchamp and Childress laid out.[9] Some detractors of principlism take issue with their approach for not being unified enough and want to replace it with a procedural framework that is even more systematic and complicated. They argue that the resulting moral framework would be a “comprehensive decision procedure for arriving at answers”[10] that retains the “impartiality that is an essential part of morality.”[11] The shadow of rationalist morality has caused bioethical decision making to become detached and rigid when bioethics should concern itself with the humans whose lives it affects. A rational, divorced-from-emotion way of thinking ultimately fails to yield satisfactory results when decisions are made by and for emotional beings. Dr. Paul Farmer, among others, championed the idea that bioethics should be de-philosophized, as philosophy, cold and calculated, fails to adequately respond to the realities of those worst off.[12] Instead, Dr. Farmer emphasized the inclusion of the social sciences, like sociology and anthropology, in bioethics. Undoubtedly, Dr. Farmer was on the right track; bioethics should certainly engage directly with the people whom its decisions involve. If the narrow band of moral philosophy currently found in bioethics – that of stringent rationalism – were all that philosophy had to offer, I, too, would advocate for a de-philosophization. Ludwig Wittgenstein notes that to attempt to capture the complexity of moral thinking in a manner that employs reason alone and casts aside emotion is a “hopeless task,” like reconstructing a sharp image “from a blurred one.”[13] Unfortunately, bioethics is mired in the remnants of this hopeless task. To Dr. Farmer, the dominant moral framework was too restrictive and was unresponsive to the social and humanitarian needs of those whom bioethics is meant to help. As such, he wished to free bioethics from the shadow of a morality derived from rationalist thinkers. ll. Beyond Rationalism Like Nietzsche, who tried to resolve Europe’s post-religion vacuum by providing his society with a new way to live, Dr. Farmer wanted to replace the rationalist philosophy upon which bioethics was built with a “resocialization” of the field.[14] I agree with Dr. Farmer’s call for resocialization, as well as his denouncement of philosophy as it exists in bioethics. Evaluating risks and benefits along a predetermined array of moral principles is far too rigid and impersonal to guide what are often the most important decisions one will make. For Dr. Farmer, the most needed change was restoring the social element of bioethics. However, in advocating for this resocialization, Dr. Farmer casts philosophy as the antithesis of social science, noting that “few would regard philosophy … as a socializing discipline.”[15] I disagree. Rationalist moral philosophy may be lacking in socializing force, but there are other fields of philosophy that are responsive to our social reality. Rather than de-philosophizing bioethics, it makes more sense to replace the antisocial philosophies predominant in bioethics with prosocial philosophies better suited to it. Of course, the contribution of philosophy to bioethics is more than moral theories from the Enlightenment Era. There are more recent philosophical contributions from outside the field of moral philosophy that have roused bioethical interest. Jennifer Blumenthal-Barby, et al., argue for philosophy’s continued place in bioethics, citing Derek Parfit’s “non-identity problem,” which altered the landscape of reproductive ethics, and David Chalmers’ contributions to philosophy of consciousness, which have implications for the moral status of brain organoids.[16] Still, these are narrow applications of philosophy to highly specialized areas of bioethics, which not all bioethicists are inclined to delve into. Philosophy in bioethics should not be confined to niche applications in specialist fields but should influence all bioethical thought. Fortunately, there remains untapped a wealth of philosophical disciplines that pertains to exactly this. Philosophy of language investigates the nature of meaning and understanding in communication, which is a necessary social action. Successfully deciphering and conveying moral values in discourse is a bioethicist’s bread and butter, as is resolving disagreements and reaching agreements. Indeed, it is often the case that miscommunication lies at the root of an impasse between a doctor and a patient. An understanding of the nature of the disagreement would help resolve the conflict, as different types of disagreements require different interventions for resolution. For instance, a “substantive disagreement,”[17] in which two parties use the same terms in the same ways and have a fundamental disagreement on which outcome is more desirable, can be resolved only if one party yields to the other. On the other hand, a “merely verbal dispute,”[18] in which two parties use the same terms to represent entirely different concepts and values, requires standardization of terminological usage for its resolution. As such, no one can overstate the moral importance of successful communication in bioethics, and an exploration of language itself would prove invaluable to a bioethicist’s training. Existentialism is another subset of philosophy that acknowledges the social nature of human existence, noting that one’s being in the universe is concomitant with the existence of others sharing the same universe.[19] Thus, there is the recognition that whatever existence is, it is not complete without the existence of others. With this as a starting point, existentialists examined how to live meaningfully with others in this world. Since ethics crucially involves others, it is no surprise that existentialists pondered how to live moral lives. Existentialist conceptions of morality did not revolve around acting in accordance with a set of rules, but rather, recognized individual freedom in choosing how to act and emphasized acting authentically. In this vein, bioethicists should commit to doing what is right rather than committing to applying a set of principles. Existentialism, while part of the broader bioethics literature, is less common throughout bioethics curricula and deserves more prominence. Martin Heidegger, for instance, emphasized the difference between two types of thinking: “calculative thinking” and “meditative thinking.” Heidegger characterizes calculative thinking as a computation, wherein from some given starting conditions “definite results”[20] are determined, and contrasts this with meditative thinking, which he describes as “thinking which contemplates the meaning which reigns in everything that is.”[21] Heidegger was critical of the pervasiveness of calculative thinking, seeing it as the “ground of thoughtlessness,”[22] in which we only relate to the world in a meaningless, mechanical way. This is the emphasized type of thinking in rationalist conceptions of morality popular in bioethics; from a set of starting conditions, a series of rules are applied, and a moral outcome is calculated. Such a technique, however, discounts the personal meaning individuals place on the aspects of their lives relevant to their decision making, as well as the meaning in committing to doing what is right. Under calculative thinking, such a commitment is reduced to rote rule-following. A turn to meditative thinking would ensure that bioethical decisions comport with living meaningful lives. Even aesthetics, a discipline devoted to examining beauty and taste,[23] has a place in bioethics. Just as the viewing of a painting, the listening of a song, or the reading of a book elicits an effective response, hearing a patient’s story leaves an emotional imprint. The recounting of a traumatic moment imparts sadness, and a joyous occasion begets joy in the listener as well. As acknowledged in the field of everyday aesthetics, these aesthetic experiences often spur us to act:[24] The unsightly appearance of a polluted riverbank drives us to remove the trash; the presence of sorrow in one’s life drives us to ameliorate it. To be mindful of aesthetic experiences and allow them to affect us emotionally is paramount to the motivation of a bioethicist to serve the patient, not out of an obligation to a job description, but out of a desire to truly avail the patient of their anguish. For example, the new field of narrative medicine utilizes critical reading and literary techniques to train clinicians and bioethicists in emotional understanding and listening skills that stress the social aspects of medicine beyond rational analysis and decision making. CONCLUSION Dr. Farmer is absolutely correct; bioethics is in dire need of resocialization. It should not be the case that the justification for a moral action is essentially that “the rules say so,” or that simply by teaching such rules to medical students, the very act of making bioethical decisions that diverge from those determined by principles can be seen as an act of “bad faith … hubris or, worse, malpractice.”[25] As bioethicists are coming to realize, the rationalist philosophical traditions that bioethics was founded upon are past their expiry, and the time for change is now. Indeed, as Dr. Farmer urges, “socializing disciplines” like anthropology, history, political economy, and sociology are necessary to humanize the field of bioethics.[26] So too, however, can philosophy be a socializing discipline, if we know where to look. Bioethics should evolve. Its new goal should be to focus on meaningful human relationships, and to phase out rigid, impersonal modes of moral thinking. The limited sampling of unsatisfying moral theories from hundreds of years ago leaves many bioethics students cold, and it is easy to see why bioethicists are ready to part ways with philosophy. I believe this is a move in the wrong direction; there is a place for philosophy in the future of bioethics. Just as bioethics needs a resocialization, it is also needs of a re-philosophization. These enrichments complement one another. There is more to bioethics than mechanically determining the right course of action in a healthcare setting. Bioethics engages with the most ancient of philosophical questions: questions of what makes human existence meaningful, what makes us who we are, how we want to relate to others, how and why we feel, what our place in the world is, how we can communicate what we think, and why our moral intuitions are so compelling. We would be remiss if we did not begin to investigate additional contributions to morality from a wider range of philosophies that try to provide answers to such questions, as they offer a richness to moral thinking that cannot be gleaned from traditional bioethical approaches alone. - [1] Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche, The Gay Science: With a Prelude in German Rhymes and an Appendix of Songs, ed. Bernard Williams, Josefine Nauckhoff, and Adrian Del Caro, Cambridge Texts in the History of Philosophy (Cambridge, U.K. ; New York: Cambridge University Press, 2001), 109. [2] Nietzsche, 120. [3] Daniel C O’Brien, “Medical Ethics as Taught and as Practiced: Principlism, Narrative Ethics, and the Case of Living Donor Liver Transplantation,” The Journal of Medicine and Philosophy: A Forum for Bioethics and Philosophy of Medicine 47, no. 1 (February 1, 2022): 97, https://doi.org/10.1093/jmp/jhab039. [4] K. D. Clouser and B. Gert, “A Critique of Principlism,” Journal of Medicine and Philosophy 15, no. 2 (April 1, 1990): 219–36, https://doi.org/10.1093/jmp/15.2.219. [5] O’Brien, “Medical Ethics as Taught and as Practiced,” 97. [6] Cora Diamond, “Having a Rough Story about What Moral Philosophy Is,” New Literary History 15, no. 1 (1983): 168, https://doi.org/10.2307/468998. [7] Bernard Williams, Morality: An Introduction to Ethics, Canto ed (Cambridge ; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1993), xvii. [8] G. E. M. Anscombe, “Modern Moral Philosophy,” Philosophy 33, no. 124 (January 1958): 1, https://doi.org/10.1017/S0031819100037943. [9] Tom L. Beauchamp and James F. Childress, Principles of Biomedical Ethics, 7th ed (New York: Oxford University Press, 2013), 13. [10] Clouser and Gert, 233. [11] Clouser and Gert, “A Critique of Principlism,” 235. [12] Paul Farmer and Nicole Gastineau Campos, “Rethinking Medical Ethics: A View from Below,” Developing World Bioethics 4, no. 1 (May 2004): 17–41, https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-8731.2004.00065.x. [13] Ludwig Wittgenstein, Philosophical Investigations, ed. Joachim Schulte, trans. P. M. S. Hacker, 4th edition (Chichester, West Sussex, U.K. ; Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, 2009), 40. [14] Farmer and Campos, “Rethinking Medical Ethics,” 20. [15] Farmer and Campos, 20. [16] Jennifer Blumenthal-Barby et al., “The Place of Philosophy in Bioethics Today,” The American Journal of Bioethics: AJOB, June 30, 2021, 3–5, https://doi.org/10.1080/15265161.2021.1940355. [17] Brendan Balcerak Jackson, “Verbal Disputes and Substantiveness,” Erkenntnis 79, no. S1 (March 2014): 31–54, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10670-013-9444-5. [18] C. S. I. Jenkins, “Merely Verbal Disputes,” Erkenntnis 79, no. 1 (March 1, 2014): 11–30, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10670-013-9443-6. [19] Steven Crowell, “Existentialism,” in The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, ed. Edward N. Zalta, Summer 2020 (Metaphysics Research Lab, Stanford University, 2020), https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/sum2020/entries/existentialism/; Anita Avramides, “Other Minds,” in The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, ed. Edward N. Zalta, Winter 2020 (Metaphysics Research Lab, Stanford University, 2020), https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2020/entries/other-minds/. [20] Martin Heidegger, Discourse on Thinking, Harper Torchbooks (New York, NY: Harper & Row, 1969), 46. [21] Heidegger, 46. [22] Heidegger, 45. [23] Nick Zangwill, “Aesthetic Judgment,” in The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, ed. Edward N. Zalta, Winter 2021 (Metaphysics Research Lab, Stanford University, 2021), https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2021/entries/aesthetic-judgment/. [24] Yuriko Saito, “Aesthetics of the Everyday,” in The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, ed. Edward N. Zalta, Spring 2021 (Metaphysics Research Lab, Stanford University, 2021), https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2021/entries/aesthetics-of-everyday/. [25] O’Brien, “Medical Ethics as Taught and as Practiced,” 112. [26] Farmer and Campos, “Rethinking Medical Ethics,” 20.

In the 1960s, especially in the West, art that was revelatory and art that was revealing operated at opposite ends of the aesthetic spectrum. On the side of the revelatory we can think of encounters synonymous with modernism, in which an expressionist painting was revelatory of the Freudian unconscious, or a Barnett Newman the revelatory intensity of the sublime. By contrast, the impulse to reveal in 1960s art was rooted in post-Duchampian practice, implicating artists as different as Lynda Benglis and Richard Hamilton, who mined the potential of an art that was without essence. If revelatory art underscored modernism’s transcendental conviction, critically revealing work tested its discursive rules and institutional conventions. Of course, nothing in history happens as neatly as this suggests, but what is clear is how polarized the language of artistic revelation was throughout the 1960s. With the international spread of minimalism, pop art, and fluxus, provisional reveals eventually dominated art-historical discourse. Aesthetic conviction, with its spiritual undertones, was haunted by its demystification. In the words of Donald Judd: “a work needs only to be interesting” (184).That art galleries could be sites of timely socio-political issues, rather than timeless intuitions undersigned by medium specificity, is one of the more familiar origin stories of postmodernism. Few artists symbolize this shift more than Hans Haacke, whose 2019 exhibition All Connected, at the New Museum, New York, examined the legacy of his outward-looking work. Born in Germany in 1936, and a New Yorker since 1965, Haacke has been linked to the term “institutional critique” since the mid 1980s, after Mel Ramsden’s coining in 1975, and the increased recognition of kindred spirits such as Mierle Laderman Ukeles, Michael Asher, Martha Rosler, Robert Smithson, Daniel Buren, and Marcel Broodthaers. These artists have featured in books and essays by the likes of Benjamin Buchloh, Hal Foster, and Yve-Alain Bois, but they are also known for their own contributions to art discourse, producing hybrid conceptions of the intellectual postmodern artist as historian, critic and curator.Haacke was initially fascinated by kinetic sculpture in the early 1960s, taking inspiration from op art, systems art, and machine-oriented research collectives such as Zero (Germany), Gruppo N (Italy) and GRAV (France, an acronym of Groupe de Recherche d’Art Visuel). Towards the end of the decade he started to produce more overtly socio-political work, creating what would become a classic piece from this period, Gallery-Goers’ Birthplace and Residence Profile, Part 1 (1969). Here, in a solo exhibition at New York’s Howard Wise Gallery, the artist invited viewers to mark their birthplaces and places of residence on a map. Questioning the statistical demography of the Gallery’s avant-garde attendees, the exhibition anticipated the meticulous sociological character of much of his practice to come, grounding New York art – the centre of the art world – in local, social, and economic fabrics.In the forward to the catalogue of All Connected, New Museum Director Lisa Philips claims that Haacke’s survey exhibition provided a chance to reflect on the artist’s prescience, especially given the flourishing of art activism over the last five or so years. Philips pressed the issue of why no other American art institution had mounted a retrospective of his work in three decades, since his previous survey, Unfinished Business, at the New Museum in 1986, at its former, and much smaller, Soho digs (8). It suggests that other institutions have deemed Haacke’s work too risky, generating too much political heat for them to handle. It’s a reputation the artist has cultivated since the Guggenheim Museum famously cancelled his 1971 exhibition after learning his intended work, Shapolsky et al. Manhattan Real Estate Holdings, A Real Time Social System as of May 1, 1971 (1971) involved research into dubious New York real estate dealings. Guggenheim director Thomas Messer defended the censorship at the time, going so far as to describe it as an “alien substance that had entered the art museum organism” (Haacke, Framing 138). Exposé was this substance Messer dare not name: art that was too revealing, too journalistic, too partisan, and too politically viscid. (Three years later, Haacke got his own back with Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum Board of Trustees, 1974, exposing then Guggenheim board members’ connections to the copper industry in Chile, where socialist president Salvador Allende had just been overthrown with US backing.) All Connected foregrounded these institutional reveals from time past, at a moment in 2019 when the moral accountability of the art institution was on the art world’s collective mind. The exhibition followed high-profile protests at New York’s Whitney Museum and Metropolitan Museum of Art, as well as at Sydney’s Museum of Contemporary Art, the Louvre, and the British Museum. These and other arts organisations have increasingly faced pressures, fostered by social media, to end ties with unethical donors, sponsors, and board members, with activist groups protesting institutional affiliations ranging from immigration detention centre management to opioid and teargas manufacturing. An awareness of the limits of individual agency and autonomy undoubtedly defines this era, with social media platforms intensifying the encumbrances of individual, group, and organisational identities. Hans Haacke, Gallery-Goers’ Birthplace and Residence Profile, Part 1, 1969 Hans Haacke, Gallery-Goers’ Birthplace and Residence Profile, Part 2, 1969-71Unfinished BusinessUnderscoring Haacke’s activist credentials, Philips describes him as “a model of how to live ethically and empathetically in the world today”, and as a beacon of light amidst the “extreme political and economic uncertainty” of the present, Trump-presidency-calamity moment (7). This was markedly different to how Haacke’s previous New York retrospective, Unfinished Business, was received, which bore the weight of being the artist’s first museum exhibition in New York following the Guggenheim controversy. In the catalogue to Haacke’s 1986 exhibition, then New Museum director Marcia Tucker introduced his work as a challenge, cautiously claiming that he poses “trenchant questions” and that the institution accepts “the difficulties and contradictions” inherent to any museum staging of his work (6).Philips’s and Tucker’s distinct perspectives on Haacke’s practice – one as heroically ethical, the other as a sobering critical challenge – exemplify broader shifts in the perception of institutional critique (the art of the socio-political reveal) over this thirty-year period. In the words of Pamela M. Lee, between 1986 and 2019 the art world has undergone a “seismic transformation”, becoming “a sphere of influence at once more rapacious, acquisitive, and overweening but arguably more democratizing and ecumenical with respect to new audiences and artists involved” (87). Haacke’s reputation over this period has taken a similar shift, from him being a controversial opponent of art’s autonomy (an erudite postmodern conceptualist) to a figurehead for moral integrity and cohesive artistic experimentation.As Rosalyn Deutsche pointed out in the catalogue to Haacke’s 1986 exhibition, a potential trap of such a retrospective is that, through biographical positioning, Haacke might be seen as an “exemplary political artist” (210). With this, the specific political issues motivating his work would be overshadowed by the perception of the “great artist” – someone who brings single-issue politics into the narrative of postmodern art, but at the expense of the issues themselves. This is exactly what Douglas Crimp discovered in Unfinished Business. In a 1987 reflection on the show, Crimp argued that, when compared with an AIDS-themed display, Homo Video, staged at the New Museum at the same time, reviewers of Haacke’s exhibition tended to analyse his politics “within the context of the individual artist’s body of work … . Political issues became secondary to the aesthetic strategies of the producer” (34). Crimp, whose activism would be at the forefront of his career in subsequent years, was surprised at how Homo Video and Unfinished Business spawned different readings. Whereas works in the former exhibition tended to be addressed in terms of the artists personal and partisan politics, Haacke’s prompted reflection on the aesthetics-politics juxtaposition itself. For Crimp, the fact that “there was no mediation between these two shows”, spoke volumes about the divisions between political and activist art at the time.New York Times critic Michael Brenson, reiterating a comment made by Fredric Jameson in the catalogue for Unfinished Business, describes the timeless appearance of Haacke’s work in 1986, which is “surprising for an artist whose work is in some way about ideology and history” (Brenson). The implication is that the artist gives a surprisingly long aesthetic afterlife to the politically specific – to ordinarily short shelf-life issues. In this mode of critical postmodernism in which we are unable to distinguish clearly between intervening in and merely reproducing the logic of the system, Haacke is seen as an astute director of an albeit ambiguous push and pull between political specificity and aesthetic irreducibility, political externality and the internalist mode of art about art. Jameson, while granting that Haacke’s work highlights the need to reinvent the role of the “ruling class” in the complex, globalised socio-economic situation of postmodernism, claims that it does so as representative of the “new intellectual problematic” of postmodernism. Haacke, according Jameson, stages postmodernism’s “crisis of ‘mapping’” whereby capitalism’s totalizing, systemic forms are “handled” (note that he avoids “critiqued” or “challenged”) by focusing on their manifestation through particular (“micro-public”) institutional means (49, 50).We can think of the above examples as constituting the postmodern version of Haacke, who frames very specific political issues on the one hand, and the limitless incorporative power of appropriative practice on the other. To say this another way, Haacke, circa 1986, points to specific sites of power struggle at the same time as revealing their generic absorption by an art-world system grown accustomed to its “duplicate anything” parameters. For all of his political intent, the artistic realm, totalised in accordance with the postmodern image, is ultimately where many thought his gestures remained. The philosopher turned art critic Arthur Danto, in a negative review of Haacke’s exhibition, portrayed institutional critique as part of an age-old business of purifying art, maintaining that Haacke’s “crude” and “heavy-handed” practice is blind to how art institutions have always relied on some form of critique in order for them to continue being respected “brokers of spirit”. This perception – of Haacke’s “external” critiques merely serving to “internally” strengthen existing art structures – was reiterated by Leo Steinberg. Supportively misconstruing the artist in the exhibition catalogue, Steinberg writes that Haacke’s “political message, by dint of dissonance, becomes grating and shrill – but shrill within the art context. And while its political effectiveness is probably minimal, its effect on Minimal art may well be profound” (15). Hans Haacke, MOMA Poll, 1970 All ConnectedSo, what do we make of the transformed reception of Haacke’s work since the late 1980s: from a postmodern ouroboros of “politicizing aesthetics and aestheticizing politics” to a revelatory exemplar of art’s moral power? At a period in the late 1980s when the culture wars were in full swing and yet activist groups remained on the margins of what would become a “mainstream” art world, Unfinished Business was, perhaps, blindingly relevant to its times. Unusually for a retrospective, it provided little historical distance for its subject, with Haacke becoming a victim of the era’s propensity to “compartmentalize the interpretive registers of inside and outside and the terms corresponding to such spatial­izing coordinates” (Lee 83).If commentary surrounding this 2019 retrospective is anything to go by, politics no longer performs such a parasitic, oppositional or even dialectical relation to art; no longer is the political regarded as a real-world intrusion into the formal, discerning, longue-durée field of aesthetics. The fact that protests inside the museum have become more visible and vociferous in recent years testifies to this shift. For Jason Farrago, in his review of All Connected for the New York Times, “the fact that no person and no artwork stands alone, that all of us are enmeshed in systems of economic and social power, is for anyone under 40 a statement of the obvious”. For Alyssa Battistoni, in Frieze magazine, “if institutional critique is a practice, it is hard to see where it is better embodied than in organizing a union, strike or boycott”.Some responders to All Connected, such as Ben Lewis, acknowledge how difficult it is to extract a single critical or political strategy from Haacke’s body of work; however, we can say that, in general, earlier postmodern questions concerning the aestheticisation of the socio-political reveal no longer dominates the reception of his practice. Today, rather than treating art and politics are two separate but related entities, like form is to content, better ideas circulate, such as those espoused by Bruno Latour and Jacques Rancière, for whom what counts as political is not determined by a specific program, medium or forum, but by the capacity of any actor-network to disrupt and change a normative social fabric. Compare Jameson’s claim that Haacke’s corporate and museological tropes are “dead forms” – through which “no subject-position speaks, not even in protest” (38) – with Battistoni’s, who, seeing Haacke’s activism as implicit, asks the reader: “how can we take the relationship between art and politics as seriously as Haacke has insisted we must?”Crimp’s concern that Unfinished Business perpetuated an image of the artist as distant from the “political stakes” of his work did not carry through to All Connected, whose respondents were less vexed about the relation between art and politics, with many noting its timeliness. The New Museum was, ironically, undergoing its own equity crisis in the months leading up to the exhibition, with newly unionised staff fighting with the Museum over workers’ salaries and healthcare even as it organised to build a new $89-million Rem Koolhaas-designed extension. Battistoni addressed these disputes at-length, claiming the protests “crystallize perfectly the changes that have shaped the world over the half-century of Haacke’s career, and especially over the 33 years since his last New Museum exhibition”. Of note is how little attention Battistoni pays to Haacke’s artistic methods when recounting his assumed solidarity with these disputes, suggesting that works such as Creating Consent (1981), Helmosboro Country (1990), and Standortkultur (Corporate Culture) (1997) – which pivot on art’s public image versus its corporate umbilical cord – do not convey some special aesthetico-political insight into a totalizing capitalist system. Instead, “he has simply been an astute and honest observer long enough to remind us that our current state of affairs has been in formation for decades”.Hans Haacke, News, 1969/2008 Hans Haacke, Wide White Flow, 1967/2008 Showing Systems Early on in the 1960s, Haacke was influenced by the American critic, artist, and curator Jack Burnham, who in a 1968 essay, “Systems Esthetics” for Artforum, inaugurated the loose conceptualist paradigm that would become known as “systems art”. Here, against Greenbergian formalism and what he saw as the “craft fetishism” of modernism, Burnham argues that “change emanates, not from things, but from the way things are done” (30). Burnham thought that emergent contemporary artists were intuitively aware of the importance of the systems approach: the significant artist in 1968 “strives to reduce the technical and psychical distance between his artistic output and the productive means of society”, and pays particular attention to relationships between organic and non-organic systems (31).As Michael Fried observed of minimalism in his now legendary 1967 essay Art and Objecthood, this shift in sixties art – signalled by the widespread interest in the systematic – entailed a turn towards the spatial, institutional, and societal contexts of receivership. For Burnham, art is not about “material entities” that beautify or modify the environment; rather, art exists “in relations between people and between people and the components of their environment” (31). At the forefront of his mind was land art, computer art, and research-driven conceptualist practice, which, against Fried, has “no contrived confines such as the theatre proscenium or picture frame” (32). In a 1969 lecture at the Guggenheim, Burnham confessed that his research concerned not just art as a distinct entity, but aesthetics in its broadest possible sense, declaring “as far as art is concerned, I’m not particularly interested in it. I believe that aesthetics exists in revelation” (Ragain).Working under the aegis of Burnham’s systems art, Haacke was shaken by the tumultuous and televised politics of late-1960s America – a time when, according to Joan Didion, a “demented and seductive vortical tension was building in the community” (41). Haacke cites Martin Luther King’s assassination as an “incident that made me understand that, in addition to what I had called physical and biological systems, there are also social systems and that art is an integral part of the universe of social systems” (Haacke, Conversation 222). Haacke created News (1969) in response to this awareness, comprising a (pre-Twitter) telex machine that endlessly spits out live news updates from wire services, piling up rolls and rolls of paper on the floor of the exhibition space over the course of its display. Echoing Burnham’s idea of the artist as a programmer whose job is to “prepare new codes and analyze data”, News nonetheless presents the museum as anything but immune from politics, and technological systems as anything but impersonal (32).This intensification of social responsibility in Haacke’s work sets him apart from other, arguably more reductive techno-scientific systems artists such as Sonia Sheridan and Les Levine. The gradual transformation of his ecological and quasi-scientific sculptural experiments from 1968 onwards could almost be seen as making a mockery of the anthropocentrism described in Fried’s 1967 critique. Here, Fried claims not only that the literalness of minimalist work amounts to an emphasis on shape and spatial presence over pictorial composition, but also, in this “theatricality of objecthood” literalness paradoxically mirrors (153). At times in Fried’s essay the minimalist art object reads as a mute form of sociality, the spatial presence filled by the conscious experience of looking – the theatrical relationship itself put on view. Fried thought that viewers of minimalism were presented with themselves in relation to the entire world as object, to which they were asked not to respond in an engaged formalist sense but (generically) to react. Pre-empting the rise of conceptual art and the sociological experiments of post-conceptualist practice, Fried, unapprovingly, argues that minimalist artists unleash an anthropomorphism that “must somehow confront the beholder” (154).Haacke, who admits he has “always been sympathetic to so-called Minimal art” (Haacke, A Conversation 26) embraced the human subject around the same time that Fried’s essay was published. While Fried would have viewed this move as further illustrating the minimalist tendency towards anthropomorphic confrontation, it would be more accurate to describe Haacke’s subsequent works as social-environmental barometers. Haacke began staging interactions which, however dry or administrative, framed the interplays of culture and nature, inside and outside, private and public spheres, expanding art’s definition by looking to the social circulation and economy that supported it.Haacke’s approach – which seems largely driven to show, to reveal – anticipates the viewer in a way that Fried would disapprove, for whom absorbed viewers, and the irreduction of gestalt to shape, are the by-products of assessments of aesthetic quality. For Donald Judd, the promotion of interest over conviction signalled scepticism about Clement Greenberg’s quality standards; it was a way of acknowledging the limitations of qualitative judgement, and, perhaps, of knowledge more generally. In this way, minimalism’s aesthetic relations are not framed so much as allowed to “go on and on” – the artists’ doubt about aesthetic value producing this ongoing temporal quality, which conviction supposedly lacks.In contrast to Unfinished Business, the placing of Haacke’s early sixties works adjacent to his later, more political works in All Connected revealed something other than the tensions between postmodern socio-political reveal and modernist-formalist revelation. The question of whether to intervene in an operating system – whether to let such a system go on and on – was raised throughout the exhibition, literally and metaphorically. To be faced with the interactions of physical, biological, and social systems (in Condensation Cube, 1963-67, and Wide White Flow, 1967/2008, but also in later works like MetroMobiltan, 1985) is to be faced with the question of change and one’s place in it. Framing systems in full swing, at their best, Haacke’s kinetic and environmental works suggest two things: 1. That the systems on display will be ongoing if their component parts aren’t altered; and 2. Any alteration will alter the system as a whole, in minor or significant ways. Applied to his practice more generally, what Haacke’s work hinges on is whether or not one perceives oneself as part of its systemic relations. To see oneself implicated is to see beyond the work’s literal forms and representations. Here, systemic imbrication equates to moral realisation: one’s capacity to alter the system as the question of what to do. Unlike the phenomenology-oriented minimalists, the viewer’s participation is not always assumed in Haacke’s work, who follows a more hermeneutic model. In fact, Haacke’s systems are often circular, highlighting participation as a conscious disruption of flow rather than an obligation that emanates from a particular work (148).This is a theatrical scenario as Fried describes it, but it is far from an abandonment of the issue of profound value. In fact, if we accept that Haacke’s work foregrounds intervention as a moral choice, it is closer to Fried’s own rallying cry for conviction in aesthetic judgement. As Rex Butler has argued, Fried’s advocacy of conviction over sceptical interest can be understood as dialectical in the Hegelian sense: conviction is the overcoming of scepticism, in a similar way that Geist, or spirit, for Hegel, is “the very split between subject and object, in which each makes the other possible” (Butler). What is advanced for Fried is the idea of “a scepticism that can be remarked only from the position of conviction and a conviction that can speak of itself only as this scepticism” (for instance, in his attempt to overcome his scepticism of literalist art on the basis of its scepticism). Strong and unequivocal feelings in Fried’s writing are informed by weak and indeterminate feeling, just as moral conviction in Haacke – the feeling that I, the viewer, should do something – emerges from an awareness that the system will continue to function fine without me. In other words, before being read as “a barometer of the changing and charged atmosphere of the public sphere” (Sutton 16), the impact of Haacke’s work depends upon an initial revelation. It is the realisation not just that one is embroiled in a series of “invisible but fundamental” relations greater than oneself, but that, in responding to seemingly sovereign social systems, the question of our involvement is a moral one, a claim for determination founded through an overcoming of the systemic (Fry 31).Haacke’s at once open and closed works suit the logic of our algorithmic age, where viewers have to shift constantly from a position of being targeted to one of finding for oneself. Peculiarly, when Haacke’s online digital polls in All Connected were hacked by activists (who randomized statistical responses in order to compel the Museum “to redress their continuing complacency in capitalism”) the culprits claimed they did it in sympathy with his work, not in spite of it: “we see our work as extending and conversing with Haacke’s, an artist and thinker who has been a source of inspiration to us both” (Hakim). This response – undermining done with veneration – is indicative of the complicated legacy of his work today. Haacke’s influence on artists such as Tania Bruguera, Sam Durant, Forensic Architecture, Laura Poitras, Carsten Höller, and Andrea Fraser has less to do with a particular political ideal than with his unique promotion of journalistic suspicion and moral revelation in forms of systems mapping. It suggests a coda be added to the sentiment of All Connected: all might not be revealed, but how we respond matters. Hans Haacke, Large Condensation Cube, 1963–67ReferencesBattistoni, Alyssa. “After a Contract Fight with Its Workers, the New Museum Opens Hans Haacke’s ‘All Connected’.” Frieze 208 (2019).Bishara, Hakim. “Hans Haacke Gets Hacked by Activists at the New Museum.” Hyperallergic 21 Jan. 2010. <https://hyperallergic.com/538413/hans-haacke-gets-hacked-by-activists-at-the-new-museum/>.Brenson, Michael. “Art: In Political Tone, Works by Hans Haacke.” New York Times 19 Dec. 1988. <https://www.nytimes.com/1986/12/19/arts/artin-political-tone-worksby-hans-haacke.html>.Buchloh, Benjamin. “Hans Haacke: Memory and Instrumental Reason.” Neo-Avantgarde and Culture Industry. Cambridge: MIT P, 2000.Burnham, Jack. “Systems Esthetics.” Artforum 7.1 (1968).Butler, Rex. “Art and Objecthood: Fried against Fried.” Nonsite 22 (2017). <https://nonsite.org/feature/art-and-objecthood>.Carrion-Murayari, Gary, and Massimiliano Gioni (eds.). Hans Haacke: All Connected. New York: Phaidon and New Museum, 2019.Crimp, Douglas. “Strategies of Public Address: Which Media, Which Publics?” In Hal Foster (ed.), Discussions in Contemporary Culture, no. 1. Washington: Bay P, 1987.Danto, Arthur C. “Hans Haacke and the Industry of Art.” In Gregg Horowitz and Tom Huhn (eds.), The Wake of Art: Criticism, Philosophy, and the Ends of Taste. London: Routledge, 1987/1998.Didion, Joan. The White Album. London: 4th Estate, 2019.Farago, Jason. “Hans Haacke, at the New Museum, Takes No Prisoners.” New York Times 31 Oct. 2019. <https://www.nytimes.com/2019/10/31/arts/design/hans-haacke-review-new-museum.html>.Fried, Michael. “Art and Objecthood.” Artforum 5 (June 1967).Fry, Edward. “Introduction to the Work of Hans Haacke.” In Hans Haacke 1967. Cambridge: MIT List Visual Arts Center, 2011.Glueck, Grace. “The Guggenheim Cancels Haacke’s Show.” New York Times 7 Apr. 1971.Gudel, Paul. “Michael Fried, Theatricality and the Threat of Skepticism.” Michael Fried and Philosophy. New York: Routledge, 2018.Haacke, Hans. Hans Haacke: Framing and Being Framed: 7 Works 1970-5. Halifax: P of the Nova Scotia College of Design and New York: New York UP, 1976.———. “Hans Haacke in Conversation with Gary Carrion-Murayari and Massimiliano Gioni.” Hans Haacke: All Connected. New York: Phaidon and New Museum, 2019.Haacke, Hans, et al. “A Conversation with Hans Haacke.” October 30 (1984).Haacke, Hans, and Brian Wallis (eds.). Hans Haacke: Unfinished Business. New York: New Museum of Contemporary Art; Cambridge, Mass: MIT P, 1986.“Haacke’s ‘All Connected.’” Frieze 25 Oct. 2019. <https://frieze.com/article/after-contract-fight-its-workers-new-museum-opens-hans-haackes-all-connected>.Judd, Donald. “Specific Objects.” Complete Writings 1959–1975. Halifax: P of the Nova Scotia College of Design and New York: New York UP, 1965/1975.Lee, Pamela M. “Unfinished ‘Unfinished Business.’” Hans Haacke: All Connected. New York: Phaidon P Limited and New Museum, 2019.Ragain, Melissa. “Jack Burnham (1931–2019).” Artforum 19 Mar. 2019. <https://www.artforum.com/passages/melissa-ragain-on-jack-burnham-78935>.Sutton, Gloria. “Hans Haacke: Works of Art, 1963–72.” Hans Haacke: All Connected. New York: Phaidon P Limited and New Museum, 2019.Tucker, Marcia. “Director’s Forward.” Hans Haacke: Unfinished Business. New York: New Museum of Contemporary Art; Cambridge, Mass: MIT P, 1986.

My thesis is that new media, starting with analog broadcast and going through digital convergence, blur the line between work time and free time. The technology that we are adopting has transformed free time into potential and actual labour time. At the dawn of the modern age, work shifted from tasked time to measured time. Previously, tasked time intermingled work and leisure according to the vagaries of nature. All this was banished when industrial capitalism instituted the work clock (Mumford 12-8). But now, many have noticed how post-industrial capitalism features a new intermingling captured in such expressions as "24/7" and "multi-tasking." Yet, we are only beginning to understand that media are driving a return to the pre-modern where the hour and the space are both ambiguous, available for either work or leisure. This may be the unfortunate side effect of the much vaunted "interactivity." Do you remember the old American TV show Dobie Gillis (1959-63) which featured the character Maynard G. Krebs? He always shuddered at the mention of the four-letter word "work." Now, American television shows makes it a point that everyone works (even if just barely). Seinfeld was a bold exception in featuring the work-free Kramer; a deliberate homage to the 1940s team of Abbott and Costello. Today, as welfare is turned into workfare, The New York Times scolds even the idle rich to adopt the work ethic (Yazigi). The Forms of Broadcast and Digital Media Are Driving the Merger of Work and Leisure More than the Content It is not just the content of television and other media that is undermining the leisured life; it is the social structure within which we use the media. Broadcast advertisements were the first mode/media combinations that began to recolonise free time for the new consumer economy. There had been a previous buildup in the volume and the ubiquity of advertising particularly in billboards and print. However, the attention of the reader to the printed commercial message could not be controlled and measured. Radio was the first to appropriate and measure its audience's time for the purposes of advertising. Nineteenth century media had promoted a middle class lifestyle based on spending money on home to create a refuge from work. Twentieth century broadcasting was now planting commercial messages within that refuge in the sacred moments of repose. Subsequent to broadcast, home video and cable facilitated flexible work by offering entertainment on a 24 hour basis. Finally, the computer, which juxtaposes image/sound/text within a single machine, offers the user the same proto-interactive blend of entertainment and commercial messages that broadcasting pioneered. It also fulfills the earlier promise of interactive TV by allowing us to work and to shop, in all parts of the day and night. We need to theorise this movement. The theory of media as work needs an institutional perspective. Therefore, I begin with Dallas Smythe's blindspot argument, which gave scholarly gravitas to the structural relationship of work and media (263-299). Horkheimer and Adorno had already noticed that capitalism was extending work into free time (137). Dallas Smythe went on to dissect the precise means by which late capitalism was extending work. Smythe restates the Marxist definition of capitalist labour as that human activity which creates exchange value. Then he considered the advertising industry, which currently approaches200 billion in the USA and realised that a great deal of exchange value has been created. The audience is one element of the labour that creates this exchange value. The appropriation of people's time creates advertising value. The time we spend listening to commercials on radio or viewing them on TV can be measured and is the unit of production for the value of advertising. Our viewing time ipso facto has been changed into work time. We may not experience it subjectively as work time although pundits such as Marie Winn and Jerry Mander suggest that TV viewing contributes to the same physical stresses as actual work. Nonetheless, Smythe sees commercial broadcasting as expanding the realm of capitalism into time that was otherwise set aside for private uses. Smythe's essay created a certain degree of excitement among political economists of media. Sut Jhally used Smythe to explain aspects of US broadcast history such as the innovations of William Paley in creating the CBS network (Jhally 70-9). In 1927, as Paley contemplated winning market share from his rival NBC, he realised that selling audience time was far more profitable than selling programs. Therefore, he paid affiliated stations to air his network's programs while NBC was still charging them for the privilege. It was more lucrative to Paley to turn around and sell the stations' guaranteed time to advertisers, than to collect direct payments for supplying programs. NBC switched to his business model within a year. Smythe/Jhally's model explains the superiority of Paley's model and is a historical proof of Smythe's thesis. Nonetheless, many economists and media theorists have responded with a "so what?" to Smythe's thesis that watching TV as work. Everyone knows that the basis of network television is the sale of "eyeballs" to the advertisers. However, Smythe's thesis remains suggestive. Perhaps he arrived at it after working at the U.S. Federal Communications Commission from 1943 to 1948 (Smythe 2). He was part of a team that made one last futile attempt to force radio to embrace public interest programming. This effort failed because the tide of consumerism was too strong. Radio and television were the leading edge of recapturing the home for work, setting the stage for the Internet and a postmodern replication of the cottage industries of pre and proto-industrial worlds. The consequences have been immense. The Depression and the crisis of over-production Cultural studies recognises that social values have shifted from production to consumption (Lash and Urry). The shift has a crystallising moment in the Great Depression of 1929 through 1940. One proposal at the time was to reduce individual work hours in order to create more jobs (see Hunnicut). This proposal of "share the work" was not adopted. From the point of view of the producer, sharing the work would make little difference to productivity. However, from the retailer's perspective each individual worker would accumulate less money to buy products. Overall sales would stagnate or decline. Prominent American economists at the time argued that sharing the work would mean sharing the unemployment. They warned the US government this was a fundamental threat to an economy based on consumption. Only a fully employed laborer could have enough money to buy down the national inventory. In 1932, N. A. Weston told the American Economic Association that: " ...[the labourers'] function in society as a consumer is of equal importance as the part he plays as a producer." (Weston 11). If the defeat of the share the work movement is the negative manifestation of consumerism, then the invasion by broadcast of our leisure time is its positive materialisation. We can trace this understanding by looking at Herbert Hoover. When he was the Secretary of Commerce in 1924 he warned station executives that: "I have never believed that it was possible to advertise through broadcasting without ruining the [radio] industry" (Radio's Big Issue). He had not recognised that broadcast advertising would be qualitatively more powerful for the economy than print advertising. By 1929, Hoover, now President Hoover, approved an economics committee recommendation in the traumatic year of 1929 that leisure time be made "consumable " (Committee on Recent Economic Changes xvi). His administration supported the growth of commercial radio because broadcasting was a new efficient answer to the economists' question of how to motivate consumption. Not so coincidentally network radio became a profitable industry during the great Depression. The economic power that pre-war radio hinted at flourished in the proliferation of post-war television. Advertisers switched their dollars from magazines to TV, causing the demise of such general interest magazines as Life, The Saturday Evening Postet al. Western Europe quickly followed the American broadcasting model. Great Britain was the first, allowing television to advertise the consumer revolution in 1955. Japan and many others started to permit advertising on television. During the era of television, the nature of work changed from manufacturing to servicing (Preston 148-9). Two working parents also became the norm as a greater percentage of the population took salaried employment, mostly women (International Labour Office). Many of the service jobs are to monitor the new global division of labour that allows industrialised nations to consume while emerging nations produce. (Chapter seven of Preston is the most current discussion of the shift of jobs within information economies and between industrialised and emerging nations.) Flexible Time/ Flexible Media Film and television has responded by depicting these shifts. The Mary Tyler Moore Show debuted in September of 1970 (see http://www.transparencynow.com/mary.htm). In this show nurturing and emotional attachments were centered in the work place, not in an actual biological family. It started a trend that continues to this day. However, media representations of the changing nature of work are merely symptomatic of the relationship between media and work. Broadcast advertising has a more causal relationship. As people worked more to buy more, they found that they wanted time-saving media. It is in this time period that the Internet started (1968), that the video cassette recorder was introduced (1975) and that the cable industry grew. Each of these ultimately enhanced the flexibility of work time. The VCR allowed time shifting programs. This is the media answer to the work concept of flexible time. The tired worker can now see her/his favourite TV show according to his/her own flex schedule (Wasser 2001). Cable programming, with its repeats and staggered starting times, also accommodates the new 24/7 work day. These machines, offering greater choice of programming and scheduling, are the first prototypes of interactivity. The Internet goes further in expanding flexible time by adding actual shopping to the vicarious enjoyment of consumerist products on television. The Internet user continues to perform the labour of watching advertising and, in addition, now has the opportunity to do actual work tasks at any time of the day or night. The computer enters the home as an all-purpose machine. Its purchase is motivated by several simultaneous factors. The rhetoric often stresses the recreational and work aspects of the computer in the same breath (Reed 173, Friedrich 16-7). Games drove the early computer programmers to find more "user-friendly" interfaces in order to entice young consumers. Entertainment continues to be the main driving force behind visual and audio improvements. This has been true ever since the introduction of the Apple II, Radio Shack's TRS 80 and Atari 400 personal computers in the 1977-1978 time frame (see http://www.atari-history.com/computers/8bits/400.html). The current ubiquity of colour monitors, and the standard package of speakers with PC computers are strong indications that entertainment and leisure pursuits continue to drive the marketing of computers. However, once the computer is in place in the study or bedroom, its uses fully integrates the user with world of work in both the sense of consuming and creating value. This is a specific instance of what Philip Graham calls the analytical convergence of production, consumption and circulation in hypercapitalism. The streaming video and audio not only captures the action of the game, they lend sensual appeal to the banner advertising and the power point downloads from work. In one regard, the advent of Internet advertising is a regression to the pre-broadcast era. The passive web site ad runs the same risk of being ignored as does print advertising. The measure of a successful web ad is interactivity that most often necessitates a click through on the part of the viewer. Ads often show up on separate windows that necessitate a click from the viewer if only to close down the program. In the words of Bolter and Grusin, click-through advertising is a hypermediation of television. In other words, it makes apparent the transparent relationship television forged between work and leisure. We do not sit passively through Internet advertising, we click to either eliminate them or to go on and buy the advertised products. Just as broadcasting facilitated consumable leisure, new media combines consumable leisure with flexible portable work. The new media landscape has had consequences, although the price of consumable leisure took awhile to become visible. The average work week declined from 1945 to 1982. After that point in the US, it has been edging up, continuously (United States Bureau of Labor Statistics). There is some question whether the computer has improved productivity (Kim), there is little question that the computer is colonising leisure time for multi-tasking. In a population that goes online from home almost twice as much as those who go online from work, almost half use their online time for work based activities other than email. Undoubtedly, email activity would account for even more work time (Horrigan). On the other side of the blur between work and leisure, the Pew Institute estimates that fifty percent use work Internet time for personal pleasure ("Wired Workers"). Media theory has to reengage the problem that Horkheimer/Adorno/Smythe raised. The contemporary problem of leisure is not so much the lack of leisure, but its fractured, non-contemplative, unfulfilling nature. A media critique will demonstrate the contribution of the TV and the Internet to this erosion of free time. References Bolter, Jay David, and Richard Grusin. Remediation: Understanding New Media. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2000. Committee on Recent Economic Changes. Recent Economic Changes. Vol. 1. New York: no publisher listed, 1929. Friedrich, Otto. "The Computer Moves In." Time 3 Jan. 1983: 14-24. Graham, Philip. Hypercapitalism: A Political Economy of Informational Idealism. In press for New Media and Society2.2 (2000). Horkheimer, Max, and Theodor W. Adorno. Dialectic of Enlightenment. New York: Continuum Publishing, 1944/1987. Horrigan, John B. "New Internet Users: What They Do Online, What They Don't and Implications for the 'Net's Future." Pew Internet and American Life Project. 25 Sep. 2000. 24 Oct. 2001 <http://www.pewinternet.org/reports/toc.asp?Report=22>. Hunnicutt, Benjamin Kline. Work without End: Abandoning Shorter Hours for the Right to Work. Philadelphia: Temple UP, 1988. International Labour Office. Economically Active Populations: Estimates and Projections 1950-2025. Geneva: ILO, 1995. Jhally, Sut. The Codes of Advertising. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1987. Kim, Jane. "Computers and the Digital Economy." Digital Economy 1999. 8 June 1999. October 24, 2001 <http://www.digitaleconomy.gov/powerpoint/triplett/index.htm>. Lash, Scott, and John Urry. Economies of Signs and Space. London: Sage Publications, 1994. Mander, Jerry. Four Arguments for the Elimination of Television. New York: Morrow Press, 1978. Mumford, Lewis. Technics and Civilization. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1934. Preston, Paschal. Reshaping Communication: Technology, Information and Social Change. London: Sage, 2001. "Radio's Big Issue Who Is to Pay the Artist?" The New York Times 18 May 1924: Section 8, 3. Reed, Lori. "Domesticating the Personal Computer." Critical Studies in Media Communication17 (2000): 159-85. Smythe, Dallas. Counterclockwise: Perspectives on Communication. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1993. United States Bureau of Labor Statistics. Unpublished Data from the Current Population Survey. 2001. Wasser, Frederick A. Veni, Vidi, Video: The Hollywood Empire and the VCR. Austin, TX: U of Texas P, 2001. Weston, N.A., T.N. Carver, J.P. Frey, E.H. Johnson, T.R. Snavely and F.D. Tyson. "Shorter Working Time and Unemployment." American Economic Review Supplement 22.1 (March 1932): 8-15. <http://links.jstor.org/sici?sici=0002-8282%28193203%2922%3C8%3ASWTAU%3E2.0.CO%3B2-3>. Winn, Marie. The Plug-in Drug. New York: Viking Press, 1977. "Wired Workers: Who They Are, What They're Doing Online." Pew Internet Life Report 3 Sep. 2000. 24 Oct. 2000 <http://www.pewinternet.org/reports/toc.asp?Report=20>. Yazigi, Monique P. "Shocking Visits to the Real World." The New York Times 21 Feb. 1990. Page unknown. Links http://www.pewinternet.org/reports/toc.asp?Report=20 http://www.pewinternet.org/reports/toc.asp?Report=22 http://www.atari-history.com/computers/8bits/400.html http://www.transparencynow.com/mary.htm http://www.digitaleconomy.gov/powerpoint/triplett/index.htm http://links.jstor.org/sici?sici=0002-8282%28193203%2922%3C8%3ASWTAU%3 E2.0.CO%3B2-3 Citation reference for this article MLA Style Wasser, Frederick. "Media Is Driving Work" M/C: A Journal of Media and Culture 4.5 (2001). [your date of access] < http://www.media-culture.org.au/0111/Wasser.xml >. Chicago Style Wasser, Frederick, "Media Is Driving Work" M/C: A Journal of Media and Culture 4, no. 5 (2001), < http://www.media-culture.org.au/0111/Wasser.xml > ([your date of access]). APA Style Wasser, Frederick. (2001) Media Is Driving Work. M/C: A Journal of Media and Culture 4(5). < http://www.media-culture.org.au/0111/Wasser.xml > ([your date of access]).